build: Better Build System

165 files changed, 16247 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/Makefile b/static/unix-v10/man3/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c070e829
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+MAN = $(wildcard *.3)
+
+include ../../mandoc.mk
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/abort.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/abort.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..aea85081
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/abort.3
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+.TH ABORT 3
+.CT 2 proc_man
+.SH NAME
+abort \- generate a fault
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B int abort()
+.PP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Abort
+sends the current process a
+.L SIGIOT
+signal, which normally terminates
+the process with a core dump.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR adb (1), 
+.IR signal (2), 
+.IR exit (2)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Usually `abort \- core dumped' from the shell.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/arith.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/arith.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d5b6a5c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/arith.3
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+.TH ARITH 3
+.CT 2 math
+.SH NAME
+abs, sgn, gcd, lcm, min, max, labs \(mi integer arithmetic functions:
+absolute value, sign,
+greatest common divisor, least common multiple, minimum, maximum
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B int abs(a)
+.PP
+.B int sgn(a)
+.PP
+.B int gcd(a, b)
+.PP
+.B long lcm(a, b)
+.PP
+.B int min(a, b)
+.PP
+.B int max(a, b)
+.PP
+.B long labs(a)
+.br
+.B long a;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Abs
+returns
+the absolute value of
+.I a.
+.PP
+.I Sgn
+returns
+\-1, 0, 1,
+if
+.L
+\fIa\fR<0, \fIa\fR=0, \fIa\fR>0,
+respectively.
+.PP
+.I Gcd
+returns the greatest common divisor of
+.I a
+and
+.I b.
+More precisely,
+.I gcd
+returns the largest machine-representable
+generator of the ideal generated by
+.I a
+and
+.I b.
+This means that 
+.B gcd(0,0)
+= 0, and
+.B gcd(N,0)
+=
+.B gcd(N,N)
+=
+.BR N ,
+where 
+.B N
+is the most negative integer.
+.PP
+.I Lcm
+returns the least common multiple of
+.I a
+and
+.I b.
+When the result is representable, it satisfies
+.BR "abs(a*b)== lcm(a,b)*gcd(a,b)" .
+.PP
+.I Min
+.RI ( max )
+returns the minimum (maximum) of
+.I a
+and
+.I b.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR floor (3)
+for
+.I fabs
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Abs
+returns
+the most negative integer when the true result is unrepresentable.
+.PP
+There are no guarantees about the value of
+.I lcm
+when the true value is unrepresentable.
+.SH BUGS
+The result of
+.I lcm
+is undefined when it doesn't fit in a long.
+.br
+.I Labs,
+provided for
+.SM ANSI
+compatibility, is lonely; there is no
+.I lsign, lmax,
+etc.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/assert.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/assert.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..973b6d36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/assert.3
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+.TH ASSERT 3X
+.CT 2 debug_tune
+.SH NAME
+assert \(mi assertion checking
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <assert.h>
+.PP
+.B void assert(expression);
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+.I Assert
+is a macro that indicates
+.I expression
+is expected to be nonzero at this point in the program.
+It causes an
+.IR abort (3)
+with a diagnostic comment on the standard output
+when
+.I expression
+is zero.
+Compiling with the
+.IR cc (1)
+option
+.B -DNDEBUG
+effectively makes the expression always nonzero.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+`Assertion failed: file
+.I f
+line
+.I n',
+where
+.I f
+is the source file and
+.I n
+the source line number
+of the
+.I assert
+statement.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/atan.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/atan.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..543c8edd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/atan.3
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'ATAN, ATAN2 (III)'1/15/73'ATAN, ATAN2 (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		atan -- arc tangent function
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,atan[2]
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The
+atan entry returns the arc tangent
+of fr0 in fr0.
+The range is -J/2 to J/2.
+.sp
+The atan2 entry returns the arc tangent
+of fr0/fr1 in fr0.
+The range is -J to J.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	there is no error return
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/atof.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/atof.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..07d59613
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/atof.3
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'ATOF (III)'1/15/73'ATOF (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		atof -- ascii to floating
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,atof; subr
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	atof____
+will convert an ascii stream to a floating
+number returned in fr0.
+
+The subroutine subr____
+(supplied by the caller)
+is called on r5 for each character of the
+ascii stream.
+subr____ should return the character in r0.
+The first character not used in the conversion
+is left in r0.
+.sp
+The only numbers recognized are:  an optional minus
+sign followed by a string of digits optionally containing
+one decimal point, then followed optionally by the
+letter "e" followed by a signed integer.
+.sp
+The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	Calls atoi (III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	There are none; overflow results in a very large
+number and garbage characters terminate the scan.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		The
+routine should accept initial "+", initial blanks, and "E" for "e".
+
+Overflow should be signalled with the carry bit.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/atoi.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/atoi.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9db85352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/atoi.3
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'ATOI (III)'1/15/73'ATOI (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		atoi -- ascii to integer
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,atoi; subr
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	atoi____
+will convert an ascii stream to a binary
+number returned in r1.
+
+The subroutine subr____
+(supplied by the caller)
+is called on r5 for each character of the
+ascii stream.
+subr____ should return the character in r0.
+The first character not used in the conversion
+is left in r0.
+.sp
+The numbers recognized are:  an optional minus sign
+followed by a string of digits.
+.sp
+The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	There are none;
+the routine charges on regardless of consequences; see BUGS.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		It
+pays no attention to overflow - you get whatever the machine
+instructions mul and div happen to leave in the low order half
+- in fact, the carry bit should be set and isn't.
+.sp
+The routine should accept initial "+" and initial blanks.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/bessel.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/bessel.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bdc6b05c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/bessel.3
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.TH BESSEL 3M
+.CT 2 math
+.SH NAME
+besj0, besj1, besjn, besy0, besy1, besyn \(mi bessel functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.PP
+.B double besj0(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double besj1(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double besjn(n, x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double besy0(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double besy1(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double besyn(n, x)
+.B double x;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate Bessel functions of the first
+and second kinds for real arguments and integer orders.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Negative arguments cause
+.I besy0, besy1,
+and
+.I besyn
+to return a huge negative value
+and set
+.I errno
+to
+.BR EDOM .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/bits.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/bits.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57318b39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/bits.3
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+.TH BITS 3+
+.CT 2 datatype
+.SH NAME
+bits \- variable length bit strings
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <Bits.h>"
+.PP
+.B "typedef unsigned long Bits_chunk;"
+.PP
+.B "struct Bits {"
+.B "	Bits() { }"
+.B "	Bits(Bits_chunk, unsigned = 1);"
+.B "	Bits(const Bits&)"
+.B "	~Bits();
+.BR "	Bits& operator= (const Bits&);	// " also " = &= |= ^=
+.BR "	Bits& operator<<= (int);		// " also " >>=
+.B "	int operator[] (unsigned);"
+.B "	operator Bits_chunk();"
+.B "	unsigned size();"
+.B "	unsigned size(unsigned);"
+.B "	Bits& compl();"
+.B "	Bits& concat(const Bits&);"
+.B "	Bits& set(unsigned, unsigned long = 1);"
+.B "	Bits& reset(unsigned);"
+.B "	Bits& compl(unsigned);"
+.B "	unsigned count();"
+.B "	unsigned signif();"
+.B "	unsigned trim();"
+.B "};"
+.PP
+.B "Bits operator~ (const Bits&);
+.BR "Bits operator& (const Bits&, const Bits&); // " also " | ^
+.BR "Bits operator<< (const Bits&, int);		 // " also " >>
+.BR "int operator< (const Bits&, const Bits&);	 // " also " > <= >= == !=
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A
+.B Bits
+object contains a variable-length bit string.
+The bits of a
+.B Bits
+object
+.I b
+are numbered from 0 through
+.IB b .size()\fR\-1,\fP
+with the rightmost bit numbered 0.
+.PP
+.B Bits_chunk
+is the largest unsigned integral type
+acceptable for conversion to and from
+.BR Bits ,
+.BR "unsigned long" 
+in this implementation.
+.SS Constructors
+.TP \w'\fIa\fL.concat(\fIb\fL)\ 'u
+.B Bits()
+An empty bit string.
+.TP
+.BI Bits( n )
+The bits are copied from the binary representation of
+.I n
+with the ones-digit of
+.I n
+becoming bit 0.
+Leading zero-bits are removed,
+except that
+.B Bits(0)
+is a one-bit string.
+.TP
+.BI Bits( n , m )
+The same, but padded with leading zeros to size
+.I m
+if necessary.
+.SS Operators
+Bit strings have
+value semantics;
+assigning a
+.B Bits
+object or passing it to or returning it from a function
+creates a copy of its value.
+The meanings of operators are mostly predictable from C.
+.PP
+Under binary and comparison operators,
+the shorter operand
+is considered to be padded on the left with zeros to the
+length of the longer.
+If, after padding, two strings of different length compare equal,
+the shorter is deemed the smaller.
+.PP
+Negative shift amounts
+reverse the sense of shift operators.
+.PP
+Under conversion (or assignment) to a
+.BR Bits_chunk ,
+a
+.B Bits
+is interpreted as an unsigned integer.
+If it has a value small enough to fit,
+that value is assigned.
+Otherwise, a non-zero value is
+assigned.
+Thus a
+.B Bits
+is considered `true' in an
+.B if
+test if it contains any one-bit, `false' otherwise.
+.TP \w'\fIa\fL.concat(\fIb\fL)\ 'u
+.IB a [ s ]
+Bit number
+.I s
+of
+.IR a ;
+0 if
+.I s
+is out of bounds.
+.SS Other functions
+.TP \w'\fIa\fL.concat(\fIb\fL)\ 'u
+.IB a .size( s )
+Set the size of
+.I a
+to
+.I s
+by truncating or padding with zeros on the left as necessary.
+Return the new size.
+.TP
+.IB a .compl()
+Complement the bits of
+.I a.
+Return
+.I a.
+.TP
+.IB a .set( s )
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.IB a .reset( s )
+.TP
+.IB a .compl ( s )
+Set, reset, or complement bit
+.I s
+of
+.I a.
+No effect if
+.IB a .size()<= s.
+Return
+.I a.
+.PD
+.TP
+.IB a .set( s , n )
+If
+.I n
+is 0, reset bit
+.I s
+of
+.I a,
+otherwise set bit
+.I s.
+Equivalent to
+.BR "n? a.set(s): a.reset(s)" .
+.TP
+.IB a .count()
+Return the number of one-bits in
+.I a.
+.TP
+.IB a .signif()
+Return the number of significant bits in
+.BR a :
+one more than the
+number of the leftmost one-bit, or
+zero if there is no one-bit.
+.TP
+.IB a .trim()
+Discard high-order zero-bits.
+Equivalent to
+.BR a.size(a.signif()) .
+.TP
+.IB a .concat( b )
+Concatenate the value of
+.I b
+to the right (low-order) end of
+.I a.
+Return
+.I a.
+.TP
+.BI concat( a , b )
+Return a newly created concatenated object.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+An operation that runs out of memory sets
+the length of the affected
+.B Bits
+to zero.
+.SH BUGS
+Too bad C++ can't support
+.BR "a[s] = n" .
+.br
+Things would be more consistent if
+.B Bits(0).size()
+were zero.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/block.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/block.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a8351c17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/block.3
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+.TH BLOCK 3+
+.CT 2 datatype
+.SH NAME
+block \- adjustable arrays
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <Block.h>"
+.PP
+.ds T \fIT\fP
+.ft L
+Blockdeclare(\*T)
+Blockimplement(\*T)
+.PP
+.ft L
+struct Block(\*T) {
+	Block(\*T)(unsigned = 0);
+	Block(\*T)(const Block(\*T&);
+	~Block(\*T);
+	Block(\*T)& operator= (const Block(\*T)&);
+	\*T& operator[] (int);
+	operator \*T* ();
+	unsigned size();
+	unsigned size(unsigned);
+	\*T* end();
+	void swap(const Block(\*T)&);
+}
+.ft R
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A
+.BI Block( T )
+is an array of zero or more
+.IR elements 
+of type
+.I T,
+where 
+.I T
+is a type name.
+.I T
+must have assignment
+.RB ( operator= )
+and initialization
+.RB ( \*T(\*T&) )
+operations.
+.PP
+The macro call
+.BI Blockdeclare( T )
+declares the class
+.BI Block( T ) .
+It must appear once in every source file that uses type
+.BI Block( T ) .
+The macro call
+.BI Blockimplement( T )
+defines the functions that implement the block class.
+It must appear exactly once in the entire program.
+.PP
+New elements 
+are initialized to the value of an otherwise
+uninitialized static object of type
+.I T.
+.SS Constructors
+.nr xx \w'\fLBlock(\fIT\fL)(\fIb\fL)'
+.TP \n(xxu
+.BI Block( T )
+An empty block.
+.TP
+.BI Block( T )( n )
+A block of
+.I n
+elements.
+.TP
+.BI Block( T )( b )
+A new block
+whose elements are copies of the elements of
+.BR b .
+.SS Operations
+Assignment copies elements and size.
+.TP \n(xxu
+.IB b [ k ]
+A reference to element
+.L k
+of block
+.IR b ;
+undefined if
+.I k
+is out of bounds.
+.TP
+.BI ( T *) b
+A pointer to the first element of block
+.I b.
+.SS Other functions
+.TP \n(xxu
+.IB b .size()
+Return the number of elements in
+.I b.
+.TP
+.IB b .size( n )
+Set the size of 
+.I b
+to
+.LR n .
+If the new size is greater than the old.
+Otherwise, 
+.I n
+old elements are kept.
+Return the new size.
+.TP
+.IB b .reserve( n )
+The size of
+.I b
+is increased, if necessary, to some value greater than 
+.I n.
+If
+.I b
+already has room,
+.I b
+is not changed.
+Return zero if memory could not be allocated
+and non-zero otherwise.
+.TP
+.IB b .end()
+Returns
+a pointer to just past the last element in
+.LR b .
+Equivalent to 
+.BR (T*)b+b.size() .
+.TP
+.IB a .swap( b )
+The memory associated with blocks
+.I a
+and
+.I b
+is exchanged.
+.SS Performance
+Most operations
+are implemented by the obvious uses of the
+.L new
+and
+.L delete
+operators.
+.I Reserve
+checks the size inline.
+If it isn't big enough, the size is increased by multiplying by 3/2
+(and adding one) enough times to increase it beyond
+.I n .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.EX
+Blockdeclare(long)
+unsigned n = 0;
+Block(long) b;
+long x;
+while (cin >> x) {
+	b.reserve(n);
+	b[n++] = x;
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR malloc (3),
+.IR map (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+The only error detected is running out of memory;
+this is indicated in all cases by setting the size of the
+block for which allocation failed to zero.
+.SH BUGS
+Elements are copied during reallocation by using
+.L T::operator=
+instead of
+.LR T(T&) .
+.br
+Because the `type parameter'
+.I T
+is implemented by the C preprocessor, white space is
+forbidden inside the parentheses of
+.BI Block( T ) .
+
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/buildmap.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/buildmap.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a142dd05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/buildmap.3
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.TH BUILDMAP 3X
+.SH NAME
+buildmap, transin, transout \(mi translate labels between computers
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.PP
+.B
+#include <cbit.h>
+.PP
+.B "struct mapping *buildmap(int fd, char *file, char *me, char *pw, server);"
+.PP
+.B "transin(struct mapping *map, struct label *foreign, struct label *domestic);"
+.PP
+.B "transout(struct mapping *map, struct label *domestic, struct label *foreign);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Buildmap and its partner (which may be another instance of
+.IR buildmap )
+at the far end of the stream 
+.I fd
+work out a mapping for translating labels.
+The label space at the near end is defined by
+.I file ,
+which contains ASCII representations of
+.IR cbit (3)
+structures.
+The identity (for authorization purposes)
+of the near end
+is
+.IR me ,
+using a secret password
+.IR pw .
+Each end challenges the other, using its own password to compose a
+response, whose
+validity is checked by
+.I verify ;
+see
+.IR notary (3);
+The ends need not know each other's passwords.
+.I Server
+is to simplify the protocol: one end should have server set to zero,
+the other end to one.
+.PP
+.I Transout
+and
+.I transin
+translate labels according to the formula
+determined by
+.IR buildmap .
+Labels in transit are represented in the binary form of the source machine
+and are translated on receipt, so
+.IR transout 's
+job is simpler.
+Both routines
+return 0 if translation is impossible or illegal,
+otherwise they perform the translation and return 1.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR cbit (3),
+.IR notary (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+These routines all return 0
+on error.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/cbit.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/cbit.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e7e2eb98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/cbit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+.TH CBIT 3X
+.SH NAME
+cbit, cbitread, cbitlookup, cbitparse, cbitcert \(mi security category manipulation
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.PP
+.B #include <cbit.h>
+.PP
+.B "struct cbit *cbitparse(char **fields, struct cbit *cb);"
+.PP
+.B "struct cbit *cbitread(char *file);"
+.PP
+.B "struct cbit *cbitlookup(char *name, struct cbit *cb);"
+.PP
+.B "char *cbitcert(struct cbit *p);"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions manipulate
+certificates entitling computers to handle
+compartmented security categories.
+Each security compartment is represented by a structure of form:
+.EX
+.ta 8n +25n
+.nf
+\fLstruct cbit {
+	\fLchar *name;\fR		official name of category
+	\fLint floor;\fR		default value (only bottom bit used)
+	\fLchar *owner;\fR		public name of issuing authority
+	\fLchar *nickname;\fR		our version of category name
+	\fLint bitslot;\fR		where we store it
+	\fLchar *exerciser;\fR		who we are
+	\fLchar *certificate;\fR	owner's signature
+\fL}
+.fi
+.EE
+which describes the meaning of the
+.IR bitslot -th
+bit in a computer's label space.
+By convention, the lines of the file
+.F /etc/cbits
+contain (in ASCII colon-separated form) the compartments currently
+held on the local computer.
+.PP
+.I Cbitparse
+fills in and returns a
+cbit
+in the obvious way from a vector of seven strings.
+If the second argument is zero
+.I cbitparse
+allots a new structure using
+.IR malloc (3).
+.PP
+.I "Cbitread"
+reads and parses an ASCII file of
+cbits,
+returning an array of
+filled in structures.
+The last entry in the array is a dummy; it is signalled by having
+a zero value of
+.IR name .
+.PP
+.IR Cbitlookup ,
+when fed a category name and an array of
+cbits
+(such as returned by
+.IR cbitread ),
+returns a pointer to the unique entry whose category name is
+.IR name ,
+or returns zero.
+.PP
+.IR Cbitcert
+composes a certificate granting
+.I exerciser
+the right to hold files with the given security category.
+The output of
+.I cbitcert
+depends only on
+.IR name ,
+.IR floor ,
+.IR owner ,
+and
+.IR exerciser .
+The output
+must be signed by
+.I owner
+with
+.IR xs
+(see
+.IR notary (3))
+to produce
+the checksum value in
+.IR certificate .
+Third parties may check validity of a cbit
+by calling
+.EX
+.B "verify(p->exerciser, p->certificate, cbitcert(p), strlen(cbitcert(p)))"
+.EE
+.SH FILES
+.F /etc/cbits
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR notary (3).
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+These routines all return 0
+on error.
+
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/cbt.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/cbt.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6f25914f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/cbt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.SH NAME
+bread, bwrite, bopen, bclose, bseek, bkey, bdelete, bfirst, bflush, breclen
+.TH
+cbt(3)
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B typedef struct { char *mdata; unsigned short mlen; } mbuf;
+.B #include "cbt.h"
+.B bfile *bopen(file, type) char *file;
+.B bseek(bf, key) bfile *bf; mbuf key;
+.B bfirst(bf) bfile *bf;
+.B bclose(bf) bfile *bf;
+.B breclen(bf) bfile *bf;
+.B bread(bf, key, value) bfile *bf; mbuf *key, *value;
+.B bdelete(bf, key) bfile *bf; mbuf key;
+.B bflush(bf) bfile *bf;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These subroutines are the C interface to B-tree files.
+Load them using
+.I -lcbt.
+The include file contains the definition of
+.I mbuf.
+B-trees may be shared by multiple readers and a single writer, since the effect of a writer's changes
+are not seen until the root of the tree is written back.
+Keys can be no longer than 255 bytes.
+The routines communicate by means of
+a
+.I bfile
+pointer returned by
+.I bopen.
+A B-tree named
+.I file
+corresponds to two
+.UX
+files,
+.I file.T
+and (if the file is not an index)
+.I file.F.
+The
+.I type
+parameter to
+.I bopen
+should be either 0 or 2, as in open (2).
+.br
+.I bclose
+closes a B-tree and (if necessary) rewrites
+its root.
+.br
+.I bflush
+writes the root without closing the B-tree.
+.PP
+The subroutines keep track of a current
+position in each open B-tree.
+When the B-tree is opened the current
+position is just before the first key.
+Calling
+.I bfirst
+has the same effect.
+.I bseek
+makes the current position just before the
+.I key
+and returns FOUND,
+if the key exists in the file,
+or it makes the current position just before
+the next largest key and returns NOTFOUND,
+or, if there is no larger key in the file
+it returns EOF.
+.I bread
+returns the key and value at the current
+position, and advances the current position.
+Note that the arguments to
+.I bread
+are all pointers.
+If either
+.I key
+or
+.I value
+are NULL, the corresponding argument is not returned.
+.I bread stores its results in the buffers
+given in the arguments, and sets the lengths
+of the results in the arguments.
+.I breclen
+returns the length of the value which will
+be returned by the next call to
+.I bread.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/chrtab.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/chrtab.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34fed355
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/chrtab.3
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+.TH CHRTAB 3
+.CT 2 graphics
+.SH NAME
+chrtab \(mi simple character bitmaps
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B extern char chrtab[95][16];
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Chrtab
+contains 8-by-16 bitmaps for
+.SM ASCII
+printing characters.
+The 16 bytes pointed to by
+.B chrtab[c-'\ ']
+are the 16 rows of character
+.I c
+from top to bottom.
+The most significant bit is the leftmost bit.
+The bottom row is always empty (has all bits 0).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR font (9.5)
+.SH BUGS
+The bitmaps of
+.I chrtab
+are intended for use with line printers, not bitmap devices.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/closeshares.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/closeshares.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..34a4d819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/closeshares.3
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+.TH CLOSESHARES 3 SHARE
+.SH NAME
+closeshares \- close shares file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "int closeshares()"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Closeshares
+closes the shares file (if open) which otherwise remains open across
+shares file routine calls.
+.SH FILES
+.PD 0
+.TP "\w'/etc/sharesXXXX'u"
+/etc/shares
+Shares data-base.
+.PD
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+getshares(3),
+getshput(3),
+openshares(3),
+putshares(3),
+sharesfile(3).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/compar.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/compar.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3fc488d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/compar.3
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'COMPAR (III)'1/15/73'COMPAR (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		compar -- default comparison routine for qsort
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr pc,compar
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	Compar is the default comparison routine
+called by qsort and is separated out so that the user can
+supply his own comparison.
+.sp
+The routine is called with the width (in bytes) of
+an element in r3 and it compares byte-by-byte the element
+pointed to by r0 with the element pointed to by r4.
+.sp
+Return is via the condition codes,
+which are tested by the instructions "blt" and "bgt".
+.a
+That is, in the absence of overflow, then the 
+condition (r0) < (r4) should leave the Z-bit off and N-bit
+on while (r0) > (r4) should leave Z and N off.
+Still another way of putting it is that  for elements
+of length 1 the instruction
+
+	cmpb	(r0),(r4)
+
+suffices.
+.sp
+Only r0 is changed by the call.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	qsort (III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		It could be recoded to run faster.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/crypt.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/crypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a6b05463
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/crypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'CRYPT (III)'1/15/73'CRYPT (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		crypt -- password encoding
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	mov $key,r0
+.br
+jsr pc,crypt
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	On entry, r0 should point to a string of
+characters terminated by an ASCII NULL.  The routine
+performs an operation on the key which is difficult to invert
+(i.e. encrypts it) and leaves the resulting eight bytes
+of ASCII alphanumerics in a global cell called "word".
+.sp
+Login uses this result as a password.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	passwd(I),passwd(V), login(I)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	there are none; garbage is accepted.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ctime.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ctime.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a0c25144
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ctime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'CTIME (III)'1/15/73'CTIME (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		ctime  --  convert date and time to ASCII
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	sys	time
+.br
+mov	$buffer,r2
+.br
+jsr	pc,ctime
+.br
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The output buffer
+is 16 characters long and
+the time has the format
+.sp
+     Oct  9 17:32:24\\0
+.sp
+The input time must be in the r0 and r1 registers in the form
+returned by sys___ time____.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	ptime(III), time(II)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		The routine must be reassembled for leap year.
+.br
+Dec 31 is followed by Dec 32 and so on.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ctype.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ctype.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..227d35f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ctype.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.TH CTYPE 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+isalpha, isupper, islower, isdigit, isxdigit, isalnum, isspace, ispunct, isprint, isgraph, iscntrl, isascii \(mi character classification
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.2C
+.B #include <ctype.h>
+.PP
+.B isalpha(c)
+.PP
+.B isupper(c)
+.PP
+.B islower(c)
+.PP
+.B isdigit(c)
+.PP
+.B isxdigit(c)
+.PP
+.B isalnum(c)
+.PP
+.B isspace(c)
+.PP
+.B ispunct(c)
+.PP
+.B isprint(c)
+.PP
+.B isgraph(c)
+.PP
+.B iscntrl(c)
+.PP
+.B isascii(c)
+.1C
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These macros classify ASCII-coded integer values
+by table lookup.
+Each is a predicate returning nonzero for true,
+zero for false.
+.I Isascii
+is defined on all integer values; the rest
+are defined only where
+.I isascii
+is true and on the single non-ASCII value
+.BR EOF ;
+.IR stdio (3).
+.TP "\w'isalnum  'u"
+.I isalpha
+.I c
+is a letter, a-z or A-Z
+.TP
+.I isupper
+.I c
+is an upper case letter, A-Z
+.TP
+.I islower
+.I c
+is a lower case letter, a-z
+.TP
+.I isdigit
+.I c
+is a digit, 0-9
+.TP
+.I isxdigit
+.I c
+is a hexadecimal digit, 0-9 or a-f or A-F
+.TP
+.I isalnum
+.I c
+is an alphanumeric character, a-z or A-Z or 0-9
+.TP
+.I isspace
+.I c
+is a space, horizontal tab, vertical tab, carriage return, newline, or formfeed
+(040, 011, 012, 013, 014, 015)
+.TP
+.I ispunct
+.I c
+is a punctuation character
+(one of
+.L
+!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\e]^_`{|}~\fR)
+.TP
+.I isprint
+.I c
+is a printing character, 040 (space)
+through 0176 (tilde) 
+.TP
+.I isgraph
+.I c
+is a visible printing character, 041 (exclamation) through 0176
+(tilde)
+.TP
+.I iscntrl
+.I c
+is a delete character, 0177,
+or ordinary control character, 000 through 037
+.TP
+.I isascii
+.I c
+is an ASCII character, 000 through 0177
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR tolower (3), 
+.IR ascii (6)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/curses.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/curses.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dcfd1947
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/curses.3
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+.TH CURSES 3X
+.CT 2 comm_term
+.SH NAME
+curses \(mi screen functions with `optimal' cursor motion
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines give the user a method
+of updating screens with reasonable optimization.
+They keep an image of the current screen,
+and the user sets up an image of a new one.
+Then
+.I refresh()
+tells the routines to make the current screen look
+like the new one.
+The initialization routine
+.I initscr()
+must be called before any other routines
+that deal with windows and screens.
+The routine
+.I endwin()
+should be called before exiting.
+.PP
+To load the functions use the
+.IR ld (1)
+options
+.BR \-lcurses\ \-ltermcap .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ioctl (2),
+.IR termcap (5)
+.br
+Ken Arnold,
+`Screen Updating and Cursor Movement Optimization: A Library Package',
+.I UNIX Programmer's Manual,
+Seventh Edition, Virtual VAX-11 Version, 1980
+(Berkeley)
+.SH FUNCTIONS
+.nf
+.ds w \fIwin\fR
+.ds s \fIstdscr\fR
+.ta 3.3i
+\fLaddch(ch)\fP	add a character to \*s
+\fLaddstr(str)\fP	add a string to \*s
+\fLbox(win,vert,hor)\fP	draw a box around a window
+\fLcrmode()\fP	set cbreak mode
+\fLclear()\fP	clear \*s
+\fLclearok(scr,boolf)\fP	set clear flag for \fIscr\fR
+\fLclrtobot()\fP	clear to bottom on \*s
+\fLclrtoeol()\fP	clear to end of line on \*s
+\fLdelwin(win)\fP	delete \*w
+\fLecho()\fP	set echo mode
+\fLendwin()\fP	end window modes
+\fLerase()\fP	erase \*s
+\fLgetch()\fP	get a char through \*s
+\fLgetstr(str)\fP	get a string through \*s
+\fLgettmode()\fP	get tty modes
+\fLgetyx(win,y,x)\fP	get (y,x) co-ordinates
+\fLinch()\fP	get char at current (y,x) co-ordinates
+\fLinitscr()\fP	initialize screens
+\fLleaveok(win,boolf)\fP	set leave flag for \*w
+\fLlongname(termbuf,name)\fP	get long name from \fItermbuf\fR
+\fLmove(y,x)\fP	move to (y,x) on \*s
+\fLmvcur(lasty,lastx,newy,newx)\fP	actually move cursor
+\fLnewwin(lines,cols,begin_y,begin_x)\ \fP	create a new window
+\fLnl()\fP	set newline mapping
+\fLnocrmode()\fP	unset cbreak mode
+\fLnoecho()\fP	unset echo mode
+\fLnonl()\fP	unset newline mapping
+\fLnoraw()\fP	unset raw mode
+\fLoverlay(win1,win2)\fP	overlay win1 on win2
+\fLoverwrite(win1,win2)\fP	overwrite win1 on top of win2
+\fLprintw(fmt,arg1,arg2,...)\fP	printf on \*s
+\fLraw()\fP	set raw mode
+\fLrefresh()\fP	make current screen look like \*s
+\fLresetty()\fP	reset tty flags to stored value
+\fLsavetty()\fP	stored current tty flags
+\fLscanw(fmt,arg1,arg2,...)\fP	scanf through \*s
+\fLscroll(win)\fP	scroll \*w one line
+\fLscrollok(win,boolf)\fP	set scroll flag
+\fLsetterm(name)\fP	set term variables for name
+\fLstandend()\fP	end standout mode
+\fLstandout()\fP	start standout mode
+\fLsubwin(win,lines,cols,begin_y,begin_x)\ \fP	create a subwindow
+\fLtouchwin(win)\fP	`change' all of \*w
+\fLunctrl(ch)\fP	printable version of \fIch\fR
+\fLwaddch(win,ch)\fP	add char to \*w
+\fLwaddstr(win,str)\fP	add string to \*w
+\fLwclear(win)\fP	clear \*w
+\fLwclrtobot(win)\fP	clear to bottom of \*w
+\fLwclrtoeol(win)\fP	clear to end of line on \*w
+\fLwerase(win)\fP	erase \*w
+\fLwgetch(win)\fP	get a char through \*w
+\fLwgetstr(win,str)\fP	get a string through \*w
+\fLwinch(win)\fP	get char at current (y,x) in \*w
+\fLwmove(win,y,x)\fP	set current (y,x) co-ordinates on \*w
+\fLwprintw(win,fmt,arg1,arg2,...)\ \fP	printf on \*w
+\fLwrefresh(win)\fP	make screen look like \*w
+\fLwscanw(win,fmt,arg1,arg2,...)\ \fP	scanf through \*w
+\fLwstandend(win)\fP	end standout mode on \*w
+\fLwstandout(win)\fP	start standout mode on \*w
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/dbm.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/dbm.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3653f441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/dbm.3
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+.TH DBM 3X
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+dbminit, fetch, store, delete, firstkey, nextkey \(mi database subroutines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B dbminit(file)
+.B char *file;
+.PP
+.B datum fetch(key)
+.B datum key;
+.PP
+.B store(key, value)
+.B datum key, value;
+.PP
+.B delete(key)
+.B datum key;
+.PP
+.B datum firstkey()
+.PP
+.B datum nextkey(key)
+.B datum key;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions maintain
+key/value pairs (each pair is a
+.IR datum )
+in a data base.
+The functions will handle very large databases
+in one or two file system accesses per key.
+The functions are loaded
+with
+.IR ld (1)
+option
+.BR -ldbm .
+A datum is defined as
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta \w'typedef 'u +\w'struct 'u
+typedef	struct	{
+	char	*dptr;
+	int	dsize;
+} datum;
+.EE
+.PP
+A
+.B datum
+object specifies a string of
+.B dsize
+bytes pointed to by
+.BR dptr .
+Arbitrary binary data, as well as normal
+ASCII strings, are allowed.
+The data base is stored in two files.
+One file is a directory containing a bit map
+and has
+.L .dir
+as its suffix.
+The second file contains all data and
+has
+.L .pag
+as its suffix.
+.PP
+Before a database can be accessed,
+it must be opened by
+.I dbminit.
+At the time of this call,
+the files
+.IB file .dir
+and
+.IB file .pag
+must exist.
+(An empty database has empty
+.L .dir
+and
+.L .pag
+files.)
+.PP
+The value associated with a key is
+retrieved by
+.I fetch
+and assigned by
+.IR store .
+A key and its associated value
+are deleted by
+.IR delete .
+A linear pass through all keys in a database
+may be made,
+in random order,
+by use of
+.I firstkey
+and
+.IR nextkey .
+.I Firstkey
+will return the first key
+in the database.
+With any key
+.I nextkey
+will return the next key in the database.
+This code will traverse the data base:
+.IP
+.L
+for(key = firstkey(); key.dptr != NULL; key = nextkey(key))
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR cbt (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+All functions that return integers
+indicate errors with negative values.
+A zero return indicates success.
+Routines that return a
+.B datum
+indicate errors with zero
+.BR dptr .
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.L .pag
+file contains holes;
+its apparent size is about
+four times its actual content.
+These files cannot be copied
+by normal means
+.RI ( cat (1),
+.IR tar (1),
+.IR cpio (1),
+.IR ar (1))
+without filling in the holes.
+.br
+Pointers returned
+by these subroutines
+refer to static data
+that is changed by subsequent calls.
+.br
+The sum of the sizes of
+a
+key/value pair must not exceed
+a fixed internal block size.
+Moreover all key/value pairs that hash
+together must fit on a single block.
+.I Store
+will return an error in the event that
+a disk block fills with inseparable data.
+.br
+.I Delete
+does not physically reclaim file space,
+although it does make it available for reuse.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ddsput.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ddsput.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b84a058b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ddsput.3
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'DDSPUT, DDSINIT (III)'1/15/73'DDSPUT, DDSINIT (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		ddsput -- put a character on display data set
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	(file descriptor in r0)
+.br
+jsr	pc,ddsinit
+
+.br
+(character in r0)
+.br
+jsr	pc,ddsput
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	These routines
+provide an interface to the Display Data Set, a peculiar
+device which can be called by Picturephone sets and which
+will display some of the ASCII character set and certain
+other graphics on the Picturephone screen.
+
+If the DC11 or other interface hardware is not already
+set up to talk to the Display Data Set, the ddsinit_______
+entry should be called with the appropriate file descriptor in r0.
+On the only known DDS attached to UNIX, the associated special file
+is called "/dev/ttyc".
+ddsinit_______ also clears the display.
+
+Thereafter, characters may be displayed
+by calling ddsput______.
+To the extent possible, ddsput______ simulates an ordinary terminal.
+Characters falling to the right of the 22X22 screen
+area are ignored; the 23rd line on the screen causes
+the screen to be erased and that line to be put at the top
+of the new display.
+Certain ASCII characters are interpreted specially as follows:
+
+.in +5
+.ti -5
+FF   clear screen, go to top left
+.ti -5
+HT   expand to right number of spaces
+.ti -5
+DC1  treat as reverse line feed (move N)
+.ti -5
+DC2  move cursor 1 place right (move E)
+.ti -5
+DC3  forward line feed (move S)
+.ti -5
+DC4  backspace 1 position (move W)
+.ti -5
+SO   enter graph mode
+.ti -5
+SI   leave graph mode
+.ti -5
+CR   put cursor at start of current line
+
+.in -5
+Graph mode allows display of the non-ASCII characters and
+will be described when hell freezes over.
+
+Lower-case ASCII alphabetics are mapped into upper case.
+Several ASCII non-alphabetic graphics
+are unavailable as well.  Also the lower right circle of
+the "%" character is missing.
+Also one of the circuit cards in the DDS has a crack in it and
+sometimes it doesn't work.
+All in all,
+it is best to avoid this device.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	AT&T writeup on DDS
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		yes
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/dialout.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/dialout.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5291b724
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/dialout.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.TH DIALOUT 3
+.CT 2 comm_mach
+.SH NAME
+dialout \(mi place call on ACU
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B int dialout(telno, class)
+.br
+.B char *telno, *class;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Dialout
+places a data call via an automatic calling unit directly
+attached to the calling computer.
+To use an ACU on Datakit see the example in
+.IR ipc (3).
+.PP
+.I Dialout
+searches for an ACU of the appropriate service class
+and places a data call on the associated line, using the given telephone
+number.
+If successful, it returns an open file descriptor for the line.
+The file is in raw mode, and has exclusive-use and hangup-on-close modes set.
+It returns \-1
+if all ACUs of the given class are busy,
+\-3
+if carrier
+could not be set, and
+\-9
+if the service class is unidentifiable.
+.PP
+The routine consults a data file
+.F /etc/aculist
+that consists of lines containing six blank- or tab-separated fields.
+.TP "\w'service class  'u"
+service class
+Each line with a service class matching the one specified is tried
+in turn until an unoccupied one is found.
+Service classes specify a switching office and a baud rate.
+.IP
+Defined service classes at the `research' site are
+.B 300
+and
+.BR 1200 ,
+for 300- and 1200-baud calls on 665- phone lines, with synonyms
+.B D300
+and
+.BR D1200 .
+Internal calls on these lines require 5 digits.
+Service classes
+.B C300
+and
+.B C1200
+use 582- phone lines.
+Internal calls on these lines require 4 digits and reach only other
+582- lines.
+.TP
+file
+The file name of the associated special file for the telephone line.
+.TP
+acu
+The file name of the associated ACU.
+If specified as
+.BR none ,
+no ACU is used and the telephone number is ignored.
+This is for hardwired connections.
+.TP
+speed
+The bit rate of the interface, chosen from the numbers given in
+.IR ttyld (4).
+.TP
+prefix
+A string to be prefixed to the number.
+This is handy for shared ACUs in which the first digit specifies a line.
+The prefix
+.L -
+is taken to be an empty prefix.
+.TP
+postfix
+A string to be postfixed to the number to be dialed.
+Some ACUs require an `end of number' code; it should be specified here.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F /etc/aculist
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ttyld (4),
+.IR cu (1),
+.IR ipc (3)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/directory.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/directory.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c4163a0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/directory.3
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.TH DIRECTORY 3  
+.CT 2 dirs
+.SH NAME
+opendir, readdir, telldir, seekdir, closedir \(mi directory operations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <ndir.h>
+.PP
+.B DIR *opendir(filename)
+.B char *filename;
+.PP
+.B struct direct *readdir(dirp)
+.B DIR *dirp;
+.PP
+.B long telldir(dirp)
+.B DIR *dirp;
+.PP
+.B seekdir(dirp, loc)
+.B DIR *dirp;
+.B long loc;
+.PP
+.B closedir(dirp)
+.B DIR *dirp;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Opendir
+opens the directory named by
+.I filename
+and associates a `directory stream'
+with it.
+.I Opendir
+returns a pointer to be used to identify the
+directory stream
+in subsequent operations.
+The pointer value 0
+is returned if
+.I filename
+cannot be accessed or is not a directory.
+.PP
+.I Readdir
+returns a pointer to the next directory entry.
+It returns 0
+upon reaching the end of the directory or detecting
+an invalid
+.I seekdir
+operation.
+.PP
+.I Telldir
+returns the current location associated with the named
+directory stream.
+.PP
+.I Seekdir
+sets the position of the next
+.I readdir
+operation on the
+directory stream.
+The new position reverts to the one associated with the
+directory stream
+when the
+.I telldir
+operation was performed.
+Values returned by
+.I telldir
+are good only for the lifetime of the 
+.B DIR
+pointer from
+which they are derived.
+.PP
+.I Closedir
+causes the named
+directory stream
+to be closed,
+and the structure associated with the 
+.B DIR
+pointer to be freed.
+.LP
+.nf
+.ftL
+.ta \w'struct\ 'u +\w'direct\ 'u +\w'd_name[MAXNAMLEN+1];\ 'u
+struct	direct	{
+	\fLu_long	d_ino;\fR	inode for the entry
+	\fLshort	d_reclen;\fP	don't use
+	\fLshort	d_namlen;\fP	equivalent to \fLstrlen(d_name)\fP
+	\fLchar	d_name[MAXNAMLEN+1];\fP	null-terminated entry name
+\fL};\fR
+.fi
+.PP
+The preferred way to search the current directory is:
+.ft L
+.nf
+.ta 8n +8n +8n +8n
+	DIR *dirp;
+	dirp = opendir(".");
+	for(dp = readdir(dirp); dp != 0; dp = readdir(dir))
+		if(strcmp(dp->d_name, name) == 0)
+			break;
+	closedir(dirp);
+	/* found name if dp != 0 */
+.fi
+.ft P
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR dir (5),
+.IR open (2),
+.IR dirread (2),
+.IR read (2),
+.IR lseek (2),
+.IR ftw (3)
+.SH BUGS
+The return values point to static data whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ecvt.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ecvt.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..753307ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ecvt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'ECVT, FCVT (III)'1/15/73'ECVT, FCVT (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		ecvt, fcvt -- output conversion
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr pc,ecvt
+.sp
+or
+.sp
+jsr pc,fcvt
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	Ecvt
+is called with a floating point number in fr0.
+.sp
+On exit, the number has been converted into a
+string of ascii digits in a buffer pointed to by r0.
+The number of digits produced is controlled
+by a global variable "_ndigits".
+
+Moreover, the position of the decimal point is
+contained in r2: r2=0 means the d.p. is at the
+left hand end of the string of digits;
+r2>0 means the d.p. is within or to the right
+of the string.
+
+The sign of the number is indicated by r1 (0 for +; 1 for -).
+
+The low order digit has suffered decimal rounding
+(i. e. may have been carried into).
+.sp
+Fcvt is identical to ecvt, except that the correct digit
+has had decimal rounding for F-style output of the number
+of digits specified by "_ndigits".
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	ftoa(III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/end.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/end.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c7ec5f6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/end.3
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.TH END 3
+.CT 2 mem_man
+.SH NAME
+end, etext, edata \(mi last locations in program
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B extern end;
+.B extern etext;
+.B extern edata;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These names refer neither to routines
+nor to locations with interesting contents.
+The address of
+.I etext
+is the first address above the program text,
+.I edata
+above the initialized data region, and
+.I end
+above the uninitialized data region.
+.PP
+When execution begins, the program break
+coincides with
+.I end,
+but it is reset by
+the routines
+.IR brk (2),
+.IR malloc (3),
+standard input/output
+.RI ( stdio (3)),
+the profile
+.RB ( -p )
+option of
+.IR cc (1),
+etc.
+The current value of the program break
+is reliably returned by
+.BR sbrk(0) ;
+see
+.IR brk (2).
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR brk (2), 
+.IR malloc (3),
+.IR stdio (3),
+.IR cc (1)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/erf.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/erf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a146d686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/erf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.EQ
+delim $$
+.EN
+.TH ERF 3M
+.CT 2 math
+.SH NAME
+erf, erfc \(mi error function
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <math.h>
+.PP
+.B double erf(x)
+.br
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double erfc(x)
+.br
+.B double x;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions calculate the error function
+.RI erf( x )
+.if n .ig
+$=~2 pi sup -1/2 int from 0 to x  roman e sup -t sup 2 dt$
+..
+and the complementary error function
+.RI erfc( x )
+.if n .ig
+$=~ 1 - erf( x )$
+..
+\&.
+The error criterion for both
+.I erf
+and
+.I erfc
+is relative.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+There are no error returns.
+.EQ
+delim off
+.EN
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/exit.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/exit.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..af44b48a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/exit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+.TH EXIT 3
+.CT 2 proc_man
+.SH NAME
+exit, onexit \(mi terminate process
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B void exit(status)
+.B int status;
+.PP
+.B int onexit(fn)
+.B int (*fn)();
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Exit
+is the conventional way to terminate a process.
+Before calling
+.I _exit
+(see
+.IR exit (2))
+with
+.I status
+as an argument,
+it calls in reverse order all the functions
+recorded by
+.IR onexit .
+.PP
+.I Exit
+can never return.
+.PP
+.I Onexit
+records
+.I fn
+as a function to be called by
+.IR exit .
+It returns zero if it failed,
+nonzero otherwise.
+Typical uses include cleanup routines for
+.IR stdio (3)
+and profiling; see
+.IR monitor (3).
+.PP
+Calling
+.I onexit
+twice (or more) with the same function argument causes
+.I exit
+to invoke the function twice (or more).
+.PP
+The function
+.I fn
+should be declared as
+.EX
+       int fn()
+.EE
+.PP
+The constant
+.B NONEXIT
+defined in
+.B <libc.h>
+determines how many functions can be recorded.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR exit (2)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/exp.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/exp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43f56f35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/exp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'EXP (III)'1/15/73'EXP (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		exp -- exponential function
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,exp
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The
+exponential of fr0 is returned in fr0.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	If
+the result is not representable, the
+c-bit is set
+and the largest positive number is returned.
+.sp
+Zero is returned if the result would underflow.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		---
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ferror.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ferror.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..227e4834
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ferror.3
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.TH FERROR 3S
+.CT 2 file_io file_inq_creat
+.SH NAME
+feof, ferror, clearerr, fileno \(mi stream status inquiries
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B int feof(stream)
+.br
+.SM
+.B FILE
+.B *stream;
+.PP
+.B int ferror(stream)
+.br
+.SM
+.B FILE
+.B *stream
+.PP
+.B int clearerr(stream)
+.br
+.SM
+.B FILE
+.B *stream
+.PP
+.B int fileno(stream)
+.br
+.SM
+.B FILE
+.B *stream;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Feof
+returns non-zero if end of file has been encountered on the named input
+.I stream,
+otherwise zero.
+.PP
+.I Ferror
+returns non-zero when an error has occurred reading or writing
+the named
+.I stream,
+otherwise zero.
+Unless cleared by
+.I clearerr,
+the error indication lasts until
+the stream is closed.
+.PP
+.I Clearerr
+resets the error indication on the named
+.I stream.
+.PP
+.I Fileno
+returns the integer file descriptor
+associated with the
+.I stream,
+see
+.IR  open (2).
+.PP
+These functions
+are implemented as macros;
+they cannot be redeclared.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR stdio (3)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/fgets.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/fgets.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e33caaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/fgets.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+.TH FGETS 3S
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+fgets, puts, fputs, gets \(mi string input/out on streams
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B char *fgets(s, n, stream)
+.B char *s;
+.B FILE *stream;
+.PP
+.B int puts(s)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B int fputs(s, stream)
+.B char *s;
+.B FILE *stream;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Fgets
+reads
+.IR n \-1
+characters, or up to a newline
+character, whichever comes first,
+from the
+.I stream
+into the string
+.IR s .
+The last character read into
+.I s
+is followed by a null character.
+.I Fgets
+returns its first argument.
+.PP
+.I Puts
+copies the null-terminated string
+.I s
+to the standard output stream
+.I stdout
+and appends a
+newline character.
+.PP
+.I Fputs
+copies the null-terminated string
+.I s
+to the named output
+.IR stream .
+.PP
+Neither routine copies the terminal null character.
+Both return the result of calling
+.IR putc 
+with the last character written; see
+.IR getc (3).
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR getc (3)
+.IR stdio (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.IR Fgets
+returns a null pointer 
+upon end of file or error.
+.SH BUGS
+For safety reasons the 
+.SM ANSI
+standard function
+.BR "char *gets(s)" ,
+which reads from standard input up to a newline and 
+discards the newline, is not supported.
+.br
+.I Puts
+appends a newline,
+.I fputs
+does not, all in the name of backward compatibility.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/filebuf.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/filebuf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e2ea5447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/filebuf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH FILEBUF 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+filebuf \- buffer for file input/output
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+.nf
+.ta1i 2i
+#include <iostream.h>
+
+typedef long streamoff, streampos;
+class ios {
+public:
+	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
+	enum open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
+	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
+	} ;
+
+#include <fstream.h>
+
+class filebuf : streambuf {
+public:
+		filebuf() ;
+		filebuf(int d);
+		filebuf(int d, char*  p, int len) ;
+
+	filebuf*	attach(int d) ;
+	int	close();
+	int	fd();
+	int	is_open();
+	filebuf*	open(char *name, open_mode om, int prot=0664) ;
+	streampos	seekoff(streamoff o, seek_dir d, open_mode m) ;
+	streampos	seekpos(strempos p, open_mode m ) ;
+	streambuf*	setbuf(char* p, int len) ;
+	int	sync() ;
+};
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\f(CWfilebuf\fRs
+specialize
+\f(CWstreambuf\fRs
+to use a file as source or sink of characters.
+Characters are consumed by doing
+writes to the
+file, and are produced by doing
+reads.
+When the file is seekable, 
+a \f(CWfilebuf\fR allows seeks.
+At least 4 characters of putback are guaranteed.
+When the file permits reading and writing the buffer permits
+both storing and fetching.  No special action is required between
+gets and puts.
+A 
+\f(CWfilebuf\fRs that is connected to a file descriptor is said
+to be \fIopen\fR.
+.PP
+Assume:
+.br
+\(em \fBf\fR is a \f(CWfilebuf\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpfb\fR is a \f(CWfilebuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR, \fBd\fR, \fBlen\fR, and \fBprot\fR are \f(CWint\fR
+.br
+\(em \fBname\fR and \fBptr\fR are \f(CWchar*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBm\fR is \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBoff\fR is \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBp\fR and \fBpos\fR are \f(CWstreampos\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBdir\fR is \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
+.PP
+Constructors:
+.TP
+\fBfilebuf()\fR
+Constructs an initially closed \f(CWfilebuf\fR.
+.TP
+\fBfilebuf(d)\fR
+Constructs a \f(CWfilebuf\fR connected to \fBd\fR.
+.TP
+\fBfilebuf(d,p,len)\fR
+Constructs a \f(CWfilebuf\fR connected to \fBd\fR
+and initialized to use the reserve area starting at \fBp\fR and containing
+\fBlen\fR bytes.
+If \fBp\fR is null or \fBlen\fR is zero or less,
+the \f(CWfilebuf\fR will be unbuffered.
+.PP
+Members: 
+.TP
+\fBpfb=f.attach(d)
+Connects \fBf\fR
+to an open file descriptor, \fBd\fR.
+\fBpfb\fR is normally \fB&f\fR
+but is 0 if \fBf\fR is already open.
+.TP
+\fBi=f.close()
+Flushes any waiting output, closes the file descriptor, and disconnects
+\fBf\fR. Unless an error occurs, \fBf\fR's error state will be cleared.
+\fBi\fR is 0 unless errors occur in which case it is \f(CWEOF\fR . 
+Even if errors occur
+\fBattach\fR leaves the file descriptor and \fBf\fR
+closed.
+.TP
+\fBi=f.fd()\fR
+Returns \fBi\fR, the file descriptor \fBf\fR is connected to.
+If \fBf\fR is closed \fBi\fR is \f(CWEOF\fR.
+.TP
+\fBi=f.is_open()\fR
+Returns non-zero when \fBf\fR is connected to a file descriptor,
+and zero otherwise.
+.TP
+\fBpfb=f.open(name,m,prot)\fR
+Opens a file with the specified pathname, mode, and protection,
+and connects \fBf\fR to it.
+\f(CWopen_mode\fRs may be or'ed together to form \fBm\fR.  
+\f(CWin\fR and \f(CWout\fR translate to corresponding UNIX modes.
+\f(CWate\fR and
+\f(CWapp\fR
+both cause the file to be positioned
+at its end during the open.  \f(CWapp\fR implies \f(CWoutput\fR.
+In addition,
+\f(CWapp\fR causes all subsequent
+writes to occur at the end of a file.
+(In some systems this is supported directly by the kernel, in other
+instances the desired effect is approximated by seeking to the
+end of the file before each write.)
+\f(CWout\fR may be specified even if \fBprot\fR does not permit
+output. 
+Normally \fBpfb\fR is \fB&f\fR
+but if an error occurs it is 0.
+.TP
+\fBp=f.seekoff(off,dir,m)\fR
+Moves the get/put pointer as designated by \fBoff\fR and \fBdir\fR.
+It fails if the file that \fBf\fR is attached to 
+does not support seeking, or if the attempted motion
+is otherwise invalid (such as attempting to seek to a position
+before the beginning of file). 
+\fBoff\fR is interpreted as a count
+relative to the place in the file specified by \fBdir\fR
+as described in \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++).
+\f(CWm\fR is ignored.
+\fBp\fR is the position after movement, or \f(CWEOF\fR if
+a failure occurs. 
+The position of the file after a failure is undefined.
+.TP 
+\fBp=f.seekpos(pos,m)\fR
+Moves the file to a position \fBpos\fR
+as described in \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++).
+\f(CWm\fR is ignored.
+Normally \fBp\fR is \fBpos\fR, but on failure it is \f(CWEOF\fR. 
+.TP
+\fBpsb=f.setbuf(ptr,len)\fR
+Sets up the reserve area as \fBlen\fR bytes beginning at \fBp\fR.
+If \fBptr\fR is null or \fBlen\fR is less than or equal to 0, the
+\fBf\fR will be unbuffered.
+Normally \fBpsb\fR is \fB&f\fR, but
+it is 0 if \fBf\fR is open, and in the latter case no changes
+are made to the reserve area or buffering status.
+.TP
+\fBi=f.sync()\fR
+Attempts to force the state of get/put pointers of \fBf\fR to agree
+(be synchronized) with
+the state of the file \fBf.fd()\fR.  This means it
+may write characters to the file if some have been buffered for
+output or attempt to reposition (seek) the file if characters have
+been read and buffered for input.  Normally \fBi\fR is 0, but it
+is \f(CWEOF\fR if synchronization is not possible.
+Sometimes it is neccessary to guarantee that certain
+characters are written together.
+To do this, the program should use
+\fBsetbuf\fR
+(or a constructor)
+to guarantee that the reserve area is at least as large as
+the number of characters that must be written together.
+It can then do a \fBsync\fR,
+followed by storing the characters, 
+followed by another \fBsync\fR.
+.SH CAVEATS
+\fBattach\fR
+and the constructors should test if the file descriptor they
+are given is open, but I can't figure out a portable way to do that.
+.PP
+There is no way to force atomic reads.
+.PP
+Unix does usually report failures of seek (e.g. on a tty) and
+so a filebuf does not either.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+sbuf.pub(3C++)
+sbuf.prot(3C++)
+fstream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/fio.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/fio.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1ba4766d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/fio.3
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+.TH FIO 3
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+Finit, Frdline, Fgetc, Fread, Fseek, Fundo,
+Fputc, Fprint, Fwrite, Fflush, Ftie, Fclose, Fexit \(mi fast buffered input/output
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.2C
+.B #include <fio.h>
+.PP
+.B void Finit(fd, buf)
+.B char *buf;
+.PP
+.B void Fclose(fd);
+.PP
+.B int Fprint(fildes, format [, arg ...])
+.B int fildes;
+.B char \(**format;
+.PP
+.B char *Frdline(fd)
+.PP
+.B int FIOLINELEN(fd)
+.PP
+.B long FIOSEEK(fd)
+.PP
+.B int Fgetc(fd)
+.PP
+.B void Fundo(fd)
+.PP
+.B long Fseek(fd, offset, ptr)
+.B long offset;
+.PP
+.B int Fputc(fd, c)
+.PP
+.B long Fread(fd, addr, nbytes)
+.B char *addr;
+.B long nbytes;
+.PP
+.B int Fwrite(fd, addr, nbytes)
+.B char *addr;
+.B long nbytes;
+.PP
+.B int Fflush(fd)
+.PP
+.B void Ftie(ifd, ofd)
+.PP
+.B Fexit(type)
+.1C
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines provide buffered I/O, faster than, and incompatible
+with
+.IR stdio (3).
+The routines can be called in any order.
+I/O on different file descriptors is independent.
+.PP
+.I Finit
+initializes a buffer (whose type is
+.IR Fbuffer )
+associated with the file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+Any buffered input associated with
+.I fd
+will be lost.
+The buffer can be supplied by the user
+(it should be at least
+.B sizeof(Fbuffer)
+bytes)
+or if
+.I buf
+is
+.BR "(char *)0" ,
+.I Finit
+will use
+.IR malloc (3).
+.IR Finit
+must be called after a stretch of
+.IR non- fio
+activity, such as
+.IR close
+or
+.IR lseek (2),
+between
+.I fio
+calls on the same file descriptor number;
+it is unnecessary, but harmless, before the first
+.I fio
+activity on a given file descriptor number.
+.PP
+.I Fclose
+flushes the buffer for
+.IR fd ,
+.IR free s
+the buffer if it was allocated by
+.IR Finit ,
+and then closes
+.IR fd .
+.PP
+.I Frdline
+reads a line from the file associated with the file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+The newline at the end of the line is replaced by a 0
+byte.
+Lines longer than 4096 characters will have characters deleted.
+.I Frdline
+returns a pointer to the start of the line or
+.L (char *)0
+on end of file or read error.
+The macro
+.I FIOLINELEN
+returns the length (not including the 0
+byte) of the most recent line returned by
+.IR Frdline .
+The value is undefined after a call to any other
+.I fio
+routine.
+.PP
+.I Fgetc
+returns the next character from the file descriptor
+.IR fd ,
+or a negative value
+at end of file.
+.PP
+.I Fread
+reads
+.I nbytes
+of data from the file descriptor
+.I fd
+into memory starting at
+.IR addr .
+The number of bytes read is returned on success
+and a negative value is returned if a read error occurred.
+.PP
+.I Fseek
+applies
+.IR lseek (2)
+to
+.I fd
+taking buffering into account.
+It returns the new file offset.
+The macro
+.I FIOSEEK
+returns the file offset of the next character to be processed.
+.PP
+.I Fundo
+makes the characters returned by the last call to
+.I Frdline
+or
+.I Fgetc
+available for reading again.
+There is only one level of undo.
+.PP
+.I Fputc
+outputs the low order 8 bits of
+.I c
+on the file associated with file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+If this causes a
+.IR write
+(see
+.IR read (2))
+to occur and there is an error,
+a negative value is returned.
+Otherwise, zero is returned.
+.PP
+.I Fprint
+is a buffered interface to
+.IR print (3).
+If this causes a
+.IR write
+to occur and there is an error,
+a negative value is returned.
+Otherwise, the number of chars output is returned.
+.PP
+.I Fwrite
+outputs
+.I nbytes
+bytes of data starting at
+.I addr
+to the file associated with file descriptor
+.IR fd .
+If this causes a
+.IR write
+to occur and there is an error,
+a negative value is returned.
+Otherwise, the number of bytes written is returned.
+.PP
+.I Fflush
+causes any buffered output associated with
+.I fd
+to be written;
+it must precede a call of
+.I close
+on
+.IR fd.
+The return is as for
+.IR Fputc .
+.PP
+.I Ftie
+links together two file descriptors such that any
+.IR fio -initiated
+.IR read (2)
+on
+.I ifd
+causes a
+.I Fflush
+of
+.I ofd
+(if it has been initialized).
+It is appropriate for most programs used as filters to do
+.BR Ftie(0,1) .
+The tie may be broken by
+.BR "Ftie(ifd, -1)" .
+.PP
+.I Fexit
+is used to clean up all
+.I fio
+buffers.
+If
+.I type
+is zero, the buffers are
+.IR Fflush ed,
+otherwise they are
+.IR Fclose d.
+.B "Fexit(0)"
+is automatically called at
+.IR exit (3).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR open (2),
+.IR print (3),
+.IR stdio (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Fio
+routines that return integers yield
+.B -1
+if 
+.I fd
+is not the descriptor of an open file or if the operation
+is inapplicable to
+.I fd.
+.SH BUGS
+The data returned by
+.I Frdline
+may be overwritten by calls to any other
+.I fio
+routine.
+.br
+.I Fgetc
+is much slower than
+access through a pointer returned by
+.I Frdline.
+.br
+There is no 
+.IR scanf (3)
+analogue.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/floor.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/floor.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d62ea271
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/floor.3
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+.TH FLOOR 3M
+.CT 2 math
+.SH NAME
+fabs, fmod, floor, ceil \(mi absolute value, remainder, floor, ceiling functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.PP
+.B double floor(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double ceil(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double fabs(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double fmod(x,y)
+.B double x, y;
+.nf
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Fabs
+returns the absolute value
+.RI | \|x\| |.
+.PP
+.I Floor
+returns the
+largest integer
+not greater than
+.IR x .
+.PP
+.I Ceil
+returns the
+smallest integer
+not less than
+.IR x .
+.PP
+.I Fmod
+returns
+.I x
+if
+.I y
+is zero, otherwise the number
+.I f
+with the same sign as
+.IR x ,
+such that
+.I "x = iy + f"
+for some integer
+.IR i ,
+and
+.RI | \|f\| |
+<
+.RI | \|x\| |.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR arith (3),
+.IR frexp (3)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/fopen.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/fopen.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d8638862
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/fopen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+.TH FOPEN 3S
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+fopen, freopen, fdopen, fclose, fflush \(mi open, close, or flush a stream
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B FILE *fopen(filename, type)
+.B char *filename, *type;
+.PP
+.B FILE *freopen(filename, type, stream)
+.B char *filename, *type;
+.B FILE *stream;
+.PP
+.B FILE *fdopen(fildes, type)
+.B char *type;
+.PP
+.B int fclose(stream)
+.B FILE *stream;
+.PP
+.B int fflush(stream)
+.B FILE *stream;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Fopen
+opens the file named by
+.I filename
+and associates a stream with it.
+.I Fopen
+returns a pointer to be used to identify
+the stream in subsequent operations.
+.PP
+.I Type
+is a character string having one of the following values:
+.nf
+.ta 8n
+\fL"r"\fP	open for reading
+\fL"w"\fP	create for writing
+\fL"r+w"\fP
+\fL"w+r"\fP	open for reading and writing
+\fL"a"\fP	append: open for writing at end of file, or create for writing
+.fi
+.PP
+.I Freopen
+substitutes the named file in place
+of the open
+.IR stream .
+It returns the original value of
+.IR stream .
+The original stream is closed.
+.I Freopen
+is typically used to attach the preopened
+constant names
+.LR stdin ,
+.L stdout
+and
+.L stderr
+to specified files.
+.PP
+.I Fdopen
+associates a stream with a file descriptor.
+The
+.I type
+of the stream must agree with the mode of the open file.
+.PP
+.I Fclose
+causes any buffers for the named
+.I stream
+to be emptied, and the file to be closed.
+Buffers allocated by the standard input/output system
+are freed.
+.PP
+.I Fclose
+is performed automatically upon
+calling
+.IR  exit (3).
+.PP
+.I Fflush
+causes any buffered data for the named output
+.I stream
+to be written to that file.
+The stream remains open.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR open (2),
+.IR popen (3),
+.IR stdio (3),
+.IR ferror (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Fopen
+and
+.I freopen
+return
+.B NULL
+if
+.I filename
+cannot be accessed.
+.PP
+.I Fclose
+and
+.I fflush
+return
+.B EOF
+if
+.I stream
+is not associated with a file, or
+if buffered data cannot be transferred to that file.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/fptrap.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/fptrap.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..489015c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/fptrap.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+.pa 1
+.he '3/15/72''FPTRAP (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		fptrap  --  PDP-11/45 floating point simulator
+.sp
+.ti 0
+.nf
+SYNOPSIS	.globl fptrap
+.br
+sys ilgins; fptrap
+.fi
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	fptrap______
+is a package which picks up instructions which are illegal
+for the PDP-11/20, and if they correspond to 11/45 floating
+point instructions, simulates their operation.
+The following instructions are supported:
+
+	cfcc
+	setf
+	seti
+	setd
+	setl
+.	ldfps	src		(not in assembler)
+.	stfps	dst		(not in assembler)
+	clrf	fdst
+	tstf	fsrc
+	absf	fdst
+	negf	fdst
+	mulf	fsrc,fr
+	modf	fsrc,fr
+	addf	fsrc,fr
+	movf	fsrc,fr	(=ldf)
+	movf	fr,fdst	(=stf)
+	subf	fsrc,fr
+	cmpf	fsrc,fr
+	divf	fsrc,fr
+.nf
+.	movei	fr,dst	(=stexp)  (not in assembler)
+.	movie	src,fr	(=ldexp)  (not in assembler)
+	movfi	fr,dst	(=stcfi)
+	movif	src,fr	(=ldcif)
+	movfo	fr,fdst	(=stcxy)
+	movof	fsrc,fr	(=ldcyx)
+.fi
+
+Here src___ and dst___ stand for source and destination, fsrc____
+and fdst____ for floating source and destination, and fr__ for
+floating register.
+Notice that the names of several of the opcodes have changed.
+The only strange instruction
+is movf____, which turns into stf___ if its source
+operand is a floating register, and into ldf___ if not.
+.sp
+The simulator sets the floating condition codes
+on both ldf___ and stf___.
+The 11/45 hardware does not set
+the fcc on stf.
+
+Short and long format for both floating point numbers
+and integers is supported.  Truncation mode is always in effect.
+Traps for overflow and other arithmetic errors are not supported.
+Illegal instructions or addresses cause a simulated trap
+so that a core image is produced.
+
+The condition code bits are maintained correctly.
+
+For floating-point source operands, immediate mode ((pc)+) is
+not supported, since the PDP-11/45
+handbook is not clear on what to do about it.
+
+After an arithmetic error the result is generally
+meaningless.
+
+The arithmetic is always done in double-precision, so exact
+but unrounded results are to be expected in single-precision
+mode.  Double precision results are probably less correct
+than the hardware will be.
+
+The lower parts of the floating registers become meaningless
+during single-precision operations.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /usr/lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	PDP-11/45 handbook, ilgins(II)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	trap, c-bit, v-bit
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		see above
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/fread.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/fread.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bd78f3fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/fread.3
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+.TH FREAD 3S
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+fread, fwrite \(mi buffered binary input/output
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B int fread(ptr, sizeof(*ptr), nitems, stream)
+.br
+.SM
+.B FILE
+.B *stream;
+.PP
+.B int fwrite(ptr, sizeof(*ptr), nitems, stream)
+.br
+.SM
+.B FILE
+.B *stream;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Fread
+reads from the named input
+.IR stream 
+at most
+.I nitems
+of data of the type of
+.I *ptr
+into a block beginning at
+.I ptr.
+It returns the number of items actually read.
+.PP
+.I Fwrite
+appends to the named output
+.I stream
+at most
+.I nitems
+of data of the type of
+.I *ptr
+from a block beginning at
+.I ptr.
+It returns the number of items actually written.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR read (2), 
+.IR stdio (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Fread
+and
+.I fwrite
+return 0
+upon end of file or error.
+.SH BUGS
+Write errors of the data for any
+.I fwrite
+call may occur a long time after that call.
+.br
+These routines are much slower than you might imagine.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/frexp.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/frexp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1008ccf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/frexp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.TH FREXP 3
+.CT 2 math data_man
+.SH NAME
+frexp, ldexp, modf \(mi split into mantissa and exponent
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <math.h>
+.PP
+.nf
+.B double frexp(value, eptr)
+.B double value;
+.B int *eptr;
+.PP
+.B double ldexp(value, exp)
+.B double value;
+.PP
+.B double modf(value, iptr)
+.B double value, *iptr;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Frexp
+returns the mantissa of
+.I value
+and stores the exponent indirectly through
+.I eptr,
+so that
+.I value
+=
+.if t .IR frexp ( value )\(mu2\u\s-2 \(**eptr \s0\d.
+.if n .IR frexp ( value )*2** (*eptr).
+.PP
+.I Ldexp
+returns the quantity
+.if t .IR value \(mu2\u\s-2 exp \s0\d.
+.if n .IR value *2** exp.
+.PP
+.I Modf
+returns the positive fractional part of
+.I value
+and stores the integer part indirectly
+through
+.I iptr.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+On underflow
+.I ldexp
+returns 0; on
+overflow it returns a properly signed largest value.
+In both cases it sets
+.I errno
+to
+.BR ERANGE .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/fseek.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/fseek.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02e0e125
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/fseek.3
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+.TH FSEEK 3S
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+fseek, ftell, rewind \(mi reposition a stream
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B int fseek(stream, offset, ptrname)
+.B FILE *stream;
+.B long offset;
+.PP
+.B long ftell(stream)
+.B FILE *stream;
+.PP
+.B int rewind(stream)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Fseek
+sets the position of the next input or output
+operation on the
+.IR stream .
+The new position is at the signed distance
+.I offset
+bytes
+from the beginning, the current position, or the end of the file,
+as
+.I ptrname
+has the value 0, 1 or 2 respectively.
+.PP
+.I Ftell
+returns the current value of the file pointer for the file
+associated with the named
+.IR stream .
+.PP
+.IR Rewind ( stream )
+is equivalent to
+.BR "fseek(stream, 0L, 0)" .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR lseek (2),
+.IR stdio (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Fseek
+returns \-1
+for improper seeks.
+.SH BUGS
+The interaction of
+.I fseek
+and
+.IR ungetc (3)
+is undefined.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/fstream.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/fstream.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..301bdd0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/fstream.3
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH FSTREAM 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+fstream \- iostream and streambuf specialized to files
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft B
+.ta1i 2i
+#include <fstream.h>
+
+typedef long streamoff, streampos;
+class ios {
+public:
+	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
+	enum open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
+	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
+	} ;
+
+class ofstream : ostream {
+		ofstream() ;
+		ofstream(char* name, open_mode mode, int prot=0664) ;
+		ofstream(int fd)	;
+		ofstream(int fd, char* p, int l) ;
+
+	void	attach(int fd);
+	void	close();
+	void	open(char* name, open_mode, int=0664) ;
+	filebuf*	rdbuf();
+};
+
+class ifstream : istream {  \fI same as ofstream\fP };
+class fstream : iostream { \fI same as ofstream\fP };
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\f(CWifstream\fRs, \f(CWofstream\fR and \f(CWfstream\fR
+specialize \f(CWistream\fR, \f(CWostream\fR and \f(CWiostream\fR
+(respectively) to files.
+That is, the associated streambuf will be a \f(CWfilebuf\fR.
+.PP
+Assume
+.br
+\(em \fBf\fR any of \f(CWifstream\fR, \f(CWofstream\fR or \f(CWfstream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpfb\fR is a \f(CWfilebuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBname\fR and \fBptr\fR are \f(CWchar*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR, \fBfd\fR, \fBlen\fR and \fBprot\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBmode\fR is an \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
+.PP
+The constructors for \fIx\f(CWstream\fR, where \fIx\fR is either
+\f(CWif\fR,
+\f(CWof\fR or \f(CWf\fR, are:
+.TP
+\fIx\fBstream()\fR
+Constructs an unopened \f(CWxstream\fR.
+.TP
+\fIx\fBstream()(name,mode,prot)\fR
+Constructs an \f(CWxstream\fR and tries to opens it using
+\fBname\fR, \fBmode\fR, and \fBprot\fR.
+The status of the constructed \f(CWxstream\fR
+will indicate failure in case the
+\fBopen\fR fails.
+.TP
+\fIx\fBstream()\fR
+Constructs an \f(CWxstream\fR connected to file descriptor \fBd\fR,
+which must be previously opened.
+.TP
+\fIx\fBstream(d,ptr,len)\fR
+Constructs an \f(CWxstream\fR connected to file descriptor \fBfd\fR
+and in addition initializes
+the associated \f(CWfilebuf\fR to use the \fBlen\fR bytes
+at \fBptr\fR as the
+reserve area.  If \fBptr\fR is null or \fBlen\fR is 0, the \f(CWfilebuf\fR
+will be unbuffered.
+.PP
+Member functions:
+.TP
+\fBf.attach(d)\fR
+Connects \fBf\fR to the file descriptor \fBd\fR.
+A failure occurs when \fBf\fR is already connected to a file.
+A failure sets \f(CWfailbit\fR in \fBf\fR's error state.
+.TP
+\fBf.close()\fR
+Closes any associated \f(CWfilebuf\fR and thereby breaks the connection
+of the \fBf\fR to a file.  
+\\fBf\fR's error state is cleared except on failure.
+A failure occurs when the call to \fBf.rdbuf()->close\fR fails.
+.TP
+\fBf.open(name,mode,prot)\fR
+Opens file \fBname\fR and connects \fBf\fR to it.
+If the file is created, it is created with protection mode \fBprot\fR.
+\fBopen\fR normally returns 0, but it returns \f(CWEOF\fR on failure.
+Failure
+occurs if \fBf\fR is already open, or the call to \fBf.rdbuf()->open\fR
+fails.  \f(CWfailbit\fR is set in \fBf\fR's error status on failure.
+The members of \f(CWopen_mode\fR are bits that may be or'ed together.
+The meaning of these bits in \fBmode\fR is 
+.RS
+.TP
+\f(CWapp\fR
+A seek to the end of file is performed.
+Subsequent data written to the file is always added (appended)
+at the end of file.
+On some systems this is implemented in the kernel.
+In
+others it is implemented by seeking to the end of the file
+before each write.  \f(CWapp\fR implies \f(CWoutput\fR.
+.TP
+\f(CWate\fR
+A seek to the end of the file is performed during the \fBopen\fR.
+\f(CWate\fR does not imply \f(CWoutput\fR.
+.TP
+\f(CWin\fR
+Implied by construction and opens of \f(CWifstream\fRs.
+For \f(CWfstream\fRs it indicates that input operations should be
+allowed possible.  Is is legal to include \f(CWin\fR in the modes
+of an \f(CWostream\fR in which case it implies that the original
+file (if it exists) should not be truncated.
+.TP
+\f(CWout\fR
+Implied by construction and opens of \f(CWofstream\fRs.
+For \f(CWfstream\fR it says that output operations are to
+be allowed.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBpfb=f.rdbuf()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the associated \f(CWfilebuf\fR.
+\fBfstream::rdbuf\fR has the same meaning as
+\fBiostream::rdbuf\fR
+but is typed differently.
+.TP
+\fBpsb=f.setbuf(p,len)\fR
+Has the usual effect of a \fBsetbuf\fR, offering space
+for a reserve area or requesting unbuffered I/O.
+Normally the returned \fBpsb\fR is \fBf.rdbuf()\fR, but it is 0
+on failure.
+A failure occurs if \fBf\fR is open or the call to \fBf.rdbuf()->setbuf\fR
+fails.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+filebuf(3C++)
+istream(3C++)
+ios(3C++)
+ostream(3C++)
+sbuf.pub(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ftoa.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ftoa.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be2061a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ftoa.3
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'FTOA (III)'1/15/73'FTOA (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		ftoa -- floating to ascii conversion
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,ftoa; subr
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	ftoa____
+will convert the floating point number in fr0
+into ascii in the form
+
+   [-]ddddd.dd*
+
+if possible, otherwise in the form
+
+   [-]d.dddddddde_[-]dd*.
+.sp
+For each character generated by ftoa,
+the subroutine subr____ (supplied by the caller) is called on
+register r5 with the character in r0.
+.sp
+The number of digits can be changed by changing the value
+of "_ndigits" in ecvt (default is 10.).
+.sp
+The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	ecvt(III), itoa(III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ftoo.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ftoo.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..cebd1b3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ftoo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'FTOO (III)'1/15/73'FTOO (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		ftoo -- floating to octal conversion
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,ftoo; subr
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	ftoo wil convert the floating point number
+in fr0 into ascii in the conventional octal form
+
+   000000;000000;000000;000000
+.sp
+For each character generated by ftoo, the subroutine
+subr____
+(supplied by the caller) is called on register r5
+with the character in r0.
+.sp
+The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ftw.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ftw.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b2b0432b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ftw.3
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+.TH FTW 3
+.CT 2 dirs
+.SH NAME
+ftw \- file tree walk
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <ftw.h>
+.PP
+.B int ftw(path, fn, depth)
+.B char *path;
+.B int (*fn)();
+.B int depth;
+.PP
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.B #include <sys/stat.h>
+.PP
+.IB fn "(name, statb, code, S)"
+.B char *name;
+.B struct stat *statb;
+.B struct FTW *S;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Ftw
+recursively descends the directory hierarchy
+rooted in
+.IR path .
+For each entry in the hierarchy,
+.I ftw
+calls
+.IR fn ,
+passing it information about the entry:
+a pointer to a null-terminated pathname
+string, a pointer to a
+.B stat
+structure (see
+.IR stat (2)),
+and a pointer to the following structure.
+.PP
+.EX
+.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'int level  'u
+struct	FTW {
+	int quit;	\fRsee below\fP
+	int base;	&name[base] \fRpoints to basename\fP
+	int level;	\fRrecursion level (initially 0)\fP
+};
+.EE
+.LP
+Possible values of
+.IR code ,
+defined in
+.FR <ftw.h> ,
+are
+.TF FTW_DNR
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.B FTW_D
+Entry is a directory (before visiting descendants).
+.TP
+.B FTW_DP
+Entry is a directory (after visiting descendants).
+.TP
+.B FTW_SL
+Entry is a symbolic link.
+.TP
+.B FTW_F
+Entry is some other kind of file.
+.TP
+.B FTW_DNR
+Entry is a directory that cannot be read;
+no descendants will be visited.
+.TP
+.B FTW_NS
+.I Lstat
+(see
+.IR stat (2))
+failed on
+.IR name ;
+contents of
+.I statb
+are undefined
+.TP
+.B FTW_NSL
+.I Lstat
+succeeded, but
+.I stat
+failed; contents of
+.I statb
+are undefined.
+.PD
+.PP
+The tree traversal continues until the tree is exhausted or
+.I fn
+returns a nonzero value.
+When the tree is exhausted,
+.I ftw
+returns zero.
+When
+.I fn
+returns a nonzero value,
+.I ftw
+stops and returns that value.
+.PP
+Normally symbolic links are not followed.
+But if on a symbolic link
+.RB ( FTW_SL )
+.IR fn
+sets
+.B S->quit
+to
+.BR FTW_FOLLOW ,
+.IR ftw
+will next attempt to follow the link.
+.PP
+.I Ftw
+normally visits a readable directory twice, before and
+after visiting its descendants.
+But if on a previsit
+.RB ( FTW_D )
+.I fn
+sets
+.B S->quit
+to
+.B FTW_SKD,
+.I ftw
+will skip the descendants and the postvisit
+.RB ( FTW_DP ).
+.PP
+.I Ftw
+uses one file descriptor for each level in the tree up to a
+maximum of
+.I depth
+(or 1, if
+.IR depth <1)
+descriptors.
+.I Depth
+must not exceed the number of available file descriptors; small
+values of 
+.I depth 
+may cause
+.I ftw
+to run slowly, but will not change its effect.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR stat (2),
+.IR directory (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Ftw
+returns \-1
+with
+.I errno
+set to
+.B ENOMEM
+when
+.IR malloc (3)
+fails.
+.PP
+.I Errno
+is set appropriately when
+.I ftw
+calls
+.I fn
+with code
+.BR FTW_DNR ,
+.BR FTW_NS ,
+or
+.BR FTW_NSL .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ftwalk.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ftwalk.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d2642d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ftwalk.3
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+.TH FTWALK 3
+.SH NAME
+\fBftwalk\fR \- file tree walker
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i 3i 3.75i 4.5i 5.25i 6i
+.PP
+.nf
+\fB
+#include <ftwalk.h>
+
+ftwalk(char* path, int (*userf)(struct FTW* ftw), int options,
+       int (*comparf)(struct FTW* ftw1, struct FTW* ftw2))
+\fR
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+\fIFtwalk\fR traverses a directory hierarchy using depth-first search.
+Upon visiting each file or directory in the hierarchy, it calls
+the user function \fIuserf\fP to process that file or directory.
+On a directory object, \fIuserf\fR may be called twice, once in preorder
+and once in postorder.
+On a terminal object such as a file or an unreadable directory,
+\fIuserf\fP is called only once.
+Cycles due to hard links or symbolic links are detected
+to avoid infinite loops.
+.PP
+\fIPath\fR is the starting point of the search.
+It may be an absolute path name or a path name relative to
+the current directory.
+If \fIpath\fR is a null pointer or points to an empty string, it is treated
+as if it points to the current (dot) directory.
+.PP
+\fIOptions\fR consists of zero or more of the following bits:
+.IP
+FTW_CHILDREN:
+This implies preorder calls to \fIuserf\fR on directory objects.
+On such a call to \fIuserf\fR,
+the field \fIftw->link\fR (below) points to a link list of
+the children of the respective directory.
+Upon returning from \fIuserf\fP,
+if the field \fIftw->status\fR of any child object
+is set to FTW_SKIP (below), that child is pruned from the search.
+.IP
+FTW_DELAY: When \fBFTW_CHILDREN\fP is turned on,
+the fields \fIftw->statb\fP (\fIstruct stat\fP) of children objects
+remain undefined until these objects are visited.
+.IP
+FTW_DOT: Do not use \fIchdir\fR(2) during the traversal.
+Normally \fIchdir\fR is used so that
+the base name of the object about to be processed can be used
+in accessing its data.
+This can enhance \fIftwalk\fR efficiency but certain program effects
+such as core dumps may be generated in unexpected places
+or may not even be generated at all.
+Whenever \fIchdir\fR generates an error, if possible,
+the current directory is restored to the starting directory
+(see FTW_NAME and FTW_PATH).
+.IP
+FTW_MULTIPLE: The \fIpath\fP argument is treated as a \fIchar**\fP
+pointer to a null-terminated array of path names.
+All hierarchies rooted at these paths will be searched
+.IP
+FTW_POST: Calls to the user function are issued only in postorder.
+That is, \fIuserf\fP is called on a directory only after its descendants have
+been processed.
+The absence of this bit indicates that calls to the user functions
+are issued in preorder. That is, \fIuserf\fP is
+called on a directory before its descendants  are processed.
+.IP
+FTW_PHYSICAL: Use \fIlstat\fR(2) instead of \fIstat\fR(2) to get
+file status and allow detection of symbolic links.
+In addition, if each component
+of the absolute path to the starting object has search permission,
+the absolute path is used for early detection of cycles.
+.IP
+FTW_TWICE: Calls to the user function are issued in both preorder and postorder
+for directory objects.
+.IP
+FTW_USER: The first of 6 user defined option bits.
+These bits are ignored by \fIftwalk\fP.
+.PP
+\fIUserf\fR is a user supplied function that is
+called upon different visits of an object.
+If the return value of \fIuserf\fR is non-zero,
+\fIftwalk\fR returns immediately with the same value.
+The \fIuserf\fP prototype is:
+.PP
+.nf
+	int userf(struct FTW* ftw)
+.fi
+.PP
+\fBstruct FTW\fP contains at least the following elements:
+.PP
+.nf
+    struct FTW*    link;    /* link list of children */
+    struct FTW*    parent;  /* parent object on the search path */
+    union
+    {
+    long           number;  /* local number */
+    void*          pointer; /* local pointer */
+    }              local;   /* user defined */
+    struct stat    statb;   /* stat buffer of this object */
+    char*          path;    /* full pathname */
+    short          pathlen; /* strlen(path) */
+    unsigned short info;    /* type of object */
+    unsigned short status;  /* status of object */ 
+    short          level;   /* depth of object on the search path */
+    short          namelen; /* strlen(name) */
+    char           name[];  /* file name of object */
+.fi
+.PP
+The \fIlink\fR field is normally NULL.
+If the option FTW_CHILDREN was turned on,
+it points to the start of the list of children
+of the directory being visited in preorder.
+Finally, if the directory being visited causes a cycle,
+\fIlink\fR points to the object on the search path that is
+identical to this directory. Note that if FTW_PHYSICAL was turned on,
+this may point to a directory that is an ancestor of the starting
+object.
+.PP
+The \fIparent\fR field points to the parent object
+on the search path. For convenience, a parent object is also supplied for
+the starting object.
+In this case, except for the \fIlocal\fR field which is initialized
+to 0 and the \fIlevel\fR field which contains a negative number,
+the rest of the structure may be undefined.
+.PP
+The \fIinfo\fR field indicates the type of the object
+being visited and the type of the visit. The types are:
+.IP
+FTW_D: A directory being visited in preorder, i.e.,
+none of its children has been visited by the search.
+.IP
+FTW_DNX: A directory being visited in preorder that does not have
+search permission.
+.IP
+FTW_DP: A directory being visited in postorder, i.e., all of its
+descendants have been completely processed.
+.IP
+FTW_DC: A directory that causes cycles. This is a terminal object.
+.IP
+FTW_DNR: A directory that cannot be opened for reading. This is a terminal object.
+.IP
+FTW_F: An ordinary file.
+.IP
+FTW_SL: A symbolic link.
+Unless FTW_FOLLOW (below) is issued by the user function,
+this object is terminal.
+.IP
+FTW_NS: \fIStat\fR failed on this object.
+The stat buffer \fIstatb\fR is undefined.
+This object is terminal.
+.PP
+The \fIstatus\fR field of \fIstruct FTW\fR is used to communicate information
+between \fIftwalk\fR and \fIuserf\fR. On calls to \fIuserf\fR, it has one of
+two values:
+.IP
+FTW_NAME: The name of the object as defined in \fIftw->name\fR should be used for
+accessing its file information. This is because \fIchdir\fR(2) has been used
+to set the current directory to a suitable place (see FTW_CHDIR).
+.IP
+FTW_PATH: The argument \fIpath\fR of \fIuserf\fR should be used
+for accessing the file information of the object.
+.PP
+Upon returning, \fIuserf\fR may set the \fIstatus\fR field
+to one of the following values:
+.IP
+FTW_AGAIN: If this is a directory object being visited in postorder,
+it will be processed \fIagain\fR as if it had not been visited.
+.IP
+FTW_NOPOST: If this is a directory object being visited in preorder,
+the user function will not be called on its postorder visit.
+.IP
+FTW_SKIP: This object and its descendants are pruned from the search.
+.IP
+FTW_FOLLOW: If this object is a symbolic link,
+follow the link to its physical counterpart.
+.PP
+\fIComparf\fR, if not NULL, is a pointer to a function
+used to define a search ordering for children of a directory.
+If FTW_CHILDREN is turned on, the ordering of the children of
+a directory is done before the preorder call to \fIuserf\fR on that directory.
+Therefore, in that case, \fIftw->link\fR will point to the smallest child.
+.PP
+The \fIcomparf\fP prototype is:
+.PP
+.nf
+	int comparf(struct FTW* ftw1, struct FTW* ftw2)
+.fi
+.PP
+\fIComparf\fR should return a value <0, 0, or >0 to indicate whether
+\fIftw1\fR is considered smaller, equal, or larger than \fIftw2\fR.
+.PP
+\fIFtwalk\fR normally returns 0.
+On hard errors such as running out of memory, it returns -1.
+\fIFtwalk\fR may also return other values as discussed with respect
+to \fIuserf\fR. 
+.SH HISTORY
+\fIFtwalk\fR performs similar functions as that of
+the routine \fIftw\fR provided in System V.
+However, it is more general than \fIftw\fR
+and suitable for use as a base in implementing
+popular tools such as \fIls, find, tar, du,\fR and \fIrm\fR.
+\fIFtwalk\fR also handles symbolic links and hard links gracefully.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Phong Vo, Glenn Fowler, Dave Korn
+.SH SEE ALSO
+find(1), rm(1), du(1), ls(1), tar(1), stat(2), symlink(2), chdir(3), ftw(3).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/galloc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/galloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06548bf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/galloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.TH GALLOC 3
+.CT 2 mem_man
+.SH NAME
+galloc, gfree, garbage \(mi storage allocation with garbage collection
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *galloc(n)
+.B unsigned n;
+.PP
+.B void gfree(p)
+.B char *p;
+.PP
+.B void garbage()
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions perform heap storage allocation with
+garbage collection.
+.PP
+.I Galloc
+allocates a block of at least
+.I n
+bytes and returns a pointer to it.
+.I Gfree
+frees a block previously allocated by
+.I galloc.
+.PP
+When space gets tight, garbage blocks
+are freed automatically.
+A block allocated by
+.I galloc
+is deemed to be garbage unless it is reachable.
+A reachable block is one whose first byte is
+pointed to by a declared C variable
+or by a pointer in a reachable block.
+.PP
+The frequency of garbage collection is controlled by external
+variables declared
+.IP
+.B "long gcmax = 5000, gcmin = 50;"
+.LP
+No more than
+.I gcmax
+allocations may intervene between automatic collections; this feature
+will help contain the growth of virtual address space.
+At least
+.I gcmin
+allocations must intervene, otherwise
+garbage collection will be abandoned as fruitless.
+.I Garbage
+may be called to do garbage collection at an arbitrary time.
+.PP
+.IR Malloc (3)
+and
+.I galloc
+allocate from the same arena, but garbage collection
+affects only
+.I galloc
+blocks.
+.I Free
+(see
+.IR malloc (3))
+must not be used on blocks allocated with
+.IR galloc .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR malloc (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Galloc
+returns 0
+when space cannot be found.
+.SH BUGS
+Garbage collection is conservative;
+blocks that appear to be pointed to from
+within declared storage will not be freed,
+regardless of whether the apparent `pointers'
+were declared as such.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/gamma.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/gamma.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0c7e2dd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/gamma.3
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+.TH GAMMA 3M
+.CT 2 math
+.SH NAME
+gamma \(mi log gamma function
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.PP
+.B double gamma(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B extern int signgam;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Gamma
+returns
+ln |\(*G(\|\fIx\fP\|)|.
+The sign of
+\(*G(\|\fIx\fP\|)
+is returned in the external integer
+.IR signgam .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+Computation of the gamma function:
+.PP
+.nf
+.ta 8n +8n
+.ft L
+	errno = 0;
+	y = gamma(x);
+	if(errno || (y > 88.0))
+		error();
+	y = signgam*exp(y);
+.fi
+.ft P
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+A large value
+.RL ( HUGE )
+is returned for negative integer arguments
+and
+.I errno
+is set to
+.BR EDOM .
+.SH BUGS
+There should be a positive indication of error.
+.br
+The name should indicate the answer is a logarithm,
+perhaps
+.IR lgamma .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/gerts.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/gerts.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2738ac26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/gerts.3
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'CONNECT, GERTS (III)'3/15/72'CONNECT, GERTS (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		connect, gerts -- Gerts communication over 201
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,connect
+.br
+(error return)
+.a
+.br
+.li
+...
+
+jsr	r5,gerts; fc; oc; ibuf; obuf
+.br
+(error return)
+.br
+.li
+...
+.sp
+other entry points:  gcset, gout
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The
+GCOS GERTS interface is so bad that
+a description here is inappropriate.
+Anyone needing to use this interface should
+seek divine guidance.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		/dev/dn0, /dev/dp0
+.br
+kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	dn(IV), dp(IV), HIS documentation
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getarg.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getarg.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fdf3d532
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getarg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.th GETARG III 11/24/73
+.sh NAME
+getarg \*- get command arguments from Fortran
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+call getarg ( i, iarray, \fR[ \fB, isize \fR]\fB )
+.s3
+.li
+... = iargc(dummy)
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.it getarg
+entry fills in
+.it iarray
+(which is considered to be
+.it integer)
+with the Hollerith string representing the
+.it i
+th
+argument to the command
+in which it it is called.
+If no
+.it isize
+argument is specified,
+at least one blank is placed after the argument,
+and the last word affected is blank padded.
+The user should make sure that the array is big enough.
+.s3
+If the
+.it isize
+argument is given,
+the argument will be followed by blanks
+to fill up
+.it isize
+words, but even if the argument is long no more than
+that many words will be filled in.
+.s3
+The blank-padded array is suitable for use as an
+argument to setfil (III).
+.s3
+The
+.it iargc
+entry returns the number of arguments to the command,
+counting the first (file-name) argument.
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+exec (II),
+setfil (III)
+.sh BUGS
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7a1557ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'GETC, GETW, FOPEN (III)'3/15/72'GETC, GETW, FOPEN (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		getw, getc, fopen  --  buffered input
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	mov	$filename,r0
+.br
+jsr	r5,fopen; iobuf
+
+jsr	r5,getc; iobuf
+.br
+(character in r0)
+
+jsr	r5,getw; iobuf
+.br
+(word in r0)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	These routines are used to provide a buffered input
+facility.
+iobuf_____ is the address of a 518(10) byte buffer area whose
+contents are maintained by these routines.  Its format is:
+.sp
+.nf
+ioptr:	.=.+2		/ file descriptor
+	.=.+2		/ characters left in buffer
+	.=.+2		/ ptr to next character
+	.=.+512.	/ the buffer
+.sp
+.fi
+fopen_____ may be called initially to open the file.  On return,
+the error bit (c-bit) is set if the open failed.
+If fopen_____ is never called, get___ will read from the standard
+input file.
+.sp
+getc____ returns the next byte from the file in r0.  The
+error bit is set on end of file or a read error.
+.sp
+getw____ returns the next word in r0.  getc____ and getw____
+may be used alternately; there are no odd/even
+problems.
+.sp
+iobuf_____ must be provided by the user; it must be on a word boundary.
+
+To reuse the same buffer for another file, it is sufficient
+to close the original file and call fopen_____ again.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	open(II), read(II), putc(III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	c-bit set on EOF or error
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getchr.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a41ae69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+.th GETCHAR III 4/7/73
+.sh NAME
+getchar \*- read character
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+getchar( )
+.br
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Getchar
+provides the simplest means of reading characters from
+the standard input for C programs.
+It returns successive characters until end-of-file,
+when it returns ``\\0''.
+.s3
+Associated with this routine is an external variable
+called \fIfin\fR, which is a structure containing
+a buffer such as described under \fIgetc\fR (III).
+.s3
+Normally input via \fIgetchar\fR is unbuffered,
+but if the file-descriptor (first) word of
+.it fin
+is non-zero,
+.it getchar
+calls
+.it getc
+with
+.it fin
+as
+argument.
+This means that
+.s3
+	fin = open(...)
+.s3
+makes
+.it getchar
+return (buffered) input from
+the opened file; also
+.s3
+	fin = dup(0);
+.s3
+causes the standard input to be buffered.
+.s3
+Generally speaking,
+.it getchar
+should be used only for the simplest applications;
+.it getc
+is better when there are multiple input files.
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+getc (III)
+.sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Null character returned on EOF or error.
+.sh BUGS
+\*-1 should be
+returned on EOF; null is a legitimate character.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getdate.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getdate.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37d9a625
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getdate.3
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+.TH GETDATE 3 unc
+.SH NAME
+getdate \- convert time and date from ASCII
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.br
+.B #include <sys/timeb.h>
+.PP
+.B time_t getdate(buf, now)
+.br
+.B char *buf;
+.br
+struct timeb *now;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getdate
+is a routine that converts most common time specifications to standard UNIX
+format.  The first argument is the character string containing the
+time and date; the second is the assumed current time (used for relative
+specifications); if
+.B NULL
+is passed,
+.IR ftime (2)
+is used to obtain the current time and timezone.
+.PP
+The character string consists of 0 or more specifications of the following
+form:
+.TP .75i
+tod
+A
+.I tod
+is a time of day, which is of the form
+.IR hh : mm [: ss ]
+(or
+.IR hhmm )
+.RI [ meridian ]
+.RI [ zone ].
+If no meridian \-
+.B am
+or
+.B pm
+\- is specified, a 24-hour clock is used.  A
+.I tod
+may be specified as just
+.I hh
+followed by a
+.IR meridian.
+.TP .75i
+date
+A
+.I date
+is a specific month and day, and possibly a year.  Acceptable formats are
+.IR mm/dd [ /yy ]
+and
+.IR "monthname dd" "[, " yy ]
+If omitted, the year defaults to the
+current year; if a year is specified
+as a number less than 100, 1900 is added.
+If a number not followed by a day or relative time unit occurs, it will
+be interpreted as a year if a
+.IR tod ,
+.IR monthname ,
+and
+.I dd
+have already been specified; otherwise, it will be treated as a
+.IR tod .
+This rule allows the output from
+.IR date (1)
+or
+.IR ctime (3)
+to be passed as input to
+.IR getdate .
+.TP .75i
+day
+A
+.I day
+of the week may be specified; the current day will be used if appropriate.
+A
+.I day
+may be preceeded by a
+.IR number,
+indicating which instance of that day is desired; the default is
+.BR 1 .
+Negative
+.I numbers
+indicate times past.  Some symbolic
+.I numbers
+are accepted:
+.BR last ,
+.BR next ,
+and the ordinals
+.B first
+through
+.B twelfth
+.RB ( second
+is ambiguous, and is not accepted as an ordinal number).
+The symbolic number
+.B next
+is equivalent to
+.BR 2 ;
+thus,
+.I "next monday"
+refers not to the immediately coming Monday, but to the one a week later.
+.TP .75i
+relative time
+Specifications relative to the current time are also accepted.  
+The format is
+.RI [ number "] " unit ;
+acceptable units are
+.BR year ,
+.BR month ,
+.BR fortnight ,
+.BR week ,
+.BR day ,
+.BR hour ,
+.BR minute ,
+and
+.BR second .
+.PP
+The actual date is formed as follows:  first, any absolute date and/or time
+is processed and converted.  Using that time as the base, day-of-week
+specifications are added; last, relative specifications are used.  If a
+date or day is specified, and no absolute or relative time is given, midnight
+is used.
+Finally, a correction is applied so that the correct hour of the day is
+produced after allowing for daylight savings time differences.
+.PP
+.I Getdate
+accepts most common abbreviations for days, months, etc.; in particular,
+it will recognize them with upper or lower case first letter, and will
+recognize three-letter abbreviations for any of them, with or without
+a trailing period.  Units, such as
+.BR week s,
+may be specified in the singular or plural.  Timezone and meridian
+values may be in upper or lower case, and with or without periods.
+.SH FILES
+/usr/lib/libu.a
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+ctime(3), time(2)
+.SH AUTHOR
+Steven M. Bellovin (unc!smb)
+.br
+Dept. of Computer Science
+.br
+University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
+.SH BUGS
+Because
+.IR yacc (1)
+is used to parse the date,
+.I getdate
+cannot be used a subroutine to any program that also needs
+.IR yacc .
+.br
+The grammar and scanner are rather primitive; certain desirable and
+unambiguous constructions are not accepted.  Worse yet, the meaning of
+some legal phrases is not what is expected;
+.I next week
+is identical to
+.IR "2 weeks" .
+.br
+The daylight savings time correction is not perfect, and can get confused
+if handed times between midnight and 2:00 am on the days that the
+reckoning changes.
+.br
+Because
+.IR localtime (2)
+accepts an old-style time format without zone information, attempting
+to pass
+.I getdate
+a current time containing a different zone will probably fail.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getenv.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getenv.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02ca41e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getenv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.TH GETENV 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+getenv \(mi value for environment name
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *getenv(name)
+.B char *name;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getenv
+searches the environment list
+(see
+.IR environ (5))
+for a string starting with
+\fIname\fL=\fR.
+If no such a string is found, 0
+is returned.
+Otherwise,
+the address of the character following the
+.L =
+is returned.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR printenv (1),
+.IR environ (5), 
+.IR exec (2)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Getenv
+ignores shell functions; see 
+.IR sh (1).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getfields.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getfields.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2f0b90ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getfields.3
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+.TH GETFIELDS 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+getfields, getmfields, setfields \(mi break a string into fields
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B int getfields(str, ptrs, nptrs)
+.B char *str, **ptrs;
+.PP
+.B int getmfields(str, ptrs, nptrs)
+.B char *str, **ptrs;
+.PP
+.B void setfields(fielddelim)
+.B char *fielddelim;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getfields
+breaks the null-terminated string
+.I str
+into at most
+.I nptrs
+null-terminated fields and places pointers to the start of these fields in the array
+.IR ptrs .
+It returns the number of fields
+and terminates the list of pointers with a zero pointer.
+It overwrites some of the bytes in
+.IR str .
+If there are
+.I nptr
+or more fields, the list will not end with zero
+and the last `field' will extend to the end of the
+input string and may contain delimiters.
+.PP
+A field is defined as a maximal sequence of characters not in a set
+of field delimiters.
+Adjacent fields are separated by exactly one delimiter.
+No field follows a delimiter at the end of string.
+Thus a string of just two delimiter characters
+contains two empty fields,
+and a nonempty string with no delimiters contains
+one field.
+.PP
+.I Getmfields
+is the same as
+.I getfields
+except that fields are separated by maximal strings of
+field delimiters rather than just one.
+.PP
+.I Setfields
+makes the field delimiters (space and tab by default)
+be the characters of the string
+.I fielddelim.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+Print the words in a string, where words are non-whitespace
+strings.
+There is no bound on the number of words.
+.EX
+printwords(string)
+char *string;
+{
+	char *ptrs[2];
+	int n;
+	setfields(" \et\en");		
+	for(n=2; n>=2; string=ptrs[1]) {
+		n = getmfields(string, ptrs, 2);		
+		if(n == 0)
+			break;
+		if(ptrs[0][0] != 0)	/* skip initial blanks */
+			printf("%s\en", ptrs[0]);		
+	}
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR string (3)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getflags.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getflags.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1352e5a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getflags.3
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+.TH GETFLAGS 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+getflags \(mi process flag arguments in argv
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+#include </usr/include/getflags.h>
+.PP
+.B int getflags(argc, argv, flags)
+.B char **argv, *flags;
+.PP
+.B usage(tail)
+.B char *tail;
+.PP
+.B extern char **flag[], cmdline[], *cmdname, *flagset[];
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getflags
+digests an argument vector
+.IR argv ,
+finding flag arguments listed in
+.IR flags .
+.I Flags
+is a string of flag letters.
+A letter followed by a colon and a number
+is expected to have the given number of parameters.
+A flag argument starts with
+.RB ` - '
+and is followed by any number of flag letters.
+A flag with one or more parameters must be the last flag in an argument.
+If any characters follow it, they are the flag's first parameter.  Otherwise
+the following argument is the first parameter.  Subsequent parameters are taken
+from subsequent arguments.
+.PP
+The global array
+.I flag
+is set to point to an array of parameters for each flag found.
+Thus, if flag
+.B -x
+was seen,
+.B flag['x']
+is non-zero, and
+.B flag['x'][i]
+is the flag's
+.IR i th
+parameter.
+If flag
+.B -x
+has no parameters
+.BR flag['x']==flagset .
+Flags not found
+are marked with a zero.
+Flags and their parameters are deleted from
+.I argv.
+.I Getflags
+returns the adjusted argument count.
+.PP
+.I Getflags
+stops scanning for flags upon encountering a non-flag argument,
+or an argument whose only character is
+.RB ` - ',
+which argument is deleted.
+.PP
+.I Getflags
+places a pointer to 
+.I argv[0]
+in the external variable
+.I cmdname.
+It also concatenates the original members of
+.IR argv ,
+separated by spaces, and places the result in the external array
+.IR cmdline .
+.PP
+.I Usage
+constructs a usage message, prints it on the standard error file,
+and exits with status 1.
+The command name printed is
+.IR argv[0] .
+Appropriate flag usage syntax is generated from
+.IR flags .
+As an aid,
+explanatory information about flag parameters may be included in
+.I flags
+in square brackets as in the example.
+.I Tail
+is printed at the end of the message.
+If
+.I getflags
+encountered an error,
+.I usage
+tries to indicate the cause.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.EX
+	main(argc, argv)
+	char *argv[];
+	{
+		if((argc=getflags(argc, argv, "vinclbhse:1[expr]", 1))==-1)
+			usage("[file ...]");
+	}
+.EE
+might print:
+.EX
+	Illegal flag -u
+	Usage: grep [-vinclbhs] [-e expr] [file ...]
+.EE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR getopt (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Getflags
+returns \-1 on error:
+a syntax error in
+.I flags,
+setting a flag more than once, setting a flag not mentioned
+in
+.IR flags ,
+or running out of argv while collecting a flag's parameters.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getflds.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getflds.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c6ed8b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getflds.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.TH GETFLDS 3S
+.SH NAME
+getflds \(mi read a line from a file and break it into fields
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B char **getflds(stream)
+.B FILE *stream;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getflds
+reads a line from the
+.I stream
+given as argument, breaks it into fields,
+and returns a pointer to a null-terminated array of
+character pointers, each of which points
+to a null-terminated string representing one field.
+These strings, and the array that points to them,
+persist until the next call to
+.IR getflds .
+On end of file, a null pointer is returned.
+.PP
+If the first character of a line is a
+.LR # ,
+that line is considered to be a comment and ignored.
+.PP
+Fields are separated by white space (spaces or tabs).
+Leading and trailing white space on a line is ignored.
+White space may appear inside a field in one of three
+ways: each space or tab may be preceded by a backslash,
+the white space may be enclosed in single or
+double quotes, or characters may described
+in octal, as detailed below.
+.PP
+A field, or any parts of a field, may be enclosed in single
+or double quotes.
+Within quotes, white space and
+quotes of the other sort are treated as
+ordinary characters, but a closing quote
+is silently inserted before a newline.
+.PP
+Inside or outside quotes, a backslash
+and the character(s) after it are changed as follows:
+.nf
+.ta 10n
+\fL\eb\fR	backspace
+\fL\ef\fR	form feed
+\fL\en\fR	newline
+\fL\er\fR	return
+\fL\et\fR	horizontal tab
+\fL\ev\fR	vertical tab
+\fL\e\e\fR	\e
+\fL\e\'\fR	\'
+\fL\e"\fR	"
+\fL\e#\fR	#
+\fL\e\fIspace\fR	space
+\fL\e\fItab\fR	tab
+\fL\e\fInewline\fR	completely ignored; this allows a logical line to span any number of physical lines.
+\fL\e\fIdigits\fR	the one, two, or three octal digits are the value of the character to be used.
+.fi
+.PP
+If any other character follows the
+.LR \e ,
+both
+characters lose their special interpretation.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+If
+.I getflds
+detects an error, it returns
+.LR 0 ,
+just as it does at end of file.
+However, the error will have changed
+.I errno
+(see
+.IR intro (2)).
+To distinguish between error and
+end of file set
+.I errno
+to zero before calling
+.I getflds
+and test it afterwards.
+.SH BUGS
+.I Getflds
+provides no way to distinguish a null character
+within a field from the end of the field.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getfsent.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getfsent.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f6d67e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getfsent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+.TH GETFSENT 3
+.CT 2 sa
+.SH NAME
+getfsent, getfsspec, getfsfile, setfsent, endfsent \(mi get file system description file entry
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <fstab.h>
+.PP
+.B struct fstab *getfsent()
+.PP
+.B struct fstab *getfsspec(name)
+.B char *name;
+.PP
+.B struct fstab *getfsfile(name)
+.B char *name;
+.PP
+.B int setfsent()
+.PP
+.B int endfsent()
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getfsent,
+.I getfsspec
+and
+.I getfsfile
+each return a pointer to a structure
+containing the broken-out
+fields of a line in
+.IR fstab (5),
+which describes mountable file systems.
+.PP
+.EX
+.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'char fs_spec[FSNMLG]; 'u
+struct fstab {
+	char fs_spec[FSNMLG];	\fRblock device name\fP
+	char fs_file[FSNMLG];	\fRfile system mount point\fP
+	int fs_ftype;	\fRfile system type\fP
+	int fs_flags;	\fRfile system flags\fP
+	int fs_passno;	\fRpass number for parallel \fP\fIfsck\fR(8)\fP
+};
+.EE
+.PP
+Type numbers and flags are listed in
+.IR fmount (2).
+Entries that aren't file systems
+(should not be mounted)
+have negative values for
+.LR fs_ftype :
+.TP .7i
+.L FSNONE
+(\-1) Ignore this entry.
+.PD 0
+.TP
+.L FSSWAP
+(\-2)
+.L fs_spec
+is a device available for swapping.
+.PD
+.PP
+.I Getfsent
+reads the next line of the file, opening the file if necessary.
+.PP
+.I Setfsent
+opens and rewinds the file.
+.PP
+.I Endfsent
+closes the file.
+.PP
+.I Getfsspec
+and
+.I getfsfile
+sequentially search from the beginning
+of the file until a matching
+special file name or
+file system file name is found,
+or until EOF
+is encountered.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F /etc/fstab
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR fmount (2),
+.IR fstab (5)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Zero is returned on EOF
+or error.
+.SH BUGS
+The return values point to static data
+whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getgrent.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c3fc41f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.TH GETGRENT 3
+.CT 2 secur
+.SH NAME
+getgrent, getgrgid, getgrnam, setgrent, endgrent \(mi get group file entry
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <grp.h>
+.PP
+.B struct group *getgrent();
+.PP
+.B struct group *getgrgid(gid)
+.PP
+.B struct group *getgrnam(name)
+.B char *name;
+.PP
+.B int setgrent();
+.PP
+.B int endgrent();
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getgrent,
+.I getgrgid
+and
+.I getgrnam
+each return pointers
+to a structure
+containing the broken-out
+fields of a line in
+.FR /etc/group .
+.EX
+.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'group 'u +\w'*gr_passwd; 'u
+struct	group	{
+	\fLchar	*gr_name;\fR	the group name
+	\fLchar	*gr_passwd;\fP	the encrypted group passwd
+	\fLint	gr_gid;\fP	the numeric groupid
+	\fLchar	**gr_mem;\fP	null-terminated vector of pointers to the individual member names
+\fL};\fP
+.EE
+.PP
+.I Getgrent
+simply reads the next
+line while
+.I getgrgid
+and
+.I getgrnam
+search until a matching
+.I gid
+or
+.I name
+is found
+(or until EOF is encountered).
+Each routine picks up
+where the others leave off
+so successive calls may be used
+to search the entire file.
+.PP
+A call to
+.I setgrent
+has the effect of rewinding
+the group file
+to allow
+repeated searches.
+.I Endgrent
+may be called to
+close the group file
+when processing is complete.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F /etc/group
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR getlogin (3), 
+.IR getpwent (3), 
+.IR passwd (5)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Zero is returned on EOF
+or error.
+.SH BUGS
+The return values point to static data
+whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getlogin.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getlogin.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc9e500c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getlogin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+.TH GETLOGIN 3
+.CT 2 secur
+.SH NAME
+getlogin \(mi get login name
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B char *getlogin()
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getlogin
+returns a pointer to
+the login name
+as set by
+.IR setlogname ;
+see
+.IR getuid (2).
+.PP
+It is preferable, but less portable, to call
+.IR getlogname ;
+see
+.IR getuid (2).
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F /etc/utmp
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR getpwent (3), 
+.IR getgrent (3), 
+.IR utmp (5), 
+.IR getuid (2)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Zero is returned if the name could not be found.
+.SH BUGS
+The return values point to static data
+whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getopt.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e7339fb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.TH GETOPT 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+getopt \(mi get option letter from argv
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B int getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
+.B int argc;
+.B char **argv;
+.B char *optstring;
+.PP
+.B extern char *optarg;
+.B extern int optind;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getopt
+returns the next option letter in
+.I argv
+that matches a letter in
+.IR optstring .
+.I Optstring
+is a string of recognized option letters;
+if a letter is followed by a colon, the option
+is expected to have an argument, which may or
+may not be separated from it by white space.
+.I Optarg
+is set to point to the start of the option argument
+on return from
+.IR getopt .
+.PP
+.I Getopt
+places in
+.I optind
+the
+.I argv
+index of the next argument to be processed.
+Since
+.I optind
+is external, it is normally initialized to zero
+automatically before the first call to
+.IR getopt .
+.PP
+Option letters appear in nonempty clusters preceded by 
+.BR - .
+When all options have been processed
+(i.e., up to the first non-option argument),
+.I getopt
+returns \-1.
+The special option
+.L --
+may be used to delimit the end of the options;
+\-1
+will be returned, and
+.L --
+will be skipped.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+This fragment processes arguments
+for a command that can take option
+.B a
+and option
+.BR f ,
+which requires an argument.
+.PP
+.EX
+.ta \w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u
+main (argc, argv) char **argv;
+{
+	int c, errflg;
+	extern int optind;
+	extern char *optarg, *ifile;
+	while((c = getopt(argc, argv, "af:")) != -1)
+		switch (c){
+		case 'a':  aflg=1; break;
+		case 'f':  ifile = optarg; break;
+		case '?':  errflg=1; break;
+		}
+	if(errflg){
+		fprintf(stderr, "usage: . . . ");
+		exit(2);
+	}
+	for( ; optind < argc; optind++){
+		if(access(argv[optind], 4)){
+			...
+		}
+	}
+	...
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR getflags (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Getopt
+prints an error message on
+.I stderr
+and returns a
+question mark
+.L ?
+when it encounters an option letter not included in
+.IR optstring .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getpass.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getpass.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d57d68a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getpass.3
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+.TH GETPASS 3
+.CT 2 secur
+.SH NAME
+getpass \(mi read a password
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *getpass(prompt)
+.B char *prompt;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getpass
+reads a password from the file
+.FR /dev/tty ,
+or if that cannot be opened, from the standard input,
+after prompting with the null-terminated string
+.I prompt
+and disabling echoing.
+A pointer is returned to a null-terminated string
+of at most 8 characters.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F /dev/tty
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR crypt (3)
+.SH BUGS
+The return value points to static data
+whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getpw.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getpw.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56189a36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getpw.3
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+.th GETPW III 4/7/73
+.sh NAME
+getpw \*- get name from UID
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+getpw(uid, buf)
+.br
+char *buf;
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Getpw
+searches the password file for
+the (numerical)
+\fIuid\fR, and fills in \fIbuf\fR
+with the corresponding line;
+it returns non-zero if \fIuid\fR could not
+be found.
+The line is null-terminated.
+.sh FILES
+/etc/passwd
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+passwd(V)
+.sh DIAGNOSTICS
+non-zero
+return on error.
+.sh BUGS
+It disturbs
+buffered input via \fIgetchar\fR (III).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getpwent.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getpwent.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d779758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getpwent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+.TH GETPWENT 3
+.CT 2 secur
+.SH NAME
+getpwent, getpwuid, getpwnam, setpwent, endpwent, pwdecode \(mi get password file entry
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <pwd.h>
+.PP
+.B struct passwd *getpwent()
+.PP
+.B struct passwd *getpwuid(uid)
+.B int uid;
+.PP
+.B struct passwd *getpwnam(name)
+.B char *name;
+.PP
+.B int setpwent()
+.PP
+.B int endpwent()
+.PP
+.B struct passwd *pwdecode(p)
+.B char *p;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getpwent,
+.I getpwuid
+and
+.I getpwnam
+each return a pointer to a structure
+containing the broken-out
+fields of a line in
+.FR /etc/passwd .
+.EX
+.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'passwd 'u +\w'*pw_comment; 'u
+struct	passwd	{
+	\fLchar	*pw_name;\fR	login name
+	\fLchar	*pw_passwd;\fP	encrypted password
+	\fLint	pw_uid;\fP	numeric userid
+	\fLint	pw_gid;\fP	numeric groupid
+	\fLint	pw_quota;\fP	unused
+	\fLchar	*pw_comment;\fP	unused
+	\fLchar	*pw_gecos;\fP	field for local use
+	\fLchar	*pw_dir;\fP	login directory
+	\fLchar	*pw_shell;\fP	program to use as Shell
+\fL};\fP
+.EE
+.PP
+.I Getpwent
+reads the next
+line (opening the file if necessary);
+.I setpwent
+rewinds the file;
+.I endpwent
+closes it.
+.PP
+.I Getpwuid
+and
+.I getpwnam
+search from the beginning until a matching
+.I uid
+or
+.I name
+is found
+(or until end-of-file is encountered).
+.PP
+.I Pwdecode
+breaks out a null-terminated character string
+.I p
+containing a password file entry.
+The input string is modified by the call and
+the output structure contains pointers into it.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F /etc/passwd
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR getlogin (3), 
+.IR getgrent (3), 
+.IR passwd (5)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+These routines return 0 for end of file or error.
+.SH BUGS
+The return values point to static data
+whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getshares.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getshares.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..afbf6741
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getshares.3
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+.TH GETSHARES 3 SHARE
+.SH NAME
+getshares \- get shares file entry given uid
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "#include <shares.h>"
+.br
+.sp
+.B "unsigned long getshares(lp, uid, lock)"
+.br
+.B "struct lnode * lp;"
+.br
+.B "int uid;"
+.br
+.B "int lock;"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getshares
+finds the shares entry with the same uid as
+.I uid
+and reads it into an area pointed to by
+.IR lp .
+.I lock
+should be non-zero if the shares data-base should be opened for writing.
+Returns zero if no entry exists,
+(in which case all
+.RI non- uid
+fields of
+.I *lp
+will have been cleared),
+or the ``last used'' time of the entry.
+.I lp\->l_uid
+will always have been set to
+.I uid
+on return.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+closeshares(3),
+getshput(3),
+openshares(3),
+putshares(3),
+sharesfile(3).
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Getshares
+returns 0
+if entry can't be found, or on error.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getshput.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getshput.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..248518b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getshput.3
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.TH GETSHPUT 3 SHARE
+.SH NAME
+getshput \- read, modify, and write shares file entry
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "#include <shares.h>"
+.br
+.sp
+.B "unsigned long getshput(lp, func)"
+.br
+.B "struct lnode * lp;"
+.br
+.B "unsigned long (*func)();"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getshput
+finds the shares entry with the same uid as
+.I lp\->l_uid
+and reads it into an internal
+.I lnode
+structure.
+The function pointed to by
+.I func
+is then called with two arguments,
+the first pointing to the original
+.I lnode
+structure,
+and the second pointing to the internal
+.I lnode
+structure.
+If
+.I func
+returns with a value other than 0
+the (presumably modified) second structure is written back to the shares file,
+with the ``extime'' field in the shares record filled with the value returned by
+.IR func .
+Otherwise
+.I getshput
+simply returns.
+.I Getshput
+returns the value returned by
+.IR func .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+closeshares(3),
+getshares(3),
+openshares(3),
+putshares(3),
+sharesfile(3).
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Getshput
+returns 0
+if the entry can't be modified.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getstsrc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getstsrc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4ec8e711
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getstsrc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+.TH GETSTSRC 3
+.CT 2 sa secur
+.SH NAME
+getstsrc, setstsrc \(mi read and write a stream identifier
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *getstsrc(fd)
+.B setstsrc(fd, name)
+.B char *name;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Setstsrc
+attaches a descriptive string to the indicated stream,
+and
+.I getstsrc
+returns a pointer to a static buffer containing the string.
+The string persists until final close of the stream.
+When a stream is first opened the string is trivial.
+.PP
+.I Setstsrc
+requires capability
+.BR T_EXTERN ;
+see 
+.IR getplab (2).
+The string conventionally names the off-machine source of the
+stream.
+Since only trusted processes may modify it,
+it may be relied on for security calculations.
+.PP
+.I Getstsrc
+returns 0 on error,
+.I setstsrc
+returns \-1 on error.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR stream (4)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.BR EPERM ,
+.BR ENOTTY
+.SH BUGS
+The return value of
+.I getstsrc
+points to static data
+whose content is overwritten by each call.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/getwd.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/getwd.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3f26286d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/getwd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+.TH GETWD 3
+.CT 2 dirs
+.SH NAME
+getwd, getcwd \(mi get current directory
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B char *getwd(buf)
+.br
+.B char *buf;
+.PP
+.B char *getcwd(buf, size)
+.br
+.B char *buf;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Getwd
+and
+.I getcwd
+fill
+.I buf
+with a null-terminated string representing the current directory
+and return
+.IR buf .
+.PP
+.I Getwd
+is in the style of BSD systems and
+.I getcwd
+in that of System V.
+If
+.I buf
+is 0,
+.I getcwd
+will call
+.IR malloc (3)
+to allocate
+.I size
+bytes for the buffer.
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR pwd (1)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+On error, zero is returned and
+.I buf
+is filled with a diagnostic message.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/hash.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/hash.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d3f972b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/hash.3
@@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
+.de L		\" literal font
+.ft 5
+.it 1 }N
+.if !\\$1 \&\\$1 \\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6
+..
+.de LR
+.}S 5 1 \& "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
+..
+.de RL
+.}S 1 5 \& "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
+..
+.de EX		\" start example
+.ta 1i 2i 3i 4i 5i 6i
+.PP
+.RS 
+.PD 0
+.ft 5
+.nf
+..
+.de EE		\" end example
+.fi
+.ft
+.PD
+.RE
+.PP
+..
+.TH HASH 3
+.SH NAME
+hash \- hash table support
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.L "#include <hash.h>"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I hash
+routines manipulate collections of dynamic, scoped hash tables.
+.PP
+A hash table provides an association between a
+.I key
+and its
+.IR value .
+A
+.I key
+is a sequence of 
+.L char
+elements and a
+.I value
+is a user supplied pointer to the value.
+Each hash table has a dynamic number of slots,
+each pointing to the head of a forward linked
+.IR "collision chain" .
+.PP
+Hashing occurs as follows:
+a
+.I "hash function"
+takes a
+.I key
+as an argument and returns a non-negative index.
+The index modulo the table size produces a
+slot that points to a
+.IR "collision chain" .
+The collision chain is sequentially searched until a match is found for
+.IR key .
+The hash tables are automatically resized as new entries are added.
+.PP
+Each hash table has one key type.
+The default key type is a pointer to a null-terminated string.
+The alternate key type is a pointer to a fixed length byte buffer,
+declared for a given table by the
+.L hashalloc()
+function described below.
+.PP
+Hash table information is partitioned into two parts for efficient scoping.
+The
+.I root
+part contains fixed information that is shared among a set of related
+hash tables.
+The remaining information is maintained on a per-table basis.
+.PP
+These basic types are defined in the header file
+.B hash.h
+(alternate names are listed in parenthesis):
+.TP
+.L "HASHTABLE (Hashtab_t)"
+The per-table information.
+The readonly public elements are:
+.RS
+.TP
+.L "int buckets"
+The number of table entries.
+.TP
+.L "char* name"
+The hash table name.
+.TP
+.L "root"
+The root information.
+The public elements are:
+.RS
+.TP
+.L "int root->accesses"
+The number of lookups.
+.TP
+.L "int root->collisions"
+The number of lookup collisions.
+.RE
+.TP
+.L "HASHTABLE* scope"
+The table that this scope covers, 
+.L NULL
+if the table is not a scope.
+.TP
+.L "int size"
+The current hash table size.
+.RE
+.TP
+.L "HASHBUCKET (Hashbin_t)"
+A collision chain hash bucket.
+The public structure elements are:
+.RS
+.TP
+.L "char* hashname(HASHBUCKET*)"
+Returns a pointer to the hash bucket key given the bucket pointer.
+.TP
+.L "char* value"
+The value associated with the key.
+.RE
+.TP
+.L "HASHHEADER (Hashhdr_t)"
+The hash bucket header that must be the first element in all user defined
+buckets.
+.L HASH_VALUE
+may not be used with user defined buckets.
+.TP
+.L "HASHPOSITION (Hashpos_t)"
+Stores the hash table position for
+.LR hashscan .
+The public elements are:
+.RS
+.TP
+.L "HASHBUCKET* bucket"
+The current hash bucket pointer.
+.RE
+.PP
+The routines are:
+.TP
+.L "HASHTABLE* hashalloc(HASHTABLE* ref, int op, ...)"
+Creates a new hash table and returns a pointer to the table.
+.IR malloc (3)
+is used to allocate space for the table.
+.L NULL
+is returned if the table cannot be created.
+.L ref
+is a pointer to a reference hash table that provides
+default values for unspecified information.
+The new hash table and
+.L ref
+share the same root information.
+If
+.L ref
+is
+.L NULL
+then new root information is created for the new table.
+The remaining arguments appear in
+.I op-arg
+pairs, followed by a final
+.L 0
+argument.
+The
+.I op-arg
+pairs are:
+.RS
+.TP
+.L "HASH_alloc, (char(*)()) alloc"
+.L alloc
+is a function that is called to process
+.L HASHBUCKET
+.L value
+assignments.
+The single argument is
+.L "char* value"
+and the processed
+.L char*
+value is returned.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_clear, int flags"
+.L flags
+are the
+.L ref
+flags to be cleared in the new hash table.
+See
+.L HASH_set
+below.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_compare, (int(*)()) compare"
+Specifies an alternate
+.I key
+comparison function.
+The arguments and return value for
+.L compare
+are the same as for
+.IR strncmp (3)
+if
+.L HASH_namesize
+is specified and
+.IR strcmp (3)
+otherwise.
+The first argument is the 
+.I key
+from the current hash bucket on the 
+.I "collision chain"
+and the second argument is the user supplied 
+.IR key .
+.TP
+.L "HASH_free, (int(*)()) free"
+.L free
+is a function that is called when a hash bucket is freed.
+If
+.L HASH_BUCKET
+was set in
+.L hashalloc
+then the hash bucket pointer is passed, otherwise the bucket
+.L value 
+pointer is passed.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_hash, (int(*)()) hash"
+Specifies an alternate
+.I key
+hash function.
+A
+.L char*
+key argument (and, if
+.L HASH_namesize
+is specified, an
+.L int
+key size argument) is passed to
+.LR hash .
+The return value must be a non-negative
+.LR int .
+.TP
+.L "HASH_meanchain, int meanchain"
+Specifies the mean collision chain length.
+The hash table is automatically resized when this value is exceeded.
+The default mean chain length is 2.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_name, char* name"
+Associates
+.L name
+with the hash table.
+Used by
+.LR hashdump) .
+.TP
+.L "HASH_namesize, int namesize"
+The fixed size in bytes for
+.I keys
+in the table.
+If
+.L namesize
+is 0 (the default) then the
+.I keys
+are interpreted as null-terminated strings.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_set, int flags"
+Changes the hash table flags by
+.IR or ing
+in
+.LR flags .
+The flags, which may be 
+.IR or ed
+together, are:
+.RS
+.TP
+.L HASH_ALLOCATE
+Keys for new hash table entries are to be copied to data areas obtained from
+.IR malloc (3).
+.TP
+.L HASH_FIXED
+Fixes the hash table size, disabling any automatic table resizing.
+.TP
+.L HASH_SCOPE
+The new hash table is a scope that is to be pushed on top of
+.LR ref .
+.L ref
+must be
+.RL non- NULL .
+.RE
+.RE
+.TP
+.L "HASHTABLE* hashfree(HASHTABLE* tab)"
+The hash table
+.L tab
+is freed.
+The scope covered table pointer is returned,
+.L NULL
+if
+.L tab
+is not a scope.
+.TP
+.L "char* hashlook(HASHTABLE* tab, char* name, int flags, char* value)"
+Operates on the key
+.L name
+in the hash table
+.L tab
+according to
+.L flags
+and 
+.LR value .
+A
+.L HASHBUCKET
+pointer is returned unless otherwise noted.
+There are three basic lookup operations:
+.RS
+.TP
+.L HASH_CREATE
+.L name
+is entered into the top level scope if it does not already exist.
+If
+.L name
+also appears in a lower scope and
+.L HASH_ALLOC
+is set for the table then the new bucket will share the
+.L name
+field value with the lower scope.
+.TP
+.L HASH_DELETE
+.L name
+is deleted from the top level scope if it exists.
+.L NULL
+is returned.
+.TP
+.L HASH_LOOKUP
+The scopes are searched in order from top to bottom for
+.L name .
+The bucket pointer for the first occurrence is returned.
+.L NULL
+is returned if
+.L name
+is not found.
+.RE
+The basic operations may be qualified by the following
+(the qualifiers are restricted to the basic operations in
+the parenthesized list):
+.RS
+.TP
+.L "HASH_BUCKET (HASH_CREATE,HASH_DELETE,HASH_LOOKUP)"
+.L name
+is a pointer to a bucket that has already been entered into the table.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_FIXED (HASH_CREATE)"
+.L value
+is taken to be the size of the hash bucket to be created for
+.L name
+in the top level scope.
+The minimum bucket size is silently restricted to
+.LR sizeof(HASHHEADER) .
+.TP
+.L "HASH_INSTALL (HASH_CREATE)"
+.L name
+is a pointer to a bucket that has not been entered into the table.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_NOSCOPE (HASH_LOOKUP)"
+The lookup is restricted to the top level scope.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_OPAQUE (HASH_CREATE,HASH_DELETE)"
+Sets
+.L (HASH_CREATE)
+or clears
+.L (HASH_DELETE)
+the
+.I opaque
+property for the bucket.
+An opaque bucket is not visible in lower scopes.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_SCOPE (HASH_CREATE,HASH_DELETE)"
+All scopes are searched for the bucket.
+If the bucket is not found for
+.L HASH_CREATE
+then a new bucket is created in the lowest scope.
+.TP
+.L "HASH_VALUE (HASH_CREATE,HASH_LOOKUP)"
+For
+.L HASH_CREATE
+the bucket
+.L value
+field is set to
+.L value
+and the bucket
+.L name
+value is returned.
+For
+.L HASH_LOOKUP
+the bucket
+.L value 
+field is returned,
+.L NULL
+if the bucket is not found.
+.RE
+If
+.L name
+.L NULL
+then the name from the most recent
+.L hashlook()
+is used, avoiding recomputation of some internal parameters.
+.TP
+.L "char* hashget(HASHTABLE* tab, char* name)"
+Returns the value
+associated with the key
+.L name
+in the hash table
+.LR tab .
+If
+.L name
+is
+.L NULL
+then the name from the most recent
+.L hashget()
+is used, avoiding recomputation of some internal parameters.
+.L NULL
+is returned if
+.L name
+is not in the table.
+All scope covered tables are searched.
+.TP
+.L "HASHBUCKET* hashlast(HASHTABLE* tab)"
+Returns a pointer to the most recent hash bucket for
+the most recent hash table.
+The value is set by
+.LR hashlook() ,
+.L hashscan()
+and
+.LR hashwalk() .
+.TP
+.L "char* hashput(HASHTABLE* tab, char* name, char* value)"
+Set the value of the key
+.L name
+to
+.L value
+in the top level scope of the hash table
+.LR tab .
+.L name
+is entered into the top level scope if necessary.
+The (possibly re-allocated) key name pointer is returned
+(see
+.LR HASH_ALLOCATE ).
+.TP
+.L "int hashwalk(HASHTABLE* tab, int flags, (int(*)()) walker)"
+The function
+.L walker
+is applied to each entry (not covered by a scope starting at
+.LR tab )
+in the hash table
+.LR tab .
+If
+.L flags
+is 
+.L HASH_NOSCOPE
+then only the top level hash table is used, otherwise the walk includes
+all scope covered tables.
+.L walker
+is called with
+.L char*
+.I key
+as the first argument and
+.L char*
+.I value
+as the second argument.
+The walk terminates after the last entry or when
+.L walker
+returns a negative value.
+The return value of the last call to
+.L walker
+is returned.
+Only one walk may be active within a collection of scoped tables.
+.TP
+.L "void hashscan(HASHTABLE* tab, int flags, HASHPOSITION* pos)"
+Initializes 
+.L pos
+for a sequential scan on the hash table
+.LR tab .
+If
+.L flags
+is 
+.L HASH_NOSCOPE
+then only the top level hash table is used, otherwise the scan includes
+all scope covered tables.
+Only one scan may be active within a collection of scoped tables.
+.L hashdone()
+must be called to terminate the scan.
+.TP
+.L "int hashnext(HASHPOSITION* pos)"
+Generates the next element in the sequential scan set up by
+.L hashscan()
+on
+.LR pos .
+If no elements remain then
+.L 0
+is returned.
+Otherwise
+.L pos->bucket
+points to the hash bucket of the next element and
+.L 1
+is returned.
+.TP
+.L "void hashdone(HASHPOSITION* pos)"
+Completes a scan initiated by 
+.L hashscan()
+on 
+.LR pos .
+.TP
+.L "int hashset(HASHTABLE* tab, int flags)"
+Sets the flags for the hash table
+.L tab
+by
+.IR or ing
+in
+.LR flags .
+Only
+.L HASH_ALLOCATE
+and
+.L HASH_FIXED
+may be set.
+.TP
+.L "int hashclear(HASHTABLE* tab, int flags)"
+Clears the flags for the hash table
+.L tab
+by masking out
+.LR flags .
+Only
+.L HASH_ALLOCATE
+and
+.L HASH_FIXED
+may be cleared.
+.TP
+.L "void hashdump(FILE* fp, HASHTABLE* tab, int flags)"
+Dumps hash table accounting info to the output file stream
+.LR fp .
+If
+.L tab
+is 
+.L NULL
+then all allocated hash tables are dumped, otherwise only information on
+.L tab
+is dumped.
+If
+.L flags
+is 
+.L HASH_BUCKET
+then the hash bucket
+.I key-value
+pairs for each collision chain are also dumped.
+.TP
+.L "void hashsize(HASHTABLE* tab, int size)"
+Changes the size of the hash table
+.L tab
+to
+.L size
+where
+.L size
+must be a power of 2.
+Explicit calls to this routine are not necessary as hash tables
+are automatically resized.
+.TP
+.L "int strhash(char* name)"
+Hashes the null terminated character string
+.L name
+using a linear congruent pseudo-random number generator algorithm
+and returns a non-negative
+.L int
+hash value.
+.TP
+.L "int memhash(char* buf, int siz)"
+Hashes the buffer
+.L buf
+of
+.L siz
+bytes using a linear congruent pseudo-random number generator algorithm
+and returns a non-negative
+.L int
+hash value.
+.TP
+.L "long strsum(char* name, long sum)"
+Returns a running 31-bit checksum of the string
+.L name
+where
+.L sum
+is
+.L 0
+on the first call and
+the return value from a previous
+.L memsum
+or
+.L strsum
+call otherwise.
+The checksum value is consistent across all implementations.
+.TP
+.L "long memsum(char* buf, int siz, long sum)"
+Returns a running 31-bit checksum of buffer
+.L buf
+of
+.L siz
+bytes where
+.L sum
+is
+.L 0
+on the first call and
+the return value from a previous
+.L memsum
+or
+.L strsum
+call otherwise.
+The checksum value is consistent across all implementations.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+sum(1)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/hmul.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/hmul.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8a5ccb34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/hmul.3
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+.th HMUL III 4/7/73
+.sh NAME
+hmul \*- high-order product
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+hmul(x, y)
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Hmul
+returns the high-order 16 bits of the product of
+.bd x
+and
+.bd y.
+(The binary multiplication operator generates
+the low-order 16 bits of a product.)
+.sh BUGS
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/huff.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/huff.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f90bb0ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/huff.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+.TH HUFF 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+huff \(mi huffman codebook/tree generator
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <huff.h>
+.PP
+.B NODE *huff(inrout)
+.B int (*inrout)();
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Huff
+generates a binary Huffman codebook.
+It obtains a list of messages one at a time from an input routine,
+.I inrout,
+declared as
+.IP
+.EX
+int inrout(str, p)
+char ** str;
+float *p;
+.EE
+.LP
+.I Inrout
+makes
+.I *str
+point to a null-terminated string identifying a message,
+and places in
+.I *p
+the (arbitrarily normalized) frequency of the message.
+.I Inrout
+returns non-zero when data is returned and zero when there
+is no more data.
+.PP
+.I Huff
+returns a pointer to a root of type 
+.BR NODE :
+.IP
+.EX
+typedef struct node {
+	char *datump;
+	struct node *to;
+	struct node *from;
+	struct node *ldad;
+	struct node *rdad;
+	struct node *kid;
+	float prob;
+} NODE;
+.EE
+.LP
+The root heads a linked list and the Huffman tree.
+The doubly linked list,
+connected via
+.B from
+and
+.BR to ,
+is ordered as the codebook was generated.
+The tree is connected
+via
+.BR kid ,
+.BR ldad ,
+and 
+.BR rdad ,
+with null pointers at the various ends.
+The
+.B kid
+field points towards the root,
+.B ldad
+and
+.B rdad
+point away:
+.B node->ldad->kid==node
+and
+.BR node->rdad->kid==node .
+the
+.B datump
+field is null or points to a message identifier.
+.PP
+The codeword for a message may be read off from the
+path from the root to the node containing the message identifier,
+counting
+.I ldad
+branches as 0 and
+.I rdad
+branches as 1.
+.SH "BUGS"
+A code with only one message dumps core.
+
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/hypot.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/hypot.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b477a7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/hypot.3
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'HYPOT (III)'6/12/72'HYPOT (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		hypot -- calculate hypotenuse
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	movf	a,fr0
+.br
+movf	b,fr1
+.br
+jsr	r5,hypot
+.br
+movf	fr0,...
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The
+square root of fr0*fr0 + fr1*fr1
+is returned in fr0.
+The calculation is done in such a way
+that overflow will not occur unless
+the answer is not representable in floating point.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	sqrt(III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	The
+c-bit is set if the result cannot
+be represented.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ierror.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ierror.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4c106b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ierror.3
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+.th IERROR III 10/29/73
+.sh NAME
+ierror \*- catch Fortran errors
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+if ( ierror ( \fIerrno\fB ) .ne. 0 ) goto \fIlabel\fR
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Ierror
+provides a way of detecting errors during the running of a Fortran
+program.
+Its argument is a run-time error number
+such as enumerated in
+.it fc
+(I).
+.s3
+When
+.it ierror
+is called,
+it returns a 0 value; thus the
+.bd goto
+statement in the synopsis is not executed.
+However, the routine stores inside itself the
+call point and invocation level.
+If and when the indicated error occurs,
+a
+.bd return
+is simulated from
+.it ierror
+with a non-zero value;
+thus the
+.bd goto
+(or other statement)
+is executed.
+It is a ghastly error to call
+.it ierror
+from a subroutine which
+has already returned when the error occurs.
+.s3
+This routine is essentially tailored to
+catching end-of-file situations.
+Typically it is called just before the start
+of the loop which reads the input file,
+and the
+.bd goto
+jumps to a graceful termination of the program.
+.s3
+There is a limit of 5 on the number
+of different error numbers which can be caught.
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+fc (I)
+.sh BUGS
+There is no way to ignore errors.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/internet.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/internet.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c28fb445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/internet.3
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+.TH INTERNET 3X
+.CT 2 comm_mach
+.SH NAME
+in_host, in_ntoa, in_address, in_service \- internet networking functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/inet/in.h>
+.PP
+.B char *in_host(hostaddr)
+.B in_addr hostaddr;
+.PP
+.B char *in_ntoa(hostaddr)
+.B in_addr hostaddr;
+.PP
+.B in_addr in_address(hostname)
+.B char *hostname;
+.PP
+.B struct in_service *in_service(name, proto, port)
+.B char *name, *proto;
+.B unsigned long port;
+.fi
+.PP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines are loaded by the
+.B -lin
+option of
+.IR ld (1).
+.PP
+Internet addresses, type
+.I in_addr,
+are 32-bit quantities global to the network.
+The
+.SM ASCII
+representation of an
+.I in_addr
+can be either a host name or of the form
+.I b1.b2.b3.b4,
+where each
+.I `bx'
+is the value of the
+.IR x 'th
+byte of the
+address in decimal.
+Since host names are considered local `aliases' for internet
+addresses, the host-to-address mapping is subjective.
+.PP
+.I In_address
+maps an internet host name to an address
+and returns 0
+if the name is not found in the host
+table.
+.PP
+.I In_host
+maps an internet address into a host name.
+If the host is not found in the host table, the
+.SM ASCII
+representation of the address is returned.
+.PP
+.I In_ntoa
+maps an internet address to its
+.SM ASCII
+numeric format.
+.PP
+.I In_service
+returns the closest match to
+.I name
+in the services file.
+If either
+.I name
+or
+.I port
+are 0,
+they will match any name or port.
+If
+.I proto
+is
+.BR "(char *)0" ,
+the
+.B tcp
+protocol is assumed.
+.SH FILES
+.nf
+.ta 32n
+\fL/usr/inet/lib/hosts\fP	mapping between host names and addresses
+\fL/usr/inet/lib/networks\fP	mapping between network names and addresses
+\fL/usr/inet/lib/services\fP	database of services
+\fL/usr/inet/lib/hosts.equiv\fP	machines with common administration
+.fi
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ipc (3),
+.IR tcp (3), 
+.IR udp (3)
+.SH BUGS
+.PP
+The mappings between internet addresses and names is arbitrary at best.
+The hosts file may contain many addresses for each name and/or many
+names for each address.
+.I In_address
+and
+.I in_host
+each start at the beginning of the file and search sequentially for a match.
+Therefore,
+.B "in_addr(in_host(addr)) \=\= addr"
+is not necessarily true.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/intro.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/intro.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c60dd206
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/intro.3
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.TH INTRO 3
+.SH NAME
+intro \(mi introduction to library functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B #include <math.h>
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This section describes functions that may be found
+in various libraries, other than the system calls
+described in section 2.
+Functions are divided into various libraries distinguished
+by the section number at the top of the page:
+.TP 
+(3)
+These functions, together with those of section 2 and those
+marked (3S) and (3M), constitute library
+.I libc,
+which is automatically loaded by the C compiler
+.IR cc (1)
+and the Fortran compiler
+.IR f77 (1).
+The same functions appear also in
+.IR libC,
+which is automatically loaded by the C++ compiler; see
+.IR c++ (1).
+The link editor
+.IR ld (1)
+searches this library under option
+.BR \-lc 
+.RB ( -lC
+for 
+.IR libC ).
+Declarations for some of these functions may be obtained
+from include files indicated on the appropriate pages.
+Other declarations can be found in
+.FR <libc.h> .
+.TP
+(3F)
+These functions are in the Fortran library,
+.I libF77,
+automatically loaded by the Fortran compiler, and searched
+under option
+.B -lF77
+of the link editor.
+.TP
+(3M)
+These functions constitute the math library, part of
+.I libc.
+(On some other systems they must be loaded by
+.BR -lm ).
+Declarations for these functions may be obtained from
+the include file
+.FR <math.h> .
+.TP
+(3S)
+These functions constitute the
+`standard IO package'
+(see
+.IR stdio (3))
+part of
+.I libc
+already mentioned.
+Declarations for these functions may be obtained from
+the include file
+.FR <stdio.h> .
+.TP
+(3X)
+Various
+specialized libraries have not been given distinctive
+captions.
+Files in which such libraries are found are named
+on appropriate pages.
+.TP
+(3+)
+C++ functions in
+.I libC
+that are not in
+.I libc.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F /lib/libc.a
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR stdio (3),
+.IR nm (1), 
+.IR ld (1), 
+.IR cc (1),
+.IR c++ (1), 
+.IR f77 (1), 
+.IR intro (2)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Functions in the math library (3M) may return
+conventional values when the function is undefined for the
+given arguments or when the value is not representable.
+In these cases the external variable
+.I errno
+(see
+.IR intro (2))
+is set to the value
+.B EDOM
+or
+.BR ERANGE ,
+defined in
+the include file
+.FR <math.h> .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ios.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ios.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9176eb79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ios.3
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH IOSTREAM 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+ios \- input/output formatting
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ta1i 2i
+.ft B
+#include <iostream.h>
+
+struct fmtinfo {
+	ostream*	tie;
+	short	convbase;
+	short	width;
+	short	precision;
+	char	fill;
+	char	ladjust;
+	char	showbase;
+	char	skip;
+	char	floatfmt;
+};
+
+class ios {
+public:
+	enum	io_state { goodbit=0, eofbit, failbit, badbit };
+	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app };
+	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
+public:
+		ios(streambuf* b);
+
+	int	bad();
+	void	clear(state_value i = _good);
+	int	convbase();
+	void	convbase(int i);
+	int	eof();
+	int	fail();
+	char	fill();
+	void	fill(char c);
+	char	floatfmt();
+	void	floatfmt(char c);
+	fmtinfo	fmt();
+	void	fmt(fmtinfo& info);
+	int	ladjust();
+	void	ladjust(int a);
+	int	good();
+	int	operator!();
+		operator int();
+	int	popfmt();
+	int	precision();
+	void	precision(int i);
+	void	pushfmt();
+	streambuf*	rdbuf();
+	int	rdstate();
+	int	showbase();
+	void	showbase(int i);
+	int	skip();
+	int	skip(int i);
+	void	sync_with_stdio();
+	streampos	tellg();
+	ostream*	tie();
+	ostream*	tie(ostream* iosp);
+	int	width();
+	void	width(int i);
+
+	ios&	operator<<(ios& (*)(ios&));
+	ios& 	operator>>(ios& (*)(ios&));
+private:
+		iostream(iostream&) ;
+	iostream&	operator=(iostream&)	;
+};
+
+class ios_withassign : ios {
+		ios_withassign();
+	ios&	operator=(ios&);
+	ios&	operator=(streambuf*);
+} ;
+
+ios&	dec(ios& i) ; 
+ios&	hex(ios& i) ;
+ios&	oct(ios& i) ;
+ios&	popfmt(ios& i) ;
+ios&	pushfmt(ios& i) ;
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The stream classes derived from \f(CWios\fRs
+provide a high level interface that
+supports transferring
+formatted and unformatted information into and out of
+\f(CWstreambuf\fRs.
+.PP
+In the following assume:
+.br
+\(em \fBs\fR is an \f(CWios\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBswa\fR is an \f(CWios_withassign\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBsp\fR is a \f(CWios*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR and \fBn\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBc\fR is a \f(CWchar\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBosp\fR is an \f(CWostream*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBinfo\fR is a \f(CWformatinfo\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBmode\fR is a \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBfct\fR is a function with type \f(CWios& (*)(ios&)\fR.
+.PP
+Constructors and assignment:
+.TP
+\fBios(sb)\fR
+\fBsb\fR becomes the \f(CWstreambuf\fR associated with the
+constructed \fBios\fR.  This association is fixed for
+the life of the \f(CWios\fR. If \fBsb\fR is null the effect is
+undefined.
+.TP
+\fBios_withassign()\fR
+Uninitialized variable.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBios(ios&)\fR
+\fBios=ios\fR
+.in
+.fi
+Copying of \f(CWios\fR's is not in general
+well defined and the constructor and assignment operators
+are made private so that the compiler will complain about attempts to
+do so.  Usually what is desired
+is copying of pointers to \f(CWiostream\fRs.
+.TP
+swa=sb
+Associates \fBsb\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
+state of
+\fBswa\fR. 
+.TP
+swa=s
+Associates \fBs->rdbuf()\fR with \fBswa\fR and
+initializes the entire state of
+\fBswa\fR. 
+.PP
+An \fBios\fR has an internal error state (which is a collection
+of the bits declared as \f(CWio_state\fRs).  Members related
+to the error state:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBi=s.rdstate()\fR
+Returns the current error state.
+.TP
+\fBs.clear(i)\fR
+Stores \fBi\fR as the error state.  If \fBi\fR is zero
+this clears all bits.  To set a bit without clearing previously
+set bits requires something like \fBs.clear(badbit|s.rdstate())\fR.
+.TP
+\fBi=s\fR
+The \f(CWint\fR conversion operator is non-zero if \f(CWbadbit\fR or
+\f(CWfailbit\fR is set in the error state.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.good()\fR
+Non-zero if the error state has no bits set.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.eof()\fR
+Non-zero if \f(CWeofbit\fR is set in the error state.  Normally this
+bit is set when an end of file has been encountered doing extraction.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.fail()\fR
+Non-zero if either \f(CWbadbit\fR or \f(CWfailbit\fR are set in the
+error state.  Normally this indicates that some operation has failed.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.bad()\fR
+Non-zero if \fBbadbit\fR is set in the error state.
+Normally this indicates
+that some operation on \fBs.rdbuf()\fR has failed.
+.RE
+.PP
+An \f(CWios\fR has a collection of format state variables
+that are used by input and output operations to control the
+details of formatting operations.  Otherwise their values
+have no particular effect and they may be set and examined arbitrarily
+by user code.
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBs.convbase(i)\fR
+Sets the "conversion base" format state variable to \fBi\fR.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.convbase()\fR
+Returns the "conversion base" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBs.fill(c)\fR
+Sets the "fill character" format state variable to \fBc\fR.
+.TP
+\fBc=s.fill()\fR
+Returns the "fill character" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBs.fill(c)\fR
+Sets the "fill character" format state variable to \fBc\fR.
+.TP
+\fBc=s.fill()\fR
+Returns the "fill character" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBs.floatfmt(c)\fR
+Sets the "floating format" format state variable to \fBc\fR.
+.TP
+\fBc=s.floatfmt()\fR
+Returns the "floating format" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBs.ladjust(i)\fR
+Sets the "left adjustment" format state variable to \fBi\fR.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.ladjust()\fR
+Returns the "left adjustment" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBs.precision(i)\fR
+Sets the "precision" format state variable to \fBi\fR.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.precision()\fR
+Returns the "precision" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBs.showbase(i)\fR
+Sets the "show explicit base" format state variable to \fBi\fR.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.showbase()\fR
+Returns the "show explicit base" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBsp=s.skip(sp)\fR
+Sets the "skip whitespace" format state variable to \fBsp\fP.
+.TP
+\fBsp=s.skip()\fR
+Returns the "skip whitespace" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBosp=s.tie(osp)\fR
+Sets the "tie" format state variable \fBsp\fP.
+.TP
+\fBosp=s.tie()\fR
+Returns the "tie" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBs.width(i)\fR
+Sets the "field width" format state variable to \fBi\fP.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.width()\fR
+Returns the "field width" format state variable.
+.TP
+\fBs.fmt(info)\fR
+Sets the collection of all format state variables to \fBinfo\fP in
+a single operation.
+.TP
+\fBinfo=s.fmt()\fR
+Returns the collection of all format state variables in
+a single operation.
+.TP
+\fBs.pushfmt()\fR
+Pushes a \f(CWformatinfo\fR structure onto a (dynamically allocated)
+stack associated with \fBs\fR.  This copies the current
+values of format state variables without changing them.
+.TP
+\fBi=s.popfmt()\fR
+Pops the topmost \f(CWformatinfo\fR from the stack associated with
+\fBs\fR and sets the format state variables accordingly.  Normally
+\fBi\fR is non-zero, but it will be zero if the stack is empty
+(i.e., more \fBpopfmt\fR than \fBpushfmt\fR operations have been
+performed.
+.RE
+.PP
+Other members:
+.TP
+\fBsb=s.rdbuf()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the \f(CWstreambuf\fR associated with
+\fBs\fR when \fBs\fR was constructed.
+.TP
+\fB((ios*)0)->sync_with_stdio()\fR
+Solves problems that arise when mixing stdio and
+iostreams.   The first time it is called it will reset the
+standard iostreams (\f(CWinstream\fR, \f(CWoutstream\fR, \f(CWerrstream\fR,
+\f(CWlogstream\fR) to be streams
+using  \f(CWstdiobuf\fRs.
+After that input and output using these streams may
+be mixed with input and output using the corresponding \f(CWFILE\fRs and
+will be properly synchronized.
+.RE
+.PP
+Convenient manipulators (functions that take an \f(CWios&\fR
+and return their argument).
+.TP
+\fBios<<dec
+.in -.5i
+.br
+.nf
+\fBios<<dec
+\fBios>>dec\fR
+.fi
+.in
+Sets the convbase to 10.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBios<<hex
+\fBios>>hex\fR
+.in
+Sets the convbase to 16.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBios<<oct
+\fBios>>oct\fR
+.fi
+.in
+Sets the convbase to 8.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBios<<popfmt
+\fBios>>popfmt\fR
+.fi
+.in
+Does \fBs.popfmt()\fR
+.in -.5i
+.sp
+.nf
+\fBios<<pushfmt
+\fBios>>pushfmt\fR
+.fi
+.in
+Does \fBs.pushfmt()\fR
+.PP
+The \f(CWstreambuf\fR associated with an \f(CWios\fR may be manipulated
+by other methods than through \f(CWios\fR.  For example, characters may
+be stored in a queuelike \f(CWstreambuf\fR through an \f(CWostream\fR
+while they are being fetched through an \f(CWistream\fR.
+Or for efficiency some
+part of a program may choose to do \f(CWstreambuf\fR gets
+directly rather than through the \f(CWios\fR.
+In most cases
+the program does not have to worry about this possibility, because
+an \f(CWios\fR never saves information about the internal state
+of a \f(CWstreambuf\fR.  For example if the \f(CWstreambuf\fR is
+repostitioned between extraction operations the extraction (input) 
+will proceed normally.
+.SH CAVEATS
+.PP
+The effect of \fBios.sync_with_stdio()\fR
+does not depend on \fBios\fR.
+\fBsync_with_stdio\fR ought
+to be a global function but it is a member of \fBiostream\fR to
+avoid name space pollution.
+The need for \fBsync_with_stdio\fR is a wart.  The old stream
+package did this as a default, but in the iostream package
+unbuffered \f(CWstdiobuf\fRs are too inefficient to be the default.
+.PP
+The stream package had a constructor that took a \fBFILE*\fR argument.
+This is now replaced by \f(CWstdiostream\fR.
+It is not declared even as an obsolete form to avoid
+having \f(CWiostream.h\fR
+depend on \f(CWstdio.h\fR.
+.PP
+The old stream package allowed copying of streams.  This is disallowed
+by the iostream package.  Old code using copying can usually be
+rewritten to use pointers and copy pointers.
+.PP
+For compatibility with the old stream package, the versions of 
+.I tie
+and
+.I skip
+that set the state variables also return the old value.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+IOS.INTRO(3C++)
+streambuf(3C++)
+istream(3C++)
+ostream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ipc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ipc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..68679457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ipc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+.TH IPC 3X
+.CT 2 comm_proc
+.SH NAME
+ipccreat, ipcopen, ipclisten, ipcaccept, ipcreject, ipcexec, ipcpath , ipclogin, ipcrogin
+\(mi set up connections between processes or machines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <ipc.h>
+.PP
+.B char *ipcpath(name, network, service)
+.br
+.B char *name;
+.br
+.B char *network;
+.br
+.B char *service;
+.PP
+.B int ipcopen(name, param)
+.br
+.B char *name;
+.br
+.B char *param;
+.PP
+.B int ipccreat(name, param)
+.br
+.B char *name;
+.br
+.B char *param;
+.PP
+.B ipcinfo *ipclisten(fd)
+.br
+.B int fd;
+.PP
+.B int ipcaccept(ip)
+.br
+.B ipcinfo *ip;
+.PP
+.B int ipcreject(ip, no, str)
+.br
+.B ipcinfo *ip;
+.br
+.B int no;
+.br
+.B char *str;
+.PP
+.B int ipcexec(name, param, cmd)
+.br
+.B char *name;
+.br
+.B char *param;
+.br
+.B char *cmd;
+.PP
+.B int ipclogin(fd)
+.br
+.B int fd;
+.PP
+.B int ipcrogin(fd, opt)
+.br
+.B int fd;
+.br
+.B char *opt;
+.PP
+.B extern char *errstr;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines establish communication between unrelated
+processes, often for networking purposes.
+They are loaded by the
+.B -lipc
+option of
+.IR ld (1).
+.PP
+End points in the network are identified by names of the form:
+.BR element [ !element "]... "  .
+The name is translated element by element relative to the name space
+selected by the previous element.
+The first element is always a name in the local file system.
+By convention, all network interfaces and services
+mount themselves in
+.FR /cs .
+For example:
+.TP
+.B /cs/exec
+refers to a local process which has mounted itself (via
+.I ipccreat )
+on 
+.FR /cs/exec .
+.TP
+.B /cs/dk!nj/astro/voice
+refers to a voice synthesizer attached
+to Datakit; process
+.F /cs/dk
+is the Datakit interface.
+.TP
+.B /cs/dk!dutoit!exec
+is the process that has mounted itself on
+.F /cs/exec
+in machine `dutoit'.
+.PP
+.I Ipcpath,
+forms a network name from its arguments and returns a pointer to it.
+It takes three arguments: the destination
+.I name,
+the default
+.I network,
+and the default
+.I service.
+It assumes that 
+.I name
+is a three part name of the form: network!host!service.
+If either network or service is missing from
+.I name, ipcpath
+supplies them
+from the default arguments.
+It then tacks a
+.F /cs
+on the front and returns a pointer to that.
+Thus,
+.IP
+.EX
+ipcpath("dutoit", "dk", "dcon")
+.EE
+.LP
+returns a pointer to the string 
+.LR /cs/dk!dutoit!dcon .
+.PP
+.I Ipcopen
+places a call to a named network end point and returns
+a file descriptor for the resulting connection.
+.I Param,
+a whitespace-delimited string of values, specifies
+properties which the connection must have.
+At present four parameter values are defined:
+.TF heavy
+.TP
+.B heavy
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.B light
+Heavy (usually computer-to-computer) or light (computer-to-terminal)
+traffic is expected.
+.TP
+.B delim
+The connection must support delimiters; see
+.IR stream (4).
+.TP
+.B hup
+.B SIGHUP
+must be generated at end of file; see
+.IR signal (2).
+.PD
+.PP
+.I Ipccreat
+attaches a process to a name space.
+It returns a file descriptor representing the attachment.
+.I Name 
+and
+.I param
+mean the same as for 
+.I ipcopen.
+.PP
+.I Ipclisten
+waits for calls (from
+.I ipcopen
+in other processes) appearing on file descriptor
+.I fd
+(obtained from
+.IR ipccreat ).
+When a call arrives, it returns an
+.B ipcinfo
+structure, defined in
+.FR <ipc.h> :
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta \w'typedef\ 'u +\w'char\ 'u +\w'reserved[5];\ 'u
+typedef	struct {
+	int	reserved[5];
+	char	*name;		that being dialed
+	char	*param;		parameters used to set up call
+	char	*machine;	machine id of caller
+	char	*user;		user name of caller
+	int	uid, gid;	uid, gid of caller
+} ipcinfo;
+.EE
+.PP
+The call may be accepted by
+.I ipcaccept
+or rejected by
+.I ipcreject.
+.I Ipcaccept
+returns a file descriptor for the connection.
+.I Ipcreject
+takes an integer error number and an error message string,
+which will be passed back to the caller as
+.I errno
+and 
+.I errstr.
+.PP
+A higher-level routine,
+.I ipcexec,
+executes the command,
+.I cmd,
+on a named machine.
+The file descriptor returned by 
+.I ipcexec
+is the standard input, standard output, and 
+standard error of the command.
+As in
+.I ipcopen,
+.I param
+lists properties required of the channel.
+.PP
+Once a connection is established using
+.I ipcopen
+it is often necessary to authenticate yourself
+to the destination.
+This is done using 
+.I ipclogin
+and
+.I ipcrogin.
+.I Ipclogin
+runs the client side of the authentication protocol
+described in
+.IR svcmgr (8)
+for the 
+.I v9auth
+action.
+The supplied
+.I fd
+is the descriptor returned by 
+.I ipcopen.
+Until the authentication is accepted,
+.I ipclogin
+will prompt the user (using
+.F /dev/tty )
+for a login id and password to be sent over
+.I fd.
+.PP
+.I Ipcrogin
+runs the client side of the authentication protocol
+used by BSD's 
+.I rlogin 
+and 
+.I rsh
+services.
+Unlike
+.I ipclogin,
+it will not prompt the user if the authentication
+fails.
+.I Ipcrogin
+takes a second argument that is written to
+.I fd
+after the authentication is accepted.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+To connect to the voice synthesizer attached to the Datakit:
+.EX
+.ta \w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u
+#include <ipc.h>
+main() {
+	int fd;
+	fd = ipcopen(ipcpath("voice", "dk", 0), "light");
+	if(fd<0){
+		printf("can't connect: %s\en", errstr);
+		exit(1);
+	}
+	...
+	close(fd);
+}
+.EE
+.PP
+To place a Dataphone call via Datakit; the service name is 
+derived in an obvious way from the ACU service class; see
+.IR dialout (3).
+.EX
+	fd = ipcopen(ipcpath("9-1-201-582-0000", "dk", "dial1200"), "light");
+.EE
+.PP
+To announce as a local service and wait for incoming calls:
+.EX
+.ta \w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u +\w'12345678'u
+#include <ipc.h>
+main() {
+        int fd;
+        ipcinfo *ip;
+        fd = ipccreat("/tmp/service", 0);
+        if(fd<0){
+                printf("can't announce: %s\en", errstr);
+                exit(1);
+        }
+        while(ip = ipclisten(fd)){
+                int nfd;
+                if(i_hate_this_user(ip->machine, ip->user)) {
+                        ipcreject(ip, EACCES, "i hate you");
+                        continue;
+                }
+                nfd = ipcaccept(ip);
+		...
+                close(nfd);
+        }
+        printf("lost the announced connection somehow\en");
+        exit(1);
+}
+.EE
+.SH FILES
+.TF /cs/tpc
+.TP 
+.F /cs/dk
+the announce point for the Datakit dialer
+.TP
+.F /cs/tcp
+the announce point for the internet dialer
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR dialout (3),
+.IR connld (4),
+.IR dkmgr (8),
+.IR svcmgr (8),
+.IR tcpmgr (8)
+.br
+D. L. Presotto,
+`Interprocess Communication in the Eighth Edition
+.SM UNIX
+System',
+this manual, Volume 2
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Integer return values of \-1 and pointer return
+values of 0 denote error.
+.I Errno
+contains an error code (see
+.IR intro (2))
+and
+.I errstr
+points to an explanatory string.
+.SH BUGS
+Files created by
+.I ipccreat
+in the local name space are not removed when
+the file descriptor returned by
+.I ipccreat
+is closed.
+.br
+Information in
+.B ipcinfo
+is no more trustworthy than its origin.
+Information, such as user name, sent by foreign
+machines may be suspect.
+On Ethernet or dialup connections (but not on Datakit)
+machine names can be forged.
+Let's not even think about wire-swappers and wiretappers.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/iread.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/iread.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..637f0752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/iread.3
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+.TH IREAD 3
+.SH NAME
+iread \- insistent read
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B read(fildes, buf, n)
+.B char *buf;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Iread,
+like
+.IR read (1),
+reads
+.I n
+bytes from the file associated with the given file descriptor
+into the block of store beginning at
+.I buf.
+.I Iread,
+however, always places exactly
+.I n
+bytes in
+.I buf,
+unless 
+.I read
+would return 0.
+.PP
+.I Iread
+returns the number of bytes placed in
+.I buf,
+which is an integer in the range 
+.RI 0- n.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Iread
+returns \-1 for an error; see
+.IR read (1).
+.SH SEE ALSO
+read(2)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/istream.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/istream.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9d2039cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/istream.3
@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH ISTREAM  3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+istream \- formatted and unformatted input
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft B
+.ta1i 2i
+#include <iostream.h>
+
+typedef long streamoff, streampos;
+class ios {
+public:
+	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
+	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
+	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
+	} ;
+
+class istream : ios {
+public:
+	int	gcount();
+	istream&	get(char* ptr, int len, char delim='\en');
+	istream&	get(unsigned char* ptr,int len, char delim='\en');
+
+	istream&	get(unsigned char& c);
+	istream&	get(char& c);
+	istream&	get(streambuf&, char delim ='\en');
+	int	get();
+	istream&	getline(char* ptr, int len, char delim='\en');
+	istream&	getline(unsigned char* ptr, int len, char delim='\en');
+	istream&	getline(streambuf& sb, int len, char delim='\en');
+	istream&	ignore(int len=1,int delim=EOF);
+	int	ipfx(int need=0);
+	int	peek();
+	istream&	putback(char c);
+	istream&	read(char* s,int n); 
+	istream&	read(unsigned char* s,int n);
+	istream&	seekg(streampos pos);
+	istream&	seekg(streamoff off, seek_dir d);
+	streampos	tellg();
+
+	istream&	operator>>(char*);
+	istream&	operator>>(unsigned char*);
+	istream&	operator>>(unsigned char&);
+	istream&	operator>>(char&);
+	istream&	operator>>(short&);
+	istream&	operator>>(int&);
+	istream&	operator>>(long&);
+	istream&	operator>>(unsigned short&);
+	istream&	operator>>(unsigned int&);
+	istream&	operator>>(unsigned long&);
+	istream&	operator>>(float&);
+	istream&	operator>>(double&);
+	istream&	operator>>(streambuf&);
+	istream&	operator>>(istream& (*)(istream&));
+};
+
+class istream_withassign {
+		istream_withassign();
+	istream&	operator=(istream&);
+	istream&	operator=(streambuf*);
+};
+
+extern istream_withassign cin;
+
+istream&	ws(iostream& i)	;
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\f(CWistream\fRs support interpretation of characters
+fetched from an associated \f(CWstreambuf\fR.
+These are commonly refered to as input operations.
+.PP
+Assume that
+.br
+\(em \fBins\fR has type \f(CWistream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBinwa\fR has type \f(CWistream_withassign\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBinsp\fR has type \f(CWistream*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBc\fR has type \f(CWchar&\fR
+.br
+\(em \fBdelim\fR has type \f(CWchar\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBptr\fR has type \f(CWchar*\fR or \f(CWunsigned char*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBsb\fR has type \f(CWstreambuf&\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR, \fBlen\fR, \fBd\fR, and \fBneed\fR have type \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBmanip\fR is a function with type \f(CWistream& (*)(istream&)\fR.
+.PP
+Constructors and assignment:
+.TP
+\fBistream(sb)\fR
+Initializes \fBios\fR state variables and associates stream with
+buffer \fBsb\fR.
+\fBistream_withassign()\fR
+Does no initialization.  This allows a file static
+variable of this type
+(\fBcin\fR for example) to be used before it is constructed provided
+it is assigned to first.
+.TP
+\fBinswa=sb\fR
+Associates \fBsb\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
+state of \fBinswa\fR.
+.TP
+\fBinswa=ins\fR
+Associates \fBins->rdbuf()\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
+state of \fBinswa\fR.
+.PP
+Input prefix function:
+.TP
+\fBins.ipfx(need)
+If \fBins\fR's error state is non-zero return immediately.
+If neccessary (and it is non-null) \fBf.tie\fR is flushed.
+Flushing is neccessary if either \fBneed==0\fR or there
+are less than \fBneed\fR characters immediately available.
+If \fBf.skip()\fR is non-zero and \fBneed\fR is zero
+then leading whitespace characters are
+extracted from \fBins\fR.  Return zero 
+or an error occurs while skipping whitespace.
+Otherwise it returns non-zero.
+.PP
+Formatted input functions:
+.TP
+\fBins\fP>>\fPx\fR
+Calls \fBipfx(0)\fR and if that returns non-zero
+extracts characters from \fBins\fR and converts them according
+to the type of \fBx\fR.  It stores the converted value in
+\fBx\fR.
+Errors are indicated by setting the
+error state of \fBins\fR.  \f(CWfailbit\fR means that characters
+in \fBins\fR were not a representation of the required type.
+\f(CWbadbit\fR indicates that attempts to extract characters failed.
+\fBins\fR is always returned.
+.RS
+.PP
+The details of conversion depend on the values of \fBins\fR's format
+state variable (see \fIios\fR(3C++)) and the
+type of \fBx\fR.  Except as noted, the extraction operators
+do not change the value
+of the format state variables.
+.TP
+\f(CWchar*\fR, \f(CWunsigned char*\fR
+Characters are stored in the array pointed at by \fBx\fR
+until a whitespace character is found in \fBins\fR.
+The terminating whitespace
+is left in \fBins\fR.
+If \fBins.width()\fR
+is non-zero it is taken to be the size of the array, and
+no more than \fBins.width()-1\fR characters are extracted.
+A terminating
+null character (0) is always stored (even when nothing else is
+done because of \fBins\fR's status).
+\fBins.width()\fR is reset to 0.
+.TP
+\f(CWchar&\fR, \f(CWunsigned char&\fR
+A character is extracted and stored in \fBx\fR.
+.TP
+\f(CWshort&\fR, \f(CWunsigned short&\fR, \f(CWint&\fR, \f(CWunsigned int&\fR, \f(CWlong&\fR, \f(CWunsigned long&\fR
+Characters are extracted and converted to an integral value
+according to the conversion specified by 
+\fBins.convbase()\fR.
+The first character may be a sign (\f(CW+\fR or \f(CW-\fR).  After that,
+if \fBins.convbase()\fR
+is 8, 10, or 16 the conversion is octal, decimal, or hexadecimal respectively.
+Conversion is terminated by the first "non-digit," which is left
+in \fBins\fR. Octal digits are the characters '0' to '7'.
+Decimal
+digits are the octal digits plus '8' and '9'.
+Hexadecimal digits
+are the decimal digits plus the letters 'a' through 'f' (in either
+upper or lower case).
+If \fBins.convbase()\fR
+is 0 then the number is interpreted according to C lexical
+conventions.  That is, if the first characters (after the optional
+sign) are \f(CW0x\fR or \f(CW0X\fR a hexadecimal conversion
+is performed
+on following hexadecimal digits.  Otherwise if the first character is a 
+\f(CW0\fR an
+octal conversion is performed and in all other cases a decimal conversion
+is performed.
+\f(CWfailbit\fR is set if there are no
+digits (not counting the \f(CW0\fR in \f(CW0x\fR or \f(CW0X\fR) during
+hex conversion) available.
+.TP
+\f(CWfloat&\fR, \f(CWdouble&\fR
+Converts the characters according to C++ syntax for a float or double,
+and stores the result in \fBx\fR.  \f(CWfailbit\fR is set if there are no
+digits available in \fBins\fR or if it does not begin with a well formed
+floating point number.
+.RE
+.PP
+The type and name(\f(CWoperator>>\fR) of
+the extraction operations are chosen
+to give a convenient syntax for sequences of input operations.
+The operator overloading of C++ permits
+extraction functions to be declared for user defined classes.
+These operations can then be used with the same syntax as the
+member functions described here.
+.PP
+Unformatted input functions, which call \fBipfx(1)\fR and proceed only
+if it returns non-zero:
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.get(ptr,len,delim)\fR
+Extracts characters and stores them in
+the byte array beginning at \fBptr\fR
+and extending for \fBlen\fR bytes.
+Extraction stops when \fBdelim\fR is encountered
+(\fBdelim\fR is left in \fBins\fR and not stored),
+when \fBins\fR has no more characters,
+or when the array has only one byte left.
+\fBget\fR always stores a terminating null, even if it doesn't extract
+any characters from \fBins\fR because of its error status.
+\f(CWfailbit\fR is set only if \fBget\fR encounters
+an end of file before it stores any characters.
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.get(c)\fR
+Extracts a single character
+and stores it in \fBc\fR.
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.get(sb,delim)\fB
+Extracts characters from \fBins.rdbuf()\fR and stores
+them into \fBsb\fR.
+It stops if it encounters end of file or if a store into
+\fBsb\fR
+fails or
+if it encounters \fBdelim\fR (which it leaves in \fBins\fR). 
+\f(CWfailbit\fR is set if it stops because the store into \fBsb\fR fails
+.TP
+\fBi=ins.get()\fR.
+Extracts a character and returns it.
+\fBi\fR is \f(CWEOF\fR if extraction encounters end of file.
+\f(CWfailbit\fR is never set.
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.getline(ptr,len,delim)\fR
+Does the same thing as \fBins.get(ptr,len,delim)\fR with the exception
+that it extracts a terminating \fBdelim\fR character from \fBins\fR.
+In case \fBdelim\fR occurs when exactly \fBlen\fR characters
+have been extracted, termination is treated as being due to the
+array being filled, and this \fBdelim\fR is left in \fBins\fR.
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.ignore(n,d)\fR
+Extracts and throws away
+up to \fBn\fR characters.
+Extraction stops prematurely if 
+\fBd\fR is extracted or end of file is reached.
+If \fBd\fR is \f(CWEOF\fR it can never cause termination.
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.read(ptr,n)\fR
+Extracts
+\fBn\fR
+characters and stores them in the array beginning at \fBptr\fR
+If end of file is reached before \fBn\fR characters have been
+extracted, 
+\fBread\fR
+stores whatever it can extract and sets \f(CWfailbit\fR.
+The number of characters extracted can be determined via \fBins.gcount()\fR.
+.PP
+Other members are:
+.TP
+\fBi=ins.gcount()\fR
+Returns the number of characters extracted by the last unformatted
+input function.  Formatted input functions may call unformatted
+input functions and thereby reset this number.
+.TP
+\fBi=ins.peek()\fR
+Begins by calling \fBins.ipfx(1)\fR.
+If that call returns zero or if \fBins\fR is at end of file,
+it returns \f(CWEOF\fR.
+Otherwise it returns (without extracting it) the next character.
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.putback(c)\fR
+Attempts to back up \fBins.rdbuf()\fR.
+\fBc\fR must be the character before \fBins.rdbuf()\fR's get pointer.
+(Unless other activity is modifying \fBins.rdbuf()\fR this
+is the last character extracted from \fBins\fR.)
+If it is not, the effect is undefined.
+\fBputback\fR may fail (and set the error state).
+Although it is a member of \f(CWistream\fR,
+\fBputback\fR never extracts characters, so
+it does not call \fBipfx\fR.  It will, however, return without
+doing anything if the error state is non-zero.
+.TP
+\fBins>>manip\fR
+Equivalent to \fBmanip(ins)\fR.
+Syntactically this looks like an extractor
+operation, but semantically it does an arbitrary operations
+rather than converting a sequence of characters and storing the
+result in \fBmanip\fR.
+.PP
+Member functions related to positioning.
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.seekg(off,dir)\fR
+Repositions \fBins.rdbuf()\fR's get pointer.
+See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
+.TP
+\fBinsp=&ins.seekg(pos)\fR
+Repositions \fBins.rdbuf()\fR's get pointer.
+See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
+.TP
+\fBpos=ins.tellg()\fR
+The current position of \fBios.rdbuf()\fR's get pointer.
+See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
+.PP
+Manipulator:
+.TP
+\fBins>>ws\fR
+Extracts whitespace characters.
+.SH CAVEATS
+.PP
+There is no overflow detection on conversion of integers. There should
+be, and overflow should cause the error state to be set.
+.PP
+There should be a way to input an arbitrary length string without 
+knowing a maximum size beforehand.
+.PP
+.SH SEE ALSO
+ios(3C++)
+sbuf.pub(3C++)
+manip(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/itoa.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/itoa.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1c7a7db4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/itoa.3
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'ITOA (III)'3/15/72'ITOA (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		itoa -- integer to ascii conversion
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,itoa; subr
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	itoa____
+will convert the number in r0
+into ascii decimal preceded
+by a - sign if appropriate.
+For each character generated by itoa,
+the subroutine subr____ (supplied by the caller) is called on
+register r5 with the character in r0.
+.sp
+The subroutine subr____ must not disturb any registers.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/juke.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/juke.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef905153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/juke.3
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+.TH INTERNAL 3
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+jukebox routines
+.tr %"
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "#include %hdr.h%"
+.PP
+.tr %%
+.B "int j_shelf_to_drive(int sh, Side side, int dr, char *err)"
+.PP
+.B "int j_drive_to_shelf(int dr, int sh, Side side, char *err)"
+.PP
+.B "int j_empty_drive(int tlim, char *buf)"
+.PP
+.B "void j_rdshelves(char *buf)"
+.PP
+.B "int j_getstatus(char *buf)"
+.PP
+.B "int j_scsiio(struct scsi_cmd *cmd, int ncmd,"
+.br
+.B "\ \ \ \ \ \ struct scsi_return *ret, int nret, char *err)"
+.PP
+.B "int j_shelfof(char *vol_id)"
+.PP
+.B "int j_volid(int dr, char *err)"
+.PP
+.B "extern char *j_shelf[NSHELF];"
+.PP
+.B "extern void pperror(char *buf, char *mesg);
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I J_shelf_to_drive
+places the disk in shelf
+.I sh
+in logical drive
+.IR dr .
+It returns 0 on success;
+otherwise an error message is placed in
+.I err .
+.PP
+.I J_drive_to_shelf
+places the disk
+in logical drive
+.IR dr
+in shelf
+.IR sh .
+If
+.I sh
+is negative,
+the disk is returned to its home shelf.
+It returns 0 on success;
+otherwise an error message is placed in
+.IR err .
+.PP
+.I J_rdshelves
+initializes each element of
+.I j_shelf
+to the volid of the disk on that shelf.
+A zero pointer means there is no disk;
+a name of
+.B UNALLOCATED
+means the disk has not been allocated a name yet.
+It returns 0 on success;
+otherwise an error message is placed in
+.IR err .
+.PP
+.I J_getstatus
+initializes
+.B j_status
+which include the following fields:
+.EX
+	struct Lunstatus lun[NLUN]; /* disk status */
+	uchar shelf[NSHELF];	/* shelf status */
+	uchar iounit;		/* I/O unit status */
+	uchar carrier;		/* carrier status */
+	uchar udrive;		/* upper drive status */
+	uchar ldrive;		/* lower drive status */
+.EE
+A return value of 0 implies success;
+otherwise \-1 is returned and an error message is placed in
+.IR err .
+.PP
+.I J_scsiio
+performs a SCSI transaction.
+It sends the command in
+.I cmd
+and
+.I ncmd
+data bytes and stores the return status in
+.IR ret .
+A return value of 0 implies success;
+otherwise \-1 is returned and an error message is placed in
+.IR err .
+.PP
+.I J_shelfof
+returns the shelf number of the disk labelled
+.IR vol_id .
+If there is no such disk,
+\-1 is returned.
+.PP
+.I J_volid
+returns the volid of the disk on drive
+.I dr
+in
+.IR err .
+A return value of 0 implies success;
+otherwise \-1 is returned and an error message is placed in
+.IR err .
+.PP
+.I Pperror 
+returns an error message that is contained in 
+.IR buf.
+.PP
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/l3tol.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/l3tol.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..75009964
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/l3tol.3
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+.TH L3TOL 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+l3tol, ltol3 \(mi convert between 3-byte integers and long integers
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B l3tol(lp, cp, n)
+.B long *lp;
+.B char *cp;
+.PP
+.B ltol3(cp, lp, n)
+.B char *cp;
+.B long *lp;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I L3tol
+converts a list of
+.I n
+three-byte integers packed into a character string
+pointed to by
+.I cp
+into a list of long integers pointed to by
+.IR lp .
+.PP
+.I Ltol3
+performs the reverse conversion from long integers
+.RI ( lp )
+to three-byte integers
+.RI ( cp ).
+.PP
+These functions are useful for file-system maintenance
+where the block numbers are three bytes long.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR filsys (5)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/labconst.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/labconst.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0347c472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/labconst.3
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+.TH LABCONST 3
+.SH NAME
+labelyes, labelno, labeltop, labelbot \- label constants
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B extern struct label labelyes;
+.PP
+.B extern struct label labelno;
+.PP
+.B extern struct label labeltop;
+.PP
+.B extern struct label labelbot;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These objects are initialized as follows, where the
+coded values are as in
+.IR labtoa (3).
+.TF labeltop
+.TP
+.B labelyes
+The universally permissive label,
+.LR Y .
+.TP
+.B labelno
+The universally denying label,
+.LR N .
+.TP
+.B labeltop
+The top lattice value,
+.LR ffff... .
+.TP
+.B labelbot
+The bottom lattice value,
+.LR 0000... .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/labeq.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/labeq.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e858faca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/labeq.3
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.TH LABEQ 3
+.SH NAME
+labeq, lable, labmax, labmin \- compare security labels
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/label.h>
+.PP
+.B labEQ(x, y)
+.br
+.B struct label *x, *y;
+.PP
+.B labLE(x, y)
+.br
+.B struct label *x, *y;
+.PP
+.B struct label labMAX(x, y)
+.br
+.B struct label *x, *y;
+.PP
+.B struct label labMIN(x, y)
+.br
+.B struct label *x, *y;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I LabEQ
+returns 1 if 
+.I x
+and
+.I y
+point to equal labels, otherwise 0.
+The result is 1 if and only if neither argument is 0, the
+flag fields are the same, and, when the flag fields are
+.BR L_BITS ,
+the lattice values are the same.
+.PP
+.I LabLE
+returns 1 if the security label pointed to by 
+.I x
+compares less than or equal to the security label pointed to by
+.I y.
+An improper argument is treated as if it had flag
+.BR L_NO .
+If one of the labels has flag
+.BR L_YES ,
+the result is 1; otherwise if one of the labels has flag
+.BR L_NO ,
+the result is 0;
+otherwise the the result is 1
+if and only if the lattice value of
+.I x
+is bitwise less than or
+equal to the lattice value of 
+.I y.
+(Inequalities involving
+.BR L_YES
+and
+.BR L_NO
+are not transitive.)
+.PP
+.I LabMAX
+and
+.I labMIN
+respectively return the maximum (bitwise OR) and
+minimum (bitwise AND) of lattice values of labels
+pointed to by
+.I x
+and
+.I y.
+An improper argument is treated as if it had flag
+.BR L_NO .
+If one of the labels has flag
+.BR L_YES ,
+the result is the other label; otherwise
+if one of the labels has flag
+.BR L_NO ,
+the result has flag
+.BR L_NO .
+.PP
+The privilege and frozen-label
+fields of the labels are disregarded by all of these functions.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR getflab (2)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/labtoa.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/labtoa.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b6a02cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/labtoa.3
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+.TH LABTOA 3
+.SH NAME
+labtoa, atolab, atopriv, privtoa \- security label conversion
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/label.h>
+.PP
+.B char *labtoa(labp)
+.B struct label *labp;
+.br
+.B struct label *atolab(string)
+.B char *string;
+.PP
+.B  atopriv(string)
+.B char *string;
+.PP
+.B char *privtoa(n)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Labtoa
+returns a pointer to a null-terminated
+.SM ASCII
+string that represents
+the value of the security label pointed to by 
+.I labp.
+The string has a form exemplified by
+.IP
+.B "guxnlp guxnlpFY 0000 0000 ...
+.LP
+The characters of the first group
+.L guxnlp
+denote capabilities
+.BR T_LOG ,
+.BR T_UAREA ,
+.BR T_EXTERN ,
+.BR T_NOCHK ,
+.BR T_SETLIC ,
+and
+.BR T_SETPRIV
+respectively.
+Characters of the second group denote corresponding licenses; see
+.IR getplab (2).
+Missing capabilities or licenses are denoted by
+.LR - .
+.PP
+The character shown as 
+.L F
+denotes the fixity of the label.
+It may be a space (loose),
+.L F
+(frozen),
+.L R
+(rigid),
+or
+.L C
+(constant)
+The character shown as 
+.L Y
+denotes the label's flag.
+It may be a space for a lattice label,
+.L N
+for
+.BR L_NO ,
+.L Y
+for
+.BR L_YES ,
+or
+.L U
+for the erroneous flag value 0.
+.PP
+Each group of four zeros may be any four lower case hex digits 
+representing the value of two bytes of the lattice value.
+Repeating groups at the end of the string are denoted
+.LR ... .
+.LP
+.I Atolab
+inverts the process.
+The order of characters in, and length of, privilege strings are
+arbitrary, except that a nonempty license string must be
+preceded by a nonempty capability string.
+The order of characters from the set
+.B YNUFRC
+is arbitrary.
+Spaces must separate nonempty capability and license strings,
+and may be interspersed arbitrarily after the license string.
+A final
+.B ...
+causes the last four hex digits 
+to be repeated, provided the preceding label contains
+a multiple of four digits.
+A short or missing lattice value is padded with zeros.
+.PP
+.I Atopriv
+converts a string of characters from the set
+.L guxnlp-
+into privilege bits that may be stored in the
+.B lb_t
+or
+.B lb_u
+fields of a label structure.
+The order and number of characters are arbitrary.
+.PP
+.I Privtoa
+is inverse to
+.I atopriv.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR getflab (2),
+.IR getplab (2),
+.IR getlab (1)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Atolab
+returns 0 for unrecognizable input.
+.PP
+.I Atopriv
+returns the negative value 
+.B ~(T_LOG|T_UAREA|T_EXTERN|T_NOCHK|T_SETLIC|T_SETPRIV)
+for unrecognizable input.
+.SH BUGS
+The value returned by
+.I labtoa,
+.I atolab,
+or
+.I privtoa
+points to a static buffer that is overwritten
+at each call.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ldiv.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ldiv.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ad949620
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ldiv.3
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+.th LDIV III 5/7/73
+.sh NAME
+ldiv \*- long division
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+ldiv(hidividend, lodividend, divisor)
+.s3
+lrem(hidividend, lodividend, divisor)
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+concatenation of the signed
+16-bit
+.it hidividend
+and the unsigned 16-bit
+.it lodividend
+is divided by
+\fIdivisor\fR.
+The 16-bit signed quotient is returned by
+.it ldiv
+and the 16-bit signed remainder is returned by
+.it lrem.
+Divide check and erroneous results
+will occur
+unless the magnitude of the
+divisor is greater than that of the high-order
+dividend.
+.s3
+An integer division of an unsigned
+dividend by a signed divisor may
+be accomplished by
+.s3
+	quo = ldiv(0, dividend, divisor);
+.s3
+and similarly for the remainder operation.
+.s3
+Often both the quotient and the remainder are wanted.
+Therefore
+.it ldiv
+leaves a remainder in the external cell
+.it ldivr.
+.sh BUGS
+No divide check check.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/log.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/log.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..37e0fc84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/log.3
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'LOG (III)'3/15/72'LOG (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		log -- logarithm (base e)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,log
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The
+logarithm (base e) of fr0 is returned in fr0.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	The error bit (c-bit)
+is set if the input argument is less than or
+equal to zero and the result is set to the largest
+negative number.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/malloc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/malloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b241b30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/malloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+.TH MALLOC 3 
+.CT 2 mem_man
+.SH NAME
+malloc, free, realloc, calloc, cfree \- memory allocator
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *malloc(size)
+.B unsigned size;
+.PP
+.B free(ptr)
+.B char *ptr;
+.PP
+.B char *realloc(ptr, size)
+.B char *ptr;
+.B unsigned size;
+.PP
+.B char *calloc(nelem, elsize)
+.B unsigned nelem, elsize;
+.PP
+.B cfree(ptr)
+.B char *ptr;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Malloc
+and
+.I free
+provide a simple memory allocation package.
+.I Malloc
+returns a pointer to a new block of at least
+.I size
+bytes.
+The block is suitably aligned for storage of any type of object.
+No two active pointers from
+.I malloc
+will have the same value.
+.PP
+The argument to
+.I free
+is a pointer to a block previously allocated by
+.IR malloc ;
+this space is made available for further allocation.
+.PP
+.I Realloc
+changes the size of the block pointed to by
+.I ptr
+to
+.I size
+bytes and returns a pointer to the (possibly moved)
+block.
+The contents will be unchanged up to the
+lesser of the new and old sizes.
+The call
+.B "realloc((char*)0, size)
+means the same as
+.LR malloc(size) .
+.PP
+.I Calloc
+allocates space for
+an array of
+.I nelem
+elements of size
+.I elsize.
+The space is initialized to zeros.
+.I Cfree
+frees such a block.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR galloc (3), 
+.IR brk (2),
+.IR pool (3),
+.IR block (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Malloc, realloc
+and
+.I calloc
+return 0 if there is no available memory
+or if the arena has been detectably corrupted.
+.SH BUGS
+When
+.I realloc
+returns 0, the block pointed to by
+.I ptr
+may have been destroyed.
+.PP
+User errors can corrupt the storage arena.
+The most common gaffes are (1) freeing an already freed block,
+(2) storing beyond the bounds of an allocated block, and (3)
+freeing data that was not obtained from the allocator.
+To help find such errors, a diagnosing allocator
+may be loaded; use flag 
+.B -ldmalloc
+of
+.IR cc (1).
+An even more stringently checking version may be created
+by recompilation; see the source.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/manip.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/manip.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..70adfcbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/manip.3
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH MANIP 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+manipulators \- iostream out of band manipulations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+.ta1i 2i
+.nf
+#include <iostream.h>
+#include <iomanip.h>
+
+IOMANIPdeclare(T) ;
+
+class SMANIP(T) {
+	SMANIP(T)( ios& (*)(ios&,T), T);
+};
+
+class SAPP(T) {
+	SAPP(T)( ios& (*)(ios&,T));
+	SMANIP(T) operator()(T);
+};
+
+ios& SMANIP(T)::operator<<(ios&);
+ios& SMANIP(T)::operator>>(ios&);
+istream& SMANIP(T)::operator>>(istream&);
+ostream& SMANIP(T)::operator<<(ostream&);
+iostream& SMANIP(T)::operator<<(iostream&);
+iostream& SMANIP(T)::operator>>(iostream&);
+
+class IMANIP(T) {
+	IMANIP(T)( istream& (*)(istream&,T), T);
+};
+
+class IAPP(T) {
+	IAPP(T)( istream& (*)(istream&,T));
+	IMANIP(T) operator()(T);
+};
+
+istream& operator>>(IMANIP(T), istream&);
+
+class OMANIP(T) {
+	OMANIP(T)( ostream& (*)(ostream&,T), T);
+};
+
+class OAPP(T) {
+	OAPP(T)( ostream& (*)(ostream&,T));
+	OMANIP(T) operator()(T);
+};
+
+ostream& operator<<(OMANIP(T), ostream&);
+
+class IOMANIP(T) {
+	IOMANIP(T)( ios& (*)(ios&,T), T);
+};
+
+class IOAPP(T) {
+	IOAPP(T)( ios& (*)(ios&,T));
+	IOMANIP(T) operator()(T);
+};
+
+iostream& operator<<(SMANIP(T), iostream&);
+iostream& operator>>(SMANIP(T), iostream&);
+
+
+IOMANIPdeclare(int) ;
+
+IOMANIP(int)	setbase(int b)	;
+IOMANIP(int)	setw(int w) ;
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Manipulators are values that may be "inserted into" or
+"extracted from" streams in order to achieve some effect
+(other than to insert a representation of their value).
+Ideally the types relating to manipulators would be parameterized
+as "templates".
+The macros defined in \f(CWiomanip.h\fR are used to simulate a templates.
+\BIOMANIP(T)\fR declares 
+the various classes and operators. (All code is declared as inlines
+so that no separate definitions are required.)  Each of the other
+\fBT\fR is used to construct the real names and therefore
+must be a single
+identifer.  Each of the other macros also requires an identifier
+and expands to a name.
+.br
+\(em \fBt\fR is a \fBT\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBs\fR is an \f(CWios\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR is an \f(CWistream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBo\fR is an \f(CWostream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBio\fR is an \f(CWiostream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBf\fR is an \f(CWios& (*)(ios&)\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBif\fR is an \f(CWistream& (*)(istream&)\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBof\fR is an \f(CWostream& (*)(ostream&)\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBiof\fR is an \f(CWiostream& (*)(iostream&)\fR.
+.TP
+\fBs<<SMANIP(T)(f,t)\fR
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBs<<SMANIP(T)(f,t)\fR
+\fBs>>SMANIP(T)(f,t)\fR
+\fBs<<SAPP(T)(f)(t)\fR
+\fBs>>SAPP(T)(f)(t)\fR
+\fBi>>SMANIP(T)(if,t)\fR
+\fBi>>SAPP(T)(if)(t)\fR
+\fBo<<SMANIP(T)(of,t)\fR
+\fBo<<SAPP(T)(of)(t)\fR
+\fBio<<SMANIP(T)(iof,t)\fR
+\fBio>>SMANIP(T)(iof,t)\fR
+\fBio<<SAPP(T)(iof)(t)\fR
+\fBio>>SAPP(T)(iof)(t)\fR
+.in
+.fi
+Returns \fBfct(s,t)\fR, where \fBs\fR is the left operand of
+the insertion or extractor operator and \fBfct\fR is \fBf\fR,
+\fBif\R, \fBof\fR or \fBiof\fR.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBi>>IMANIP(T)(if,t)\fR
+\fBi>>IAPP(T)(if)(t)\fR
+.in
+.fi
+Return \fBif(i,t)\fR.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBo<<OMANIP(T)(of,t)\fR
+\fBo<<OAPP(T)(of)(t)\fR
+.in
+.fi
+Return \fBof(i,t)\fR.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBio<<IOMANIP(T)(iof,t)\fR
+\fBio>>IOMANIP(T)(iof,t)\fR
+\fBio<<IOAPP(T)(iof)(t)\fR
+\fBio>>IOAPP(T)(iof)(t)\fR
+.in
+.fi
+Return \fBiof(s,t)\fR.
+.PP
+\f(CWiomanip.h\fR contains a declaration, \f(CWIOMANIPdeclare(int)\fR
+and some functions:
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBo<<setbase(n)\fR
+\fBi>>setbase(n)\fR
+\fBio<<setbase(n)\fR
+\fBio>>setbase(n)\fR
+.in
+.fi
+Sets the conversion base of the stream (left hand operand) to \fBn\fR.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBo<<setw(n)\fR
+\fBi>>setw(n)\fR
+\fBio<<setw(n)\fR
+\fBio>>setw(n)\fR
+.in
+.fi
+Sets the \f(CWwidth\fR format state variable
+the stream (left hand operand) to \fBn\fR.
+.SH CAVEATS
+Syntax errors will be reported if
+\fBIOMANIP(T)\fR occurs more than once in a file with the
+same \fBT\fR.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+ios(3C++)
+istream(3C++)
+ostream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/map.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/map.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..21c3caf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/map.3
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+.TH MAP 3+
+.CT 2 datatype
+.SH NAME
+Map \- associative array classes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "#include <Map.h>"
+.PP
+.ds 1s \*S
+.ds S \fIS\fP
+.ds T \fIT\fP
+.ft L
+Mapdeclare(\*S,\*T)
+Mapimplement(\*S,\*T)
+.PP
+.ft L
+struct Map(\*S,\*T) {
+	Map(\*S,\*T)();
+	Map(\*S,\*T)(const \*T&);
+	Map(\*S,\*T)(const Map(\*S,\*T)&);
+	~Map(\*S,\*T);
+	Map(\*S,\*T)& operator= (const Map(\*S,\*T)&);
+	\*T& operator[] (int);
+	int size();
+	Mapiter(\*S,\*T) element(const \*S&);
+	Mapiter(\*S,\*T) first();
+	Mapiter(\*S,\*T) last();
+};
+.PP
+.ft L
+struct Mapiter(\*S,\*T) {
+	Mapiter(\*S,\*T) (const Map(\*S,\*T)&);
+	~Mapiter(\*S,\*T);
+	operator int();
+	\*S key();
+	\*T value();
+	Mapiter(\*S,\*T)& operator++ (Mapiter(\*S,\*T)&);
+	Mapiter(\*S,\*T)& operator-- (Mapiter(\*S,\*T)&);
+};
+.ft R
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A
+.I map
+is a collection of
+.I elements,
+each of which contains a
+.I key
+part of type
+.I S
+and a
+.I value
+part of type
+.I T,
+where
+.I S
+and
+.I T
+are type names.
+Both
+.I S
+and
+.I T
+must have value semantics:
+assignment or initialization have the effect of copying.
+(It is unlikely for
+.I S
+and
+.I T
+to be pointers.)
+.PP
+Map elements are ordered by key: type
+.I S
+must have a transitive boolean
+.BR operator< .
+.PP
+The macro call
+.L Mapdeclare(\*S,\*T)
+declares the classes
+.B Map(\*S,\*T)
+and
+.BR Mapiter(\*S,\*T) .
+It must appear once in every source file that uses either.
+The macro call
+.B Mapimplement(\*S,\*T)
+defines the functions that implement the map classes.
+It must appear exactly once in the entire program.
+.SS Map constructors
+.nr xx \w'\fLMap(\*S,\*T)(m)\ \fP'
+.TP \n(xxu
+.B Map(\*S,\*T)()
+An empty map.
+The value part of future elements
+is the value of an otherwise uninitialized
+static object of type
+.I T .
+.TP
+.BI Map(\*S,\*T)( x )
+An empty map whose future elements have
+default value
+.I x .
+.TP
+.BI Map(\*S,\*T)( m )
+A copy of map
+.I m
+obtained by copying the elements and default value of
+.I m.
+.SS Map operators
+.TP  \n(xxu
+.IB n " = " m
+All the elements of map
+.I n
+are deleted and and
+copies of the elements of
+.I m 
+are added.
+The default value of
+.I n
+does not change.
+Running time is
+.IR O (log(| m |)
++
+.RI log(| n |)),
+where
+.RI | m |
+means
+.IB m .size() .
+.TP
+.IB m [ k ]
+A reference
+to the value part of the element of map
+.I m
+with key
+.BR k .
+If the element does not exist, it is created.
+Running time is
+.IR O (log(| m |)) .
+.SS Other Map functions
+.TP  \n(xxu
+.IB m .size()
+The number of elements in
+.LR m .
+Running time is
+.IR O (1).
+.TP
+.IB m .element( k )
+A map iterator 
+referring to the element of
+.I m
+with key
+.I k
+if such an element exists.
+Otherwise the result is vacuous.
+Running time is
+.IR O (log(| m |)) .
+.TP
+.IB m .first()
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.IB m .last()
+A map iterator
+referring to the element of
+.I m
+with the smallest (or largest) key.
+If
+.L m
+has no elements, the result is vacuous.
+Running time is
+.IR O (log(| m |)) .
+.SS "Map iterators"
+For every class
+.B Map(\*S,\*T)
+there is a class
+.BR Mapiter(\*S,\*T) .
+A map iterator identifies a map object and possibly
+an element in that map.
+An iterator that does not identify an element is
+.IR vacuous .
+.SS Mapiter constructors
+.TP  \n(xxu
+.BI Mapiter(\*S,\*T)( m )
+A vacuous iterator referring to map
+.I m.
+Running time is
+.IR O (1).
+.SS Mapiter operators
+.TP  \n(xxu
+.IB i " = " j
+Make iterator
+.I i
+refer (for now) to the same map as does
+.I j.
+.TP
+.BI (int) i
+Zero if iterator
+.I i
+is vacuous, otherwise nonzero.
+.TP
+.BI ++ i
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.BI -- i
+If iterator
+.I i
+is vacuous, make it refer to the map element with
+the smallest (or largest) key
+Otherwise, make it refer to the map element with the
+next key greater (or less) than the key of the
+current element.
+If no such element exists,
+.I i
+becomes vacuous.
+The running time of a single increment
+operation for map
+.I m
+is
+.IR O (log(| m |)).
+However an iterator 
+takes only time
+.IR O (| m |)
+to sequence through the whole map.
+.SS Other mapiter functions
+.TP  \n(xxu
+.IB i .key()
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.IB i .value()
+The key (or value) part of the element referred to by
+.I i .
+If
+.I i
+is vacuous, return
+the value of an otherwise uninitialized static
+object of appropriate type.
+Running time is
+.IR O (1).
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.EX
+struct city { char name[100]; };
+typedef int population;
+int operator< (const city&, const city&);
+.EE
+.PP
+.B Mapdeclare(name,population)
+.PP
+.B Map(name,population) gazetteer;
+.PP
+.B "// Print big cities; set populations of others to zero.
+.PP
+.EX
+	for(Mapiter(name,population) i = gazetteer.first(); i; i++)
+		if(i.value() > 1000000)
+			printf("%s\en", i.key().name);
+		else
+			gazetteer[i.key()] = 0;
+.EE
+.SH BUGS
+A `type name'
+.B Map(\*S,\*T)
+or
+.BR Mapiter(\*S,\*T) 
+that contains spaces will be mangled by
+.IR cpp (8).
+.br
+There is no way to delete a single element.
+.br
+Ambiguities can occur if the type name
+.I S
+contains an underscore.
+.br
+No precautions are taken against running out of memory.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/memory.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/memory.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2edea28c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/memory.3
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+.TH MEMORY 3
+.CT 2 mem_man
+.SH NAME
+memccpy, memchr, memcmp, memcpy, memmove, memset \(mi memory operations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *memccpy(s1, s2, c, n)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.B int c, n;
+.PP
+.B char *memchr(s, c, n)
+.B char *s;
+.B int c, n;
+.PP
+.B int memcmp(s1, s2, n)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.B int n;
+.PP
+.B char *memcpy(s1, s2, n)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.B int n;
+.PP
+.B char *memmove(s1, s2, n)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.B int n;
+.PP
+.B char *memset(s, c, n)
+.B char *s;
+.B int c, n;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions operate efficiently on memory areas
+(arrays of characters bounded by a count, not terminated by a null character).
+They do not check for the overflow of any receiving memory area.
+.PP
+.I Memccpy
+copies characters from memory area
+.I s2
+into
+.IR s1 ,
+stopping after the first occurrence of character
+.I c
+has been copied, or after
+.I n
+characters have been copied, whichever comes first.
+It returns a pointer to the character after
+the copy of
+.I c
+in
+.IR s1 ,
+or zero if
+.I c
+was not found in the first
+.I n
+characters of
+.IR s2 .
+.PP
+.PP
+.I Memchr
+returns a pointer to the first
+occurrence of character
+.I c
+in the first
+.I n
+characters of memory area
+.IR s,
+or zero if
+.I c
+does not occur.
+.PP
+.I Memcmp
+compares its arguments, looking at the first
+.I n
+characters only, and returns an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than 0,
+according as
+.I s1
+is lexicographically less than, equal to, or
+greater than
+.IR s2 .
+.PP
+.I Memcpy
+copies
+.I n
+characters from memory area 
+.I s2
+to
+.I s1.
+It returns
+.I s1.
+.PP
+.I Memmove
+is the same as 
+.I memcpy,
+except it is guaranteed to handle overlapping strings as
+if the move had been made to a temporary and then to the destination.
+.PP
+.I Memset
+sets the first
+.I n
+characters in memory area
+.I s
+to the value of character
+.IR c .
+It returns
+.IR s .
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR string (3)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Memcmp
+uses native character comparison, which is signed
+on some machines, unsigned on others;
+thus the sign of the value returned when a
+character has its high-order bit set is implementation-dependent.
+.br
+Thanks to ANSI X3J11 for the 
+.IR memcpy/memmove
+distinction.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/mesg.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/mesg.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f44f6e5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/mesg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'MESG (III)'3/15/72'MESG (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		mesg  --  write message on typewriter
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr 	r5,mesg; <Now is the time\\0>; .even
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	mesg____
+writes the string immediately following its call onto
+the standard output file.
+The string must be terminated by an ASCII NULL byte.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/mktemp.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/mktemp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8505dce3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/mktemp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.TH MKTEMP 3
+.CT 2 file_inq_creat
+.SH NAME
+mktemp, tmpnam \(mi make a unique file name
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *mktemp(template)
+.B char *template;
+.PP
+.B #include <tmpnam.h>
+.PP
+.B char *tmpnam(s)
+.B char s[L_tmpnam];
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Mktemp
+replaces
+.I template
+by a unique file name, and returns the
+address of the template.
+The template should look like a file name with six trailing
+.LR X s,
+which will be replaced with the
+current process id and a unique letter.
+.PP
+.I Tmpnam
+places in the string pointed to by
+.I s
+a unique file name referring to the standard
+.F /tmp
+directory for temporary files and returns
+.I s.
+If
+.I s
+is 0,
+.I tmpnam
+returns the address of a fixed internal buffer that contains the name.
+(Note: it is bad form to leave files in the temporary directory.)
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR getpid " in"
+.IR getuid (2)
+.SH BUGS
+After many calls to
+.IR tmpnam ,
+the resulting filenames may have strange characters.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/mkunique.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/mkunique.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc123c83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/mkunique.3
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+.TH MKUNIQUE 3
+.CT 2 file_inq_creat
+.SH NAME
+mkunique, tmpnam \(mi make a file with a unique name
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *mkunique(template, mode, fdp)
+.B char *template;
+.B int *fdp;
+.PP
+.B tmpnam(s)
+.B char *s;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Mkunique
+creates a file with a unique name and the specified
+.I mode
+and returns a pointer to a
+.IR malloc (3)-ed
+copy of the unique name.
+.PP
+If the new file resides in an ordinary directory,
+the unique name will be the template suffixed by 8 digits,
+the first 5 of which are the current process id.
+The last component of the template should not
+be more than 6 characters long.
+In a blind directory, the entire last component of
+the unique name will be a random string; see
+.IR creat (2).
+.LP
+If the pointer
+.I fdp
+is nonzero, the location pointed to will be filled in
+with a file descriptor for the file, open for writing.
+.LP
+Note.
+It is bad form to leave files in the temporary directory.
+One way to avoid doing so is to
+.IR unlink (2)
+temporary files as soon
+as they are opened.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR tmpnam (1)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Zero is returned if the operation fails for any reason.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/mon.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/mon.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..782d31db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/mon.3
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+.th MONITOR III 5/10/73
+.sh NAME
+monitor \*- prepare execution profile
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+monitor(lowpc, highpc, buffer, bufsize)
+.br
+int lowpc( ), highpc( ), buffer[ ], bufsize;
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Monitor
+is an interface to the system's profile entry (II).
+.it lowpc
+and
+.it highpc
+are the names of two functions;
+.it buffer
+is the address of a (user supplied)
+array of
+.it bufsize
+integers.
+.it Monitor
+arranges for the system to sample the user's
+program counter periodically
+and record the execution histogram in
+the buffer.
+The lowest address sampled
+is that of
+.it lowpc
+and the highest is
+just below \fIhighpc\fR.
+For the results to be significant,
+especially where there are small, heavily
+used routines,
+it is suggested that the buffer be no more
+than a few times smaller than the range
+of locations sampled.
+.s3
+To profile the entire program,
+it is sufficient to use
+.s3
+	extern etext;
+	...
+	monitor(2, &etext, buf, bufsize);
+.s3
+.it etext
+is a loader-defined symbol which lies just above all the
+program text.
+.s3
+To stop execution monitoring and write the results
+on the file \fBmon.out\fR.
+use
+.s3
+	monitor(0);
+.s3
+Then, when the program exits, prof (I) can be used
+to examine the results.
+.sh FILES
+mon.out
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+prof (I), profil (II)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/monitor.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/monitor.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..761b30bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/monitor.3
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+.TH MONITOR 3
+.CT 2 debug_tune
+.SH NAME
+monitor \(mi prepare execution profile
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B monitor(lowpc, highpc, buffer, bufsize, nfunc)
+.B int (*lowpc)(), (*highpc)();
+.B short buffer[];
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+An executable program created by
+.L
+cc -p
+automatically includes calls for
+.I monitor
+with default parameters;
+.I monitor
+needn't be called explicitly
+except to gain fine control over profiling.
+.PP
+.I Monitor
+is an interface to
+.IR profil (2).
+.I Lowpc
+and
+.I highpc
+are the addresses of two functions;
+.I buffer
+is the address of a (user supplied)
+array of
+.I bufsize
+bytes.
+.I Monitor
+arranges to record a histogram of
+periodically sampled values of the program counter,
+and of counts of calls
+of certain functions, in the buffer.
+The lowest address sampled
+is that of
+.I lowpc
+and the highest is
+just below
+.IR highpc .
+At most
+.I nfunc
+call counts can be kept; only calls of functions
+compiled with the profiling option
+.B -p
+of
+.IR cc (1)
+are recorded.
+For the results to be significant,
+especially where there are small, heavily
+used routines,
+it is suggested that the buffer be no more
+than a few times smaller than the range
+of locations sampled.
+The default values for
+.I bufsize
+and
+.I nfunc
+are
+(\f2highpc\fP\-\f2lowpc\fP)/8
+and 300 respectively.
+.PP
+To profile the entire program, use
+.PP
+.nf
+.ft L
+	extern etext();
+	. . .
+	monitor((int (*)())2, etext, buf, bufsize, nfunc);
+.ft P
+.fi
+.PP
+.I Etext
+lies just above all the
+program text, see
+.IR end (3).
+For the highest resolution profiling on the VAX, use
+.B
+bufsize = ((int)highpc)-((int)lowpc)+12+8*nfunc\fR.
+.PP
+To stop execution monitoring and write the results
+on the file
+.I mon.out,
+use
+.PP
+.L
+	monitor((int (*)())0);
+.LP
+then
+.IR prof (1)
+can be used
+to examine the results.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F mon.out
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR prof (1), 
+.IR profil (2), 
+.IR cc (1)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/mp.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/mp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..51ea232d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/mp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+.TH MP 3X
+.CT 2 math
+.SH NAME
+itom, mfree, madd, msub, mult, mdiv, sdiv, msqrt, mgcd, min, mout,
+fmin, fmout, move, mcmp,
+rpow, mpow \(mi multiple precision integer arithmetic
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.2C
+.B "#include <mp.h>"
+.B "#include <stdio.h>"
+.PP
+.B mint *itom(n)
+.B short n;
+.PP
+.B mfree(a)
+.B mint *a;
+.PP
+.B madd(a, b, c)
+.B mint *a, *b, *c;
+.PP
+.B msub(a, b, c)
+.B mint *a, *b, *c;
+.PP
+.B mult(a, b, c)
+.B mint *a, *b, *c;
+.PP
+.B mgcd(a, b, c)
+.B mint *a, *b, *c;
+.PP
+.B mdiv(a, b, q, r)
+.B mint *a, *b, *q, *r;
+.PP
+.B sdiv(a, n, q, r)
+.B mint *a, *q;
+.B short n, *r;
+.PP
+.B \&
+.B msqrt(a, b, r)
+.B mint *a, *b, *r;
+.PP
+.B rpow(a, n, c)
+.B mint *a, *c;
+.PP
+.B mpow(a, b, m, c)
+.B mint *a, *b, *m, *c;
+.PP
+.B move(a, b)
+.B mint *a, *b;
+.PP
+.B mcmp(a, b)
+.B mint *a, *b;
+.PP
+.B int min(a)
+.B mint *a;
+.PP
+.B mout(a)
+.B mint *a;
+.PP
+.B int fmin(a, f)
+.B mint *a;
+.B FILE *f;
+.PP
+.B fmout(a, f)
+.B mint *a;
+.B FILE *f;
+.1C
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines perform arithmetic on arbitrary-length integers
+of defined type
+.I mint.
+The functions are obtained with the
+.IR ld (1)
+option
+.BR -lmp .
+.PP
+Pointers to
+.I mint
+must be initialized using the function
+.IR itom ,
+which sets the initial value to
+.IR n .
+Thereafter space is managed automatically.
+The space may be freed by
+.IR mfree ,
+making the variable uninitialized.
+.PP
+.I Madd, msub, mult,
+and
+.I mgcd
+assign to their third arguments the sum, difference,
+product, and greatest common divisor, respectively, of their first two arguments.
+.PP
+.I Mdiv
+assigns the quotient and remainder, respectively,
+to its third and fourth arguments.
+The remainder is nonnegative and less than the divisor in magnitude.
+.I Sdiv
+is like
+.I mdiv
+except that the divisor is an ordinary integer.
+.PP
+.I Msqrt
+assigns the square root and remainder to its second and third arguments,
+respectively.
+.PP
+.I Rpow
+calculates
+.I a
+raised to the power
+.IR n ;
+.I mpow
+calculates this reduced modulo
+.IR m .
+.PP
+.IR Move
+assigns (by copying) the value of its first argument to its second argument.
+.PP
+.IR Mcmp
+returns a negative, zero, or positive integer if the value of its
+first argument is less than,
+equal to, or greater than, respectively,
+the value of its second argument.
+.PP
+.I Min
+and
+.I mout
+do decimal conversion from
+.B stdin
+and to
+.BR stdout ,
+.I fmin
+and
+.I fmout
+use file 
+.IR f ;
+see
+.IR stdio (3).
+.I Min
+and
+.I fmin
+return
+.B EOF
+on end of file.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Illegal operations and running out of memory
+produce messages and core images.
+.SH BUGS
+.I Itom
+and
+.I sdiv
+fail if 
+.I n
+is the most negative short integer.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/mvefil.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/mvefil.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e4252e49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/mvefil.3
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.TH MVEFIL 3X cray
+.SH NAME
+mvefil \- movie of a function f(x, y, t)
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "call mvefil(unit, time, nx, ny, fmin, fmax, outsid, f)"
+.br
+.B "integer unit, nx, ny"
+.br
+.B "real time, fmin, fmax, outsid, f(nx,ny)"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Each call of the FORTRAN routine
+.I mvefil
+writes a frame in a printing ascii format
+that can be converted to
+.IR view2d (5).
+When loading, use the
+.IR f77 (1)
+option
+.BR \-lspec .
+.I Unit
+is a FORTRAN logical unit number for output, typically 30.
+.I Nx, ny
+give the grid size.
+.I Time
+is a (nondecreasing) frame index, typically set to simulation time
+or iteration count.
+.I Fmin
+and
+.I fmax
+should normally be 0 on input;
+on output they will be set to the range of the data.
+If not equal on input, they will be assumed as the
+range of the data.
+.I f
+is the
+.I nx
+by
+.I ny
+array of data.
+There is a threshold for describing nonrectangular regions:
+any value less than or equal to
+.I outsid
+is treated as
+out of bounds and will appear as black.
+.PP
+After running this on
+.I 3k,
+on your local machine, type
+.br
+.BI view3k " crayfile localfile"
+.br
+where
+.I crayfile
+is typically
+.B fort.30
+and
+.I localfile
+will be created in
+.IR view2d (5)
+format.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+view2d(1), view2d(5)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/nargs.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/nargs.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..019287a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/nargs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+.th NARGS III 5/10/73
+.sh NAME
+nargs \*- argument count
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.bd "nargs( )"
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Nargs
+returns the number of actual parameters
+supplied by the caller of the routine which calls 
+\fInargs\fR.
+.s3
+The argument count is accurate only when
+none of the actual parameters is
+.it float
+or
+\fIdouble\fR.
+Such parameters count as four arguments instead of one.
+.sh BUGS
+As indicated.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/nlist.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/nlist.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5c67d5ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/nlist.3
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'NLIST (III)'6/12/72'NLIST (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		nlist -- get entries from name list
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr r5,nlist; file; list
+.br
+.li
+...
+.br
+.ti -6
+file: <file name\\0>; .even
+.br
+.ti -6
+list:
+.br
+<name1xxx>; type1; value1
+.br
+<name2xxx>; type2; value2
+.br
+.li
+...
+.br
+0
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	nlist_____
+will examine the name list in
+the given assembler output file
+and selectively extract a
+list of values.
+The name list consists of
+a list of 8-character names (null padded)
+each followed by two words.
+The list is terminated with a zero.
+Each name is looked up in the name list of
+the file.
+If the name is found, the type and value of the
+name are placed in the two words following
+the name.
+If the name is not found, the type entry is set to -1.
+.sp
+This subroutine is useful for
+examining the system name list kept in
+the file /sys/sys/unix.
+In this way programs can obtain system 'magic'
+numbers that are up to date.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	a.out(V)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	All
+type entries are set to -1 if the file cannot be found
+or if it is not a valid namelist.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/notary.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/notary.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c90e56ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/notary.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+.TH NOTARY 3
+.CT 2 sa secur
+.SH NAME
+xs, enroll, verify, reverify, keynotary \(mi certification functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "char *xs(char *key, char *buf, int n)
+.B "enroll(char *name, char *oldkey, char *newkey)
+.B "verify(char *name, char *xsum, char *buf, int n)
+.B "rverify(char *name, char *xsum, char *buf, int n)
+.B "keynotary(char *key1, char *key2)
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+All these functions except
+.I xs
+must be linked with option
+.B -lipc
+of
+.IR ld (1).
+.PP
+.I Xs
+composes a cryptographic checksum of the 
+.I n
+characters starting at
+.IR buf.
+The
+.I key
+argument points to an 8-character checksumming key.
+A pointer is returned to a null-terminated 
+.SM ASCII
+checksum.
+.PP
+.I Enroll
+registers a checksumming key for user 
+.I name
+with 
+.IR notary (1),
+only one checksumming key per user name at a time.
+On first registry
+the
+.I oldkey
+argument is ignored.
+On subsequent registries, the
+.I oldkey
+argument must match the currently stored
+checksumming key.
+The new checksumming key is
+.IR newkey ;
+if
+.I newkey
+is trivial,
+.I name
+is deregistered.
+.PP
+.I Verify
+consults the notary oracle
+to check the validity of a checksum composed by
+.IR xs.
+A non zero return value signifies that the checksum was
+calculated using the checksumming key registered with
+the notary oracle as belonging to user
+.IR name .
+.I Rverify
+does what 
+.I verify
+does, but leaves the connection to the oracle open
+until presented with a NULL
+value for
+.IR name .
+Hence, subsequent calls to
+.I rverify
+should be quicker.
+.PP
+.I Keynotary
+is used to tell the notary daemon the key for
+its private encrypted data.
+.I Key1
+is the key the data is currently encrypted with;
+.I key2
+(if nonzero)
+is the key to use in the future.
+A file descriptor is returned, from which diagnostic information
+may be read.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR notary (1),
+.IR ipc (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Verify
+and
+.I enroll
+return zero on failure, otherwise nonzero.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/openshares.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/openshares.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..270c64e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/openshares.3
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+.TH OPENSHARES 3 SHARE
+.SH NAME
+openshares \- open shares file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "int openshares(lock)"
+.br
+.B "int lock;"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Openshares
+attempts to open the shares file for writing,
+otherwise,
+if 
+.I lock
+is 0,
+it attempts to open it for reading.
+If one of the opens succeeds,
+it returns 1,
+otherwise it returns 0.
+.PP
+If the shares file is already open,
+this routine does nothing.
+.SH FILES
+.PD 0
+.TP "\w'/etc/sharesXXXX'u"
+/etc/shares
+Shares data-base.
+.PD
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+closeshares(3),
+getshares(3),
+getshput(3),
+putshares(3),
+sharesfile(3).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ostream.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ostream.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..29107c78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ostream.3
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH IOS.OUT 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+ostream \- formatted and unformatted output
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+.ta1i 2i
+.nf
+#include <iostream.h>
+
+typedef long streamoff, streampos;
+class ios {
+public:
+	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
+	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
+	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
+	} ;
+
+class ostream : ios {
+public:
+	ostream&	flush();
+	int	opfx();
+	ostream&	put(char c);
+	ostream&	seekp(streampos pos);
+	ostream&	seekp(streamoff off, seek_dir d);
+	streampos	tellp();
+	ostream&	write(const char*  ptr,int n);
+	ostream&	write(const unsigned    char* ptr, int n);
+	ostream&	operator<<(const char*);
+	ostream&	operator<<(char);
+	ostream&	operator<<(short);
+	ostream&	operator<<(int a);
+	ostream&	operator<<(long);
+	ostream&	operator<<(double);
+	ostream&	operator<<(unsigned char);
+	ostream&	operator<<(unsigned short);
+	ostream&	operator<<(unsigned int);
+	ostream&	operator<<(unsigned long);
+	ostream&	operator<<(void*);
+	ostream&	operator<<(const streambuf&);
+	ostream&	operator<<(ostream& (*)(ostream&));
+};
+
+class ostream_withassign {
+		ostream_withassign();
+	istream&	operator=(istream&);
+	istream&	operator=(streambuf*);
+};
+
+extern ostream_withassign cout;
+extern ostream_withassign cerr;
+extern ostream_withassign clog;
+
+
+ostream&	endl(ostream& i) ;
+ostream&	ends(ostream& i) ;
+ostream&	flush(ostream&	i) ;
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\f(CWistream\fRs support
+insertion (storing) into an \f(CWstreambuf\fR.
+These are commonly refered to as output operations.
+.PP
+Assume:
+.br
+\(em \fBouts\fR is an \f(CWostream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBoutswa\fR is an \f(CWostream_withassign\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBoutsp\fR is an \f(CWostream*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBc\fR is a \f(CWchar\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBptr\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR or \f(CWunsigned char*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR and \fBn\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseek_dir\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBmanip\fR is a function with type \f(CWostream& (*)(ostream&)\fR.
+.PP
+.PP
+Constructors and assignment:
+.TP
+\fBostream(sb)\fR
+Initializes \fBios\fR state variables and associates stream with
+buffer \fBsb\fR.
+\fBostream_withassign()\fR
+Does no initialization.  This allows a file static
+variable of this type
+(\fBcout\fR for example) to be used before it is constructed provided
+it is assigned to first.
+.TP
+\fBoutswa=sb\fR
+Associates \fBsb\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
+state of \fBoutswa\fR.
+.TP
+\fBinswa=ins\fR
+Associates \fBins->rdbuf()\fR with \fBswa\fR and initializes the entire
+state of \fBoutswa\fR.
+The inserters:
+.TP
+\fBouts<<x\fR
+First call \fBouts.opfx()\fR.  If that returns 0 do nothing.
+Otherwise insert a sequence of characters
+representing \fBx\fR into \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR.
+Errors are indicated by setting
+the error state of \fBouts\fR.
+\fBouts\fR is always returned.
+.RS
+.PP
+\fBx\fR is converted into a sequence of characters
+(its representation) according
+to rules that depend on \fBx\fR's type and
+\fBouts\fR's format state variables (see \fIios\fR(3C++)):
+.TP
+\f(CWchar*\fR
+The representation is the sequence of characters up to
+(but not including)
+the terminating null of the string \fBx\fR points at.
+.TP
+\fIany integral type\fR
+If \fBx\fR is positive
+the representation contains a sequence of
+decimal, octal, or hexadecimal digits with no leading zeros
+according to whether
+\fBouts.convbase()\fR is 10, 8, or 16 respectively.
+If \fBx\fR is zero the representation is a single
+zero character(\f(CW0\fR).
+If \fBx\fR is negative, decimal conversion converts is to a minus
+sign (\f(CW-\fR) followed by decimal digits.
+The other conversions treat all values as unsigned.
+A value of 0 for \fBouts.convbase()\fR
+also causes decimal conversion.
+The effect of other values of \fBouts.convbase()\fR is undefined.
+If \fBouts.showbase()\fR
+is non-zero the hex representation contains 
+\f(CW0x\fR before the hex digits.
+If \fBouts.showbase()\fR is non-zero the octal representation contains
+a leading 0.
+.TP
+\f(CWvoid*\fR
+Pointers are cast to integral values and then converted
+to hexadecimal numbers as if \fBouts.showbase()\fR were set.
+.TP
+\f(CWfloat\fR, \f(CWdouble\fR
+The arguments are converted according to the current values
+of \fBouts.precision()\fR, \fBouts.floatfmt()\fR, and \fBouts.width()\fR
+using the printf formatting conventions for
+\f(CW"%\fBfloatfmt\f(CW"\fR.
+The default values for \fBouts.floatfmt()\fR and \fBouts.precision()\fR
+are \f(CWg\fR and 6 respectively.
+.PP
+After the representation is determined, padding occurs.
+If \fBouts.width()\fR
+is greater than 0
+and the representation contains less than \fBouts.width()\fR
+characters, then enough \fBouts.fill()\fR characters are added
+to bring the total number of characters to \fBios.width()\fR.
+If \fBios.ladjust()\fR is non-zero the sequence is left adjusted.
+That is, characters are added after the characters determined above.
+Otherwise the padding is added before the characters determined
+above. \fBios.width()\fR is reset to 0, but all other format
+state variables are unchanged.  The resulting sequence (padding
+plus representation) is inserted into \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBouts<<sb\fR
+If \fBouts.opfx()\fR returns non-zero
+the sequence of characters that can be fetched from \fBsb\fR
+are inserted into \fBouts.rdbuf\fR.  Insertion stops when
+no more characters can be fetcheded from \fBsb\fR.  No padding
+is performed.  Always return \fBouts\fR.
+.PP
+Other members:
+.TP
+\fBi=outs.opfx()\fR
+If \fBouts\fR's error state is nonzero returns immediately.
+If \fBouts.tie()\fR is non-null flush it.
+Returns non-zero except when \fBouts\fR'es error state is nonzero.
+.TP
+\fBoutsp=&outs.flush()\fR
+storing characters into a streambuf does not always
+cause them to be consumed (e.g., written to the external file)
+immediately.
+\fBflush\fR
+causes any characters that may have been stored but not yet consumed
+to be consumed by calling \fBouts.rdbuf()->sync\fR.
+.TP
+\fBouts<<manip\fR
+Equivalent to \fBmanip(outs)\fR.
+Syntactically this looks like an insertion
+operation, but semantically it does an arbitrary operations
+rather than converting \fBmanip\fR to a sequence of characters as
+do the insertion operators.
+.PP
+Unformatted output functions:
+.TP
+\fBoutsp=&outs.put(c)\fR
+Inserts \fBc\fR into \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR.  Sets the error state if
+the insertion fails.
+.TP
+\fBoutsp=&outs.write(s,n)\fR
+Inserts the
+\fBn\fR
+characters starting at \fBs\fR into \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR.
+These characters may include zeros (i.e., \fBs\fR need not be
+a null terminated string).
+.PP
+Positioning functions:
+.TP
+\fBoutsp=&ins.seekp(off,dir)\fR
+Repositions \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR's put pointer.
+See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
+.TP
+\fBoutsp=&outs.seekp(pos)\fR
+Repositions \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR's put pointer.
+See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
+.TP
+\fBpos=outs.tellp()\fR
+The current position of \fBouts.rdbuf()\fR's put pointer.
+See \fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++)\fR for a discussion of positioning.
+.PP
+Manipulators:
+.TP
+\fBouts<<endl\fR
+Ends a line by inserting a newline character and flushing.
+.TP
+\fBouts<<ends\fR
+Ends a string by inserting a null(0) character.
+.TP
+\fBouts<<flush\fR
+Flushes \fBouts\fR
+.SH SEE ALSO
+ios(3C++)
+sbuf.pub(3C++)
+manip(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/perror.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/perror.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f1b603d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/perror.3
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.th PERROR III 11/5/73
+.sh NAME
+perror \*- system error messages
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+perror(s)
+.br
+char *s;
+.s3
+int sys\*_nerr;
+.br
+char *sys\*_errlist[];
+.s3
+int errno;
+.ft R
+.br
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Perror
+produces a short error message
+describing the last error encountered during a call
+to the system from a C program.
+First the argument string
+.it s
+is printed, then a colon, then the message and a new-line.
+Most usefully, the argument string is the name
+of the program which incurred the error.
+The error number is taken from the external variable
+.it errno,
+which is set when errors occur but not cleared when
+non-erroneous calls are made.
+.s3
+To simplify variant formatting
+of messages, the vector of message strings
+.it sys\*_errlist
+is provided;
+.it errno
+can be used as an index in this table to get the
+message string without the newline.
+.it Sys\*_nerr
+is the largest message number provided for in the table;
+it should be checked because new
+error codes may be added to the system before
+they are added to the table.
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+Introduction to System Calls
+.sh BUGS
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/pex.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/pex.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7ca3ce03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/pex.3
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+.TH PEX 3
+.SH NAME
+pex, unpex \- obtain process-exclusive file access
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/pex.h>
+.PP
+.B int pex(fd, seconds, pexbuf)
+.br
+.B struct pexclude *pexbuf;
+.PP
+.B int unpex(fd, seconds)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Pex
+tries, using the
+.CW FIOPX
+ioctl call, to obtain exclusive access to the file designated by
+file descriptor
+.IR fd ;
+see
+.IR pex (4).
+If
+.I pexbuf
+is nonzero, facts about the 
+other end of the pipe are placed in the object
+.I pexbuf
+points to, as described in
+.IR pex (4).
+.PP
+If
+.I fd
+refers to a stream, 
+.I pex
+first empties the input and output queues,
+flushing if
+.I seconds
+is negative, and otherwise waiting up to the specified
+time interval for the queues to drain.
+If the queues do not drain, an error results.
+.PP
+.I Unpex
+uses
+.CW FIONPX
+to try to reverse the effect of
+.I pex,
+again flushing or draining queues as specified by
+.I seconds.
+.PP
+On a pipe,
+.I pex
+or
+.I unpex
+succeeds only if the process at the other end answers
+with an FIOPX or FIONPX ioctl respectively.
+.I Pex
+and
+.I unpex
+should not be used to answer.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR pex (4)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Pex
+returns \-1 on failure, 0 on success, and 1 for a half-pexed
+pipe.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/picfile.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/picfile.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..43061a17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/picfile.3
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+.TH PICFILE 3X
+.CT graphics files
+.SH NAME
+picopen_r, picopen_w, picread, picwrite, picclose, picputprop, picgetprop, picunpack, picpack, picerror \- picture file I/O
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <picfile.h>
+.PP
+.B PICFILE *picopen_r(name)
+.B char *name;
+.PP
+.B "PICFILE *picopen_w(name, type, x0, y0, w, h, chan, argv, cmap)
+.B "char *name, *type, *chan, *argv[], *cmap;
+.PP
+.B int picread(pf, buf)
+.B PICFILE *pf;
+.B char *buf;
+.PP
+.B int picwrite(pf, buf)
+.B PICFILE *pf;
+.B char *buf;
+.PP
+.B void picclose(pf)
+.B PICFILE *pf;
+.PP
+.B PICFILE *picputprop(pf, name, value)
+.B PICFILE *pf;
+.B char *name, *value;
+.PP
+.B char *picgetprop(pf, name)
+.B PICFILE *pf;
+.B char *name;
+.PP
+.B "void picunpack(pf, pix, fmt, arg ...)
+.B PICFILE *pf;
+.B char *pix, *fmt;
+.PP
+.B "void picpack(pf, pix, fmt, arg ...)
+.B PICFILE *pf;
+.B char *pix, *fmt;
+.PP
+.B "void picerror(string)
+.B char *string;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions read and write raster images in
+.IR picfile (5)
+format.
+They are loaded by option
+.B -lpicfile
+of
+.IR ld (1).
+Open picture files are referred to by pointers of type
+.BR PICFILE* .
+.PP
+.I Picopen_r
+opens the named picfile for reading and returns a pointer
+to the open file.
+If
+.I name
+is
+.L
+"IN"\fR,
+standard input is used.
+.PP
+.I Picopen_w
+similarly creates the named image file for writing.
+The name
+.L
+"OUT"
+refers to standard output.
+.I Type
+is a
+.B TYPE
+attribute, as described in
+.IR picfile (5);
+.I x0
+and
+.I y0
+are the upper left coordinates of the
+.BR WINDOW 
+attribute;
+.I w
+and
+.I h
+are the image width and heigth in pixels.
+.I Chan
+is a string specifying the order of channels for the
+.B CHAN
+attribute; the length of this string becomes the value of
+.BR NCHAN .
+.I Argv,
+if nonzero, is
+conventionally the second argument of the main program;
+see
+.IR exec (2).
+It becomes a 
+.B COMMAND
+attribute recording the provenance of the file.
+.PP
+The special call
+.B picopen_w(name, PIC_SAMEARGS(pf))
+creates a file with the same attributes as an already open
+picfile.
+.B PIC_SAMEARGS
+mentions
+.I argv
+by name, hence the name must be visible at the point of call.
+.PP
+.I Picread
+and
+.I picwrite
+read or write a single row of pixels using the
+character array
+.I buf.
+The length of the row is determined from the file's
+.B WINDOW
+and
+.B NCHAN
+attributes.
+One-bit-per-pixel images (of type
+.B bitmap
+or
+.BR ccitt-g4 ,
+for example)
+are decoded to one byte per pixel, 0 for black, 255 for white, and
+are encoded as 1 for pixel values less than 128 and 0 otherwise.
+Files of type
+.B ccir601
+are decoded into conventional
+.B rgb
+channels.
+.PP
+.I Picclose
+closes a picfile and frees associated storage.
+.PP
+.I Picputprop
+called after 
+.I picopen_w
+but before
+.I picwrite
+adds header attributes, returning a (probably changed) value of the 
+.B PICFILE
+pointer.
+.PP
+.I Picgetprop
+returns a pointer to the value of the named attribute, or
+0 if the picfile does not have the attribute.
+In both
+.I Picputprop
+and
+.I picgetprop,
+with multiple appearances (e.g.
+.BR COMMAND )
+are expressed as a sequence of
+values separated by newlines.
+.PP
+The header file defines macros to extract commonly-used
+attributes:
+.IP
+.EX
+PIC_NCHAN(pf), PIC_WIDTH(pf), PIC_HEIGHT(pf),
+PIC_SAMEARGS(pf) \fR(see \fP\&picopen_w\fR)\fP
+.EE
+.PP
+.I Picunpack
+extracts the channels of pixel array
+.I pix
+into separate array
+.I args
+of types described by the
+.I fmt
+character string.
+Format characters are
+.BR c ,
+.BR s ,
+.BR l ,
+.BR f ,
+.BR d ,
+for arrays of types unsigned char, short, long,
+float, and double.
+Format character
+.B _
+designates a picfile channel to be skipped.
+.I Picpack
+reverses the process.
+These routines effect a standard machine-independent byte
+ordering.
+.PP
+.IR Picerror
+prints messages for errors resulting from calls to
+.I picfile
+routines.
+.RI ( Perror (3)
+cannot describe some error conditions,
+like malformed header lines.)
+.SH EXAMPLES
+Unpack the green and z channels from a file with channels
+.B rgbz...
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.EX
+PICFILE *pf = picopen_r("file");
+extern char pixels[], green[][1000];
+extern float zdepth[][1000];
+for(i=0; picread(pf, pixels); i)
+	picunpack(pf, pixels, "_c_f", green[i], zdepth[i]);
+.EE
+.PP
+Reflect a picture about its vertical midline.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.EX
+PICFILE *in = picopen_r("picture");
+PICFILE *out = picopen_w("OUT", PIC_SAMEARGS(in));
+int w = PIC_WIDTH(in);
+int n = PIC_NCHAN(in);
+char *buffer = malloc(w*n), *temp = malloc(n);
+while (picread(in, buffer)) {
+	char *left = buffer;
+	char *right = buffer + n*(w - 1);
+	for( ; left<right; left+=n, right-=n) {
+		strncpy(temp, left, n);
+		strncpy(left, right, n);
+		strncpy(right, temp, n);
+	}
+	picwrite(out, buffer);
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR picfile (5),
+.IR pico (1),
+.IR bcp (1)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Picread
+returns 1 on success, 0 on end of file or error.
+.br
+.I Picopen_r
+and
+.I picopen_w
+return 0 for unopenable files.
+.SH BUGS
+.I Picpack
+and
+.I picunpack
+store and retrieve floating point channels (types
+.B f
+and
+.BR d )
+using native floating-point, rather than something
+machine independent like IEEE format.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/pipebuf.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/pipebuf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb7d6543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/pipebuf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH PIPEBUF 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+pipebuf \- streambuf specialized as circular queue
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft B
+.ta1i 2i
+#include <iostream.h>
+#include <pipestream.h>
+
+class pipebuf :	streambuf {
+		pipebuf();
+	int 	empty();
+	int	full();
+	streambuf*	setbuf(char* ptr, int len);
+} ;
+.ft R
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A \f(CWpipebuf\fR
+uses its reserve area to support a circular
+queue of characters.
+In terms of the abstract notion of buffer a \f(CWpipebuf\fR
+is a potentially infinite sequence in which the put pointer
+and get pointer move independently.
+The put pointer is always at the end of the sequence, and
+puts extend the sequence.
+As long as the get pointer remains behind the put pointer, but
+not too far behind, fetching and storing can continue indefinitely.
+Seeks are not supported.
+.PP
+Assume
+.br
+\(em \fBpb\fR is a \f(CWpipebuf\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBptr\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR and \fBlen\fR are an \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBsb\fR is \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
+.PP
+Constructor:
+.TP
+\fBpipebuf()\fR
+Constructs an empty buffer.
+.PP
+Members:
+.TP
+\fBi=pb.empty()\fR
+Returns non-zero if the get pointer is at the end of the sequence,
+and attempts to get characters will therefore fail.
+.TP
+\fBi=pb.full()\fR
+Returns non-zero if there is no more room for putting
+characters.  In the current implementation, the capacity of
+the buffer is one less than the size of the reserve area.
+.TP
+\fBsb=pb.setbuf(ptr,len)\fR
+Establishes the \fBlen\fR bytes starting at \fBptr\fR
+as the reserve area.  Normally it will return \fB&pb\fR.  But
+it will return a null pointer if it fails.  Failure occurs
+if \fBpb.empty()\fR is zero, or if \fBlen\fR is less than 2.
+.SH CAVEATS
+There ought to be a version with an unbounded capacity.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+streambuf(3C++)
+pipestream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/pipestream.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/pipestream.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef696712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/pipestream.3
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH PIPESTREAM 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+pipestream \- iostream specialized as circular buffer
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+.ta1i 2i
+.nf
+#include <iostream.h>
+#include <pipestream.h>
+
+class pipestream : public iostream {
+public:
+		pipestream();
+		pipestream(char* ptr, int len);
+	pipebuf*	rdbuf();
+	} ;
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\f(CWpipestream\fR 
+specializes
+\f(CWiostream\fR
+to use a circular buffer (\f(CWpipebuf\fR).
+.PP
+Assume
+.br
+\(em \fBps\fR is a \f(CWpipestream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBptr\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBlen\fR is an \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpb\fR is a \f(CWpipebuf*\fR.
+.PP
+Constructors:
+.TP
+\fBpipestream()\fR
+Constructs a \f(CWpipestream\fP with an empty \f(CWpipebuf\fR.
+.TP
+\fBpipestream(ptr,len)\fR
+Constructs a \f(CWpipestream\fP with a \f(CWpipebuf\fR
+that uses the \fBlen\fR bytes
+at \fBptr\fR as a reserve area.
+.PP
+Members:
+.TP
+\fBpb=ps.rdbuf()\fR
+Returns the associated \fBpipebuf\fR. \fBpipebuf::rdbuf\fR has
+the same semantics as \fBstreambuf::rdbuf\fR, but the type of
+the result is more precise.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+pipebuf(3C++)
+ios(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/plot.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/plot.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..56d7b291
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/plot.3
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+.TH PLOT 3
+.CT 2 comm_term
+.SH NAME
+vec, move, etc. \(mi plot graphics interface
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.2C
+.B #include <plot.h>
+.PP
+.B openpl(s)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B closepl()
+.PP
+.B erase()
+.PP
+.B move(x, y)
+.B double x, y;
+.PP
+.B rmove(dx, dy)
+.B double dx, dy;
+.PP
+.B point(x, y)
+.B double dx, dy;
+.PP
+.B vec(x, y)
+.B double x, y;
+.PP
+.B rvec(dx, dy)
+.B double dx, dy;
+.PP
+.B line(x1, y1, x2, y2)
+.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
+.PP
+.B "arc(x1, y1, x2, y2, x, y, r)"
+.B "double x1, y1, x2, y2, x, y, r;"
+.PP
+.B circle(xc, yc, r)
+.B double xc, yc, r;
+.PP
+.B box(x1, y1, x2, y2)
+.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
+.PP
+.B sbox(x1, y1, x2, y2)
+.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
+.PP
+.B "parabola(x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3)"
+.B "double x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3;"
+.PP
+.B fill(n, arr) int n[];
+.B double *arr[];
+.PP
+.B poly(n, arr) int n[];
+.B double *arr[];
+.PP
+.B spline(n, arr)
+.B int n[];
+.B double *arr[];
+.PP
+.B cspline(n, arr)
+.B int n[];
+.B double *arr[];
+.PP
+.B fspline(n, arr)
+.B int n[];
+.B double *arr[];
+.PP
+.B lspline(n, arr)
+.B int n[];
+.B double *arr[];
+.PP
+.B dspline(n, arr)
+.B int n[];
+.B double *arr[];
+.PP
+.B text(s)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B color(s)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B cfill(s)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B pen(s)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B range(x1, y1, x2, y2)
+.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
+.PP
+.B frame(x1, y1, x2, y2)
+.B double x1, y1, x2, y2;
+.PP
+.B grade(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B save()
+.PP
+.B restore()
+.PP
+.B ppause()
+.1C
+.ft P
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions generate either a device-independent
+graphic stream (see
+.IR plot (5))
+or device-dependent graphics commands.
+The include file
+.B <plot.h>
+is used only for device-independent output.
+An alternative include file,
+.BR <iplot.h> ,
+supports device-independent output using identically named
+functions of integer, instead of double, arguments.
+.PP
+Libraries for different devices are loaded with the following
+.IR ld (1)
+flags:
+.TF -lblit
+.TP
+.B -lplot
+general stream output
+.TP
+.B -l2621
+HP2621 terminal
+.TP
+.B -l4014
+Tektronix 4014 terminal
+.TP
+.B -ltr
+Troff input, tuned for the Mergenthaler Linotron 202 phototypesetter
+.TP
+.B -lpen
+HP7580 pen plotter
+.TP
+.B -l5620
+5620 terminal running
+.I mux
+.PD
+.PP
+String arguments are null-terminated and may not contain
+embedded newlines.
+For details on string arguments, see
+.IR plot (5).
+.I Poly, fill,
+and the various spline functions
+take an integer array and an array of pointers
+to double floating point arrays.
+The integers specify the number of vertices
+.RI ( x-y
+pairs)
+in the floating point array.
+The last integer entry should be 0.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR plot (1), 
+.IR plot (5)
+.SH BUGS
+The
+.B -ltr
+library should be tuned for PostScript.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/poly.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/poly.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f4ff7376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/poly.3
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+.TH POLY 3
+.CT 2 graphics math
+.SH NAME
+poly_lk, poly_read \(mi polyhedron database routines
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <poly.h>
+.PP
+.B int poly_lk(name)
+.B char *name;
+.PP
+.B int poly_read(p, dir, n)
+.B Polyhedron *p;
+.B char *dir;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines access the
+.IR poly (7)
+database of polyhedra.
+.PP
+.I Poly_lk
+tries to interpret
+.I name
+as a polyhedron reference.
+If it is a number, it returns that number.
+Otherwise, it returns the number of the first polyhedron
+for which
+.I name
+is a prefix of the polyhedron's name.
+.PP
+.I Poly_read
+forms an in-core description of the polyhedron number
+.I n
+in the directory
+.IR dir .
+If
+.I dir
+is 0, the normal directory
+.RB ( /usr/lib/polyhedra )
+is used.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR poly (5),
+.IR poly (7)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Poly
+returns \-1 on unknown names.
+.PP
+.I Poly_read
+returns zero on success,
+nonzero on error.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/pool.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/pool.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..10224c10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/pool.3
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.TH POOL 3+
+.CT 2 datatype
+.SH NAME
+pool \- fast memory allocation
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <Pool.h>
+.PP
+.ft L
+struct Pool {
+	Pool(unsigned);
+	~Pool();
+	void* alloc();
+	void free(void*)
+};
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+Every
+.L Pool
+is a collection of
+.IR elements ,
+each of which is an array of bytes.
+All elements of a pool
+are the same size.
+Pool functions are
+.nr xx \w'\fIp\fL.free(\fIep\fL)\ '
+.TP \n(xxu
+.BI Pool( n )
+Construct a pool whose elements are of size
+.I n.
+.TP
+.IB p .alloc()
+Allocate a new element in pool
+.LR p .
+Return a pointer to the element.
+.TP
+.IB p .free( ep )
+Free the element of
+.I p
+pointed to by
+.I ep.
+The element must
+have been allocated from
+.I p.
+.PP
+Destroying a pool
+frees all the memory occupied by its elements.
+.PP
+The memory in a pool element is aligned on
+the same boundary as memory returned by
+.IR malloc (3)
+so that it may be used to contain an
+object of any type.
+In typical use, there would be one pool per class, with
+the pool known only to the 
+.B new
+and
+.B delete
+operators of that class.
+.SS Performance
+Pool memory is allocated in chunks that are typically
+about 1,000 bytes each.
+Once a chunk is allocated to a particular pool,
+that chunk is only released when the pool itself
+is destroyed.
+.PP
+Elements are allocated inline except when 
+a new chunk must be added to the pool.
+Elements are always freed inline.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.B #include <Pool.h>
+.PP
+.EX
+struct Mytype {
+	static Pool mypool;
+	// constructors and members
+	void* operator new(unsigned) { return mypool.alloc(); }
+	void operator delete(void* p) { mypool.free(p); }
+};
+.EE
+.PP
+.B Pool Mytype::mypool(sizeof(Mytype));
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR malloc (3)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/popen.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/popen.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d3e0d24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/popen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.TH POPEN 3S
+.CT 2 comm_proc
+.SH NAME
+popen, ppopen, vepopen, pclose \(mi open a pipe to/from a process
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B FILE *popen(command, type)
+.B char *command, *type;
+.PP
+.B FILE *ppopen(command, type)
+.B char *command, *type;
+.PP
+.B FILE *vepopen(command, type, args, env)
+.B char *command, *type, **args, **env;
+.PP
+.B int pclose(stream)
+.B FILE *stream;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The first argument to
+.I popen
+is a pointer to a null-terminated string
+containing a command line for
+.IR sh (1).
+.I Type
+is as in
+.IR fopen (3).
+.I Popen
+creates a pipe between
+the calling process and
+the command and returns
+a stream pointer that
+can be used to write to the standard input
+of the command or to read from the standard output.
+.PP
+.I Ppopen
+uses the
+.B -p
+shell flag to restrict the environment of the shell.
+Both
+.I popen
+and
+.I ppopen
+set the effective userid to the real userid
+before calling the shell.
+.PP
+.I Vepopen
+has arguments akin to those of
+.I execve 
+(see
+.IR exec (2)):
+a file to be executed,
+a mode as above,
+a null-terminated vector of argument strings,
+and a null-terminated vector of environment strings.
+The shell is not called, and the effective userid is preserved.
+.PP
+A stream opened by these routines
+should be closed by
+.I pclose,
+which waits for the associated process to terminate
+and returns the exit status of the command.
+.PP
+Because the 
+.I command
+inherits open files, in particular standard input and output, a type
+.L
+"r"
+call may be used to insert a filter in the input, and type
+.L
+"w"
+in the output.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR exec (2),
+.IR pipe (2),
+.IR fopen (3),
+.IR stdio (3),
+.IR system (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Popen
+returns a null pointer
+if files or processes cannot be created, or the Shell
+cannot be accessed.
+.PP
+.I Pclose
+returns \-1
+if there is
+no process to wait for.
+.SH BUGS
+Buffered reading before opening an input filter
+may leave the standard input of that filter mispositioned.
+Similar problems with an output filter may be
+forestalled by calling
+.IR fflush ;
+see
+.IR fopen (3).
+.br
+The resetting of the userid
+is probably gratuitous;
+it is there as a defense against incautious use
+of the routine by set-uid programs.
+.br
+I/O type
+.L
+"r+w"
+exists but is not useful.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/port.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/port.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..57ac02cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/port.3
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+.TH PORT 3X
+.CT 2 math
+.SH NAME
+port \(mi mathematical library for Fortran
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The Port library of hundreds of scientific subroutines
+covers approximation,
+ordinary differential equations, partial differential equations,
+linear algebra, optimization and mathematical programming,
+quadrature, differentiation, roots, special functions, and
+transforms.
+It is built upon a framework of service routines for
+error handling, stack management, and machine constant parameterization.
+.PP
+The routines are loaded
+by the
+.IR ld (1)
+option
+.LR -lport .
+.PP
+The manual describes the software and gives examples.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+P. A. Fox,
+.I The PORT Mathematical Subroutine Library,
+AT&T Bell Laboratories,
+May 8, 1984.
+.br
+P. A. Fox,
+.I "The PORT Mathematical Subroutine Library Installation Manual,"
+AT&T Bell Laboratories,
+September, 1984.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/pow.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/pow.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..528ddecf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/pow.3
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'POW (III)'1/15/73'POW (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		pow -- floating exponentiation x^y
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	movf	x,fr0
+.br
+movf	y,fr1
+.br
+jsr	pc,pow
+.br
+movf	fr0,...
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The
+value of x^y (i.e. x\uy\d) is returned in fr0.
+
+0^x returns zero for all x.
+
+(-x)^y returns a result only if y is an integer.
+
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	exp(III), log(III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	The
+carry bit is set on return in case of overflow or in case of
+0^0 or
+(-x)^y for y non-integer.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/print.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/print.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b553e4f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/print.3
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+.TH PRINT 3
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+print, fprint, sprint, fmtinstall \(mi print formatted output
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.BR "int print(format \fR[\fP , arg \fR]\fP ... )"
+.B char \(**format;
+.PP
+.BR "int fprint(fildes, format \fR[\fP , arg \fR]\fP ... )"
+.B int fildes;
+.B char \(**format;
+.PP
+.BR "int sprint(s, format \fR[\fP , arg \fR]\fP ... )"
+.B char \(**s, \(**format;
+.PP
+.B fmtinstall(c, fn)
+.B char c;
+.B int (*fn)();
+.PP
+.B strconv(s, f1, f2)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B extern int printcol;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Print
+places output on the standard output.
+.I Fprint
+places output on the named output
+file descriptor;
+a buffered form
+is described in
+.IR fio (3).
+.I Sprint
+places output
+followed by the null character
+.RB ( \e0 )
+in consecutive bytes starting at
+.IR s ;
+it is the user's responsibility to ensure that
+enough storage is available.
+Each function returns the number of characters
+transmitted (not including the
+.B \e0
+in the case of
+.IR sprint ),
+or
+a negative value if an output error was encountered.
+.PP
+Each of these functions
+converts, formats, and prints its
+trailing arguments
+under control of a
+.IR format 
+string.
+The
+.I format
+contains two types of objects:
+plain characters, which are simply copied to the
+output stream,
+and conversion specifications,
+each of which results in fetching of
+zero or more
+arguments.
+The results are undefined if there are arguments of the
+wrong type or too few
+arguments for the format.
+If the format is exhausted while
+arguments remain, the excess
+are ignored.
+.PP
+Each conversion specification has the following format
+.PP
+.B "% [flags] [[\(mi] digits [. digits]] verb
+.PP
+The
+.I flags
+modify the meaning of
+the conversion verb.
+The first (possibly negative) number is called
+.IR f1 ,
+the second number is
+.IR f2 .
+The flags and numbers are arguments to
+the
+.I verb
+described below.
+.PP
+The numeric verbs
+.BR d ,
+.BR o ,
+and
+.B x
+format their arguments in decimal,
+octal and hex respectively.
+Each interprets the flags
+.BR h ,
+.BR l ,
+.BR u ,
+to mean short,
+long,
+and unsigned.
+If neither
+short nor long is specified,
+then the arg is an
+.BR int .
+If unsigned is specified,
+then the arg is interpreted as a
+positive number and no sign is output.
+.I F1
+is the minimum field width and,
+if negative,
+means left justified rather than right justified;
+in both cases, padding is done with blanks.
+The converted number is padded with
+.B 0
+on the left to at least
+.I f2
+characters.
+.PP
+The floating point verbs
+.BR f ,
+.BR e ,
+and
+.B g
+take a double argument.
+No flags apply to floating point conversions.
+.I F1
+is the minimum field width and,
+if negative,
+means left justified.
+.I F2
+is the number of digits that are converted after the decimal place.
+The first unconverted digit has suffered decimal rounding.
+The 
+.B f
+verb produces output of the form
+.RB [ - ] digits [ .digits\fR].
+.B e
+conversion appends an exponent
+.BR e [ - ] digits .
+The
+.B g
+verb will output the arg in either
+.B e
+or
+.B f
+with the goal of producing the smallest output.
+.PP
+The
+.B s
+verb copies a string
+(pointer to character)
+to the output.
+The number of characters copied
+.RI ( n )
+is the minimum
+of the size of the string and
+.IR f2 .
+These
+.I n
+characters are justified within a field of
+.I f1
+characters as described above.
+.PP
+The
+.B c
+verb copies a single character (int)
+justified within a field of
+.I f1
+characters as described above.
+.PP
+.I Fmtinstall
+is used to install your own conversions and flags.
+.I Fn
+should be declared as
+.EX
+        int fn(o, f1, f2, f3)
+        void *o;
+        int f1, f2, f3;
+.EE
+.I Fn
+is passed a pointer
+.I o
+to whatever argument appears in
+the list to
+.IR print .
+.I Fn
+should return the size of the argument in bytes so
+.I print
+can skip over it.
+.I F1
+and
+.I f2
+are the decoded numbers in the conversion.
+A missing
+.I f1
+is denoted by the value zero.
+A missing
+.I f2
+is denoted by a negative number.
+.I F3
+is the logical or of all the
+flags seen in the conversion.
+If
+.I c
+is a flag,
+.I fn
+should return a negative number
+that is negated and then logically
+.IR or ed
+with any other flags
+and ultimately
+passed to a conversion routine.
+All interpretation of
+.IR f1 ,
+.IR f2 ,
+and
+.I f3
+is left up to the conversion routine.
+The standard flags are
+.LR h (2),
+.LR l (1),
+and
+.LR u (4).
+.PP
+.I Sprint
+is designed to be recursive in order to
+help prepare output in custom conversion routines.
+.PP
+The output of any conversion routine must be passed through
+.IR strconv .
+.I S
+is the character string,
+.I f1
+and
+.I f2
+have the same meaning as above.
+.PP
+.I Printcol
+indicates the position of the next output character.
+Tabs, backspaces and carriage returns are interpreted appropriately.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+This adds a verb to print complex numbers.
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+	double r, i;
+} complex;
+complex x = { 1.5, -2.3 };
+int Xconv();
+
+main()
+{
+
+	fmtinstall('X', Xconv);
+	print("x = %X\en", x);
+}
+
+Xconv(o, f1, f2, f3)
+	complex *o;
+{
+	char str[50];
+
+	sprint(str, "(%g,%g)", o->r, o->i);
+	strconv(str, f1, f2);
+	return(sizeof(complex));
+}
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR fio (3), 
+.IR printf (3)
+.SH BUGS
+There are internal buffers which may overflow silently.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/printf.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/printf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3fea3b05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/printf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+.th PRINTF III 9/17/73
+.sh NAME
+printf \*- formatted print
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+printf(format, arg\s6\d1\u\s10, ...);
+.br
+char *format;
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Printf
+converts, formats, and prints its arguments after the first
+under control of the first argument.
+The first argument is a character string
+which contains
+two types of objects:
+plain characters, which are simply copied to the
+output stream,
+and conversion specifications,
+each of which causes conversion and printing
+of the next successive argument to
+.it printf.
+.s3
+Each conversion specification is introduced by
+the character \fB%\fR.
+Following the \fB%\fR, there may be
+.s3
+.lp +6 2
+\*-	an optional minus sign `\*-' which specifies
+.it "left adjustment"
+of the converted argument
+in the
+indicated field;
+.s3
+.lp +6 2
+\*-	an optional digit string specifying a
+.it "field width;"
+if the converted argument has fewer characters
+than the field width
+it will be blank-padded on the left (or right,
+if the left-adjustment indicator has been
+given) to make up the field width;
+.s3
+.lp +6 2
+\*-	an optional period ``\fB.\fR'' which serves to
+separate the field width from the
+next digit string;
+.s3
+.lp +6 2
+\*-	an optional digit string
+.it "(precision)"
+which specifies
+the number of digits to appear after the
+decimal point, for e- and f-conversion,
+or the maximum number of characters
+to be printed from a string;
+.s3
+.lp +6 2
+\*-	a character which indicates the type of
+conversion to be applied.
+.s3
+.i0
+The conversion characters
+and their meanings are
+.s3
+.lp +6 3
+d	The argument is converted to decimal notation.
+.s3
+.lp +6 3
+o	The argument is converted to octal notation.
+``0'' will always appear as the first digit.
+.s3
+.lp +6 3
+f	The argument is converted to decimal notation
+in the style ``[\fB\*-\fR]ddd.ddd''
+where the number of d's after the decimal point
+is equal to the precision specification
+for the argument.
+If the precision
+is missing,
+6 digits are given;
+if the precision is explicitly 0, no digits and
+no decimal point are printed.
+The argument should be
+.it float
+or
+.it double.
+.s3
+.lp +6 3
+e	The argument is converted in the style
+``[\fB\*-\fR]d\fB.\fRddd\fBe\fR\(+-dd''
+where there is one digit before the decimal point and
+the number after is equal to the
+precision specification for the argument;
+when the precision is missing,
+6 digits are produced.
+The argument should be a
+.it float
+or
+.it double
+quantity.
+.s3
+.lp +6 3
+c	The argument character or character-pair is printed if non-null.
+.s3
+.lp +6 3
+s	The argument is taken to be a string (character pointer)
+and characters from the string are printed until
+a null character or until
+the number of characters indicated by the precision
+specification is reached;
+however if the precision is 0 or missing
+all characters up to a null are printed.
+.s3
+.lp +6 3
+l	The argument is taken to be an unsigned
+integer which is converted to decimal
+and printed (the result will be in the
+range 0 to 65535).
+.s3
+.i0
+If no recognizable character appears after the \fB%\fR,
+that character is printed;
+thus \fb%\fR may be printed by use of the
+string \fB%%\fR.
+In no case does a non-existent or small field width
+cause truncation of a field;
+padding takes place only if the specified field
+width exceeds the actual width.
+Characters generated by
+.it printf
+are printed by calling
+.it putchar.
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+putchar (III)
+.sh BUGS
+Very wide fields (>128 characters) fail.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/proj.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/proj.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95a86ac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/proj.3
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+.TH PROJ 3X bowell
+.CT 2 graphics math
+.br
+.SH NAME
+orient, normalize \- map projections
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B orient(lat, lon, rot)
+.br
+.B float lat, lon, rot;
+.PP
+.B normalize(p)
+.br
+.B struct place *p;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Users of
+.IR map (7)
+may skip to the description of `Projection generators'
+below.
+.PP
+The functions
+.I orient
+and
+.I normalize
+plus a collection of map projection generators
+are loaded by
+option
+.BR -lmap 
+of
+.IR ld (1).
+Most of them
+calculate maps for a spherical earth.
+Each map projection is available in one standard
+form, into which data must be normalized
+for transverse
+or nonpolar projections.
+.PP
+Each standard projection is displayed with the Prime
+Meridian (longitude 0) being a straight vertical line, along which North
+is up.
+The orientation of nonstandard projections is specified by
+.I orient.
+Imagine a transparent gridded sphere around the globe.
+First turn the overlay about the North Pole
+so that the Prime Meridian (longitude 0)
+of the overlay coincides with meridian
+.I lon
+on the globe.
+Then tilt the North Pole of the
+overlay along its Prime Meridian to latitude
+.I lat
+on the globe.
+Finally again turn the
+overlay about its `North Pole' so
+that its Prime Meridian coincides with the previous position
+of (the overlay's) meridian
+.I rot.
+Project the desired map in
+the standard form appropriate to the overlay, but presenting
+information from the underlying globe.
+It is not useful to use
+.I orient
+without using
+.IR normalize .
+.PP
+.I Normalize
+converts latitude-longitude coordinates on the globe
+to coordinates on the overlaid grid.
+The coordinates and their sines and cosines
+are input to
+.I normalize
+in a
+.B place
+structure.
+Transformed coordinates and their sines and cosines
+are returned in the same structure.
+.PP
+.EX
+.nr xx \w'12345678'
+.ta \n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu
+	struct place {
+		float radianlat, sinlat, coslat;
+		float radianlon, sinlon, coslon;
+	};
+.EE
+.PP
+The projection generators
+return a pointer to a function that converts normalized coordinates
+to 
+.I x-y
+coordinates for the desired map, or
+0 if the required projection
+is not available.
+The returned function is exemplified by
+.I proj 
+in this example:
+.PP
+.EX
+.ta \n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu +\n(xxu
+	struct place pt;
+	int (*proj)() = mercator();
+	float x, y;
+.EE
+.PP
+.EX
+	orient(45.0, 30.0, 180.0);	/* set coordinate rotation */
+.EE
+.PP
+.EX
+	. . .				/* fill in the pt structure */
+	normalize(&pt);			/* rotate coordinates */
+	if((*proj)(&pt, &x, &y) > 0)	/* project onto x,y plane */
+		plot(x, y);
+.EE
+.PP
+The projection function
+.B (*proj)()
+returns 1 for a good point,
+0 for a point on a wrong
+sheet (e.g. the back of the world in a perspective
+projection), and \-1 for a point that is deemed
+unplottable (e.g. points near the poles on a Mercator projection).
+.PP
+Scaling may be determined from the
+.I x-y
+coordinates of
+selected points.
+Latitudes and longitudes are measured in degrees for
+ease of specification for
+.I orient 
+and the projection generators
+but in radians for ease of calculation 
+for
+.I normalize
+and
+.I proj.
+In either case
+latitude is measured positive north of the equator,
+and longitude positive west of Greenwich.
+Radian longitude should be limited to the range
+.if t .I \-\(*p\(<=lon<\(*p.
+.if n .I -pi <= lon < pi.
+.SS Projection generators
+Equatorial projections centered on the Prime Meridian
+(longitude 0).
+Parallels are straight horizontal lines.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B mercator()
+equally spaced straight meridians, conformal,
+straight compass courses
+.br
+.B sinusoidal()
+equally spaced parallels,
+equal-area, same as
+.I bonne(0)
+.br
+.B cylequalarea(lat0)
+equally spaced straight meridians, equal-area,
+true scale on
+.I lat0
+.br
+.B cylindrical()
+central projection on tangent cylinder
+.br
+.B rectangular(lat0)
+equally spaced parallels, equally spaced straight meridians, true scale on
+.I lat0
+.br
+.B gall(lat0)
+parallels spaced stereographically on prime meridian, equally spaced straight
+meridians, true scale on
+.I lat0
+.br
+.B mollweide()
+(homalographic) equal-area, hemisphere is a circle
+.PP
+Azimuthal projections centered on the North Pole.
+Parallels are concentric circles.
+Meridians are equally spaced radial lines.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B azequidistant()
+equally spaced parallels,
+true distances from pole
+.br
+.B azequalarea()
+equal-area
+.br
+.B gnomonic()
+central projection on tangent plane,
+straight great circles
+.br
+.B perspective(dist)
+viewed along earth's axis
+.I dist
+earth radii from center of earth
+.br
+.B orthographic()
+viewed from infinity
+.br
+.B stereographic()
+conformal, projected from opposite pole
+.br
+.B laue()
+.IR radius " = tan(2\(mu" colatitude ),
+used in xray crystallography
+.br
+.B fisheye(r)
+.IR radius " = log(" colatitude / r ):
+.I New Yorker
+map from viewing pedestal of radius
+.I r
+degrees
+.PP
+Polar conic projections symmetric about the Prime Meridian.
+Parallels are segments of concentric circles.
+Except in the Bonne projection,
+meridians are equally spaced radial
+lines orthogonal to the parallels.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B conic(lat0)
+central projection on cone tangent at
+.I lat0
+.br
+.B simpleconic(lat0,lat1)
+equally spaced parallels, true scale on
+.I lat0
+and
+.I lat1
+.br
+.B lambert(lat0,lat1)
+conformal, true scale on 
+.I lat0
+and 
+.I lat1
+.br
+.B albers(lat0,lat1)
+equal-area, true scale on
+.I lat0
+and 
+.I lat1
+.br
+.B bonne(lat0)
+equally spaced parallels, equal-area,
+parallel
+.I lat0
+developed from tangent cone
+.PP
+Projections with bilateral symmetry about
+the Prime Meridian
+and the equator.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B polyconic()
+parallels developed from tangent cones,
+equally spaced along Prime Meridian
+.br
+.B aitoff()
+equal-area projection of globe onto 2-to-1
+ellipse, based on 
+.I azequalarea
+.br
+.B lagrange()
+conformal, maps whole sphere into a circle
+.br
+.B bicentric(lon0)
+points plotted at true azimuth from two
+centers on the equator at longitudes
+.I \(+-lon0,
+great circles are straight lines
+(a stretched gnomonic projection)
+.br
+.B elliptic(lon0)
+points are plotted at true distance from
+two centers on the equator at longitudes
+.I \(+-lon0
+.br
+.B globular()
+hemisphere is circle,
+circular arc meridians equally spaced on equator,
+circular arc parallels equally spaced on 0- and 90-degree meridians
+.br
+.B vandergrinten()
+sphere is circle,
+meridians as in
+.I globular,
+circular arc parallels resemble 
+.I mercator
+.PP
+Doubly periodic conformal projections.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B guyou()
+W and E hemispheres are square
+.br
+.B square()
+world is square with Poles
+at diagonally opposite corners
+.br
+.B tetra()
+map on tetrahedron with edge
+tangent to Prime Meridian at S Pole,
+unfolded into equilateral triangle
+.br
+.B hex()
+world is hexagon centered
+on N Pole, N and S hemispheres are equilateral
+triangles
+.PP
+Miscellaneous projections.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B harrison(dist,angle)
+oblique perspective from above the North Pole,
+.I dist
+earth radii from center of earth, looking
+along the Date Line
+.I angle
+degrees off vertical
+.br
+.B trapezoidal(lat0,lat1)
+equally spaced parallels,
+straight meridians equally spaced along parallels,
+true scale at
+.I lat0
+and
+.I lat1
+on Prime Meridian
+.PP
+Retroazimuthal projections.
+At every point the angle between vertical and a straight line to
+`Mecca', latitude
+.I lat0
+on the prime meridian,
+is the true bearing of Mecca.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B mecca(lat0)
+equally spaced vertical meridians
+.br
+.B homing(lat0)
+distances to `Mecca' are true
+.PP
+Maps based on the spheroid.
+Of geodetic quality, these projections do not make sense
+for tilted orientations.
+For descriptions, see corresponding maps above.
+.br
+.ns
+.IP
+.B sp_mercator()
+.br
+.B sp_albers(lat0,lat1)
+.SH "SEE ALSO
+.IR map (7), 
+.IR map (5), 
+.IR plot (3)
+.SH BUGS
+Only one projection and one orientation can be active at a time.
+.br
+The west-longitude-positive convention
+betrays Yankee chauvinism.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ptime.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ptime.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5f6c7f70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ptime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'PTIME (III)'3/15/72'PTIME (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		ptime  --  print date and time
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	sys	time
+.br
+mov	file,r2
+.br
+jsr	pc,ptime
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	ptime_____ prints the date and time in the form
+.sp
+     Oct  9 17:20:33\
+.sp
+on the file whose file descriptor is in r2.
+The string is 15 characters long.
+The time to be printed
+must be placed in the r0 and r1 registers
+in the form returned by sys___ time____.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	time(II), ctime(III) (used to do the conversion)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		see ctime
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/putc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/putc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9a14bf8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/putc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'PUTC,PUTW,FCREAT,FLUSH (III)'6/12/72'PUTC,PUTW,FCREAT,FLUSH (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		putc, putw, fcreat, flush  --  buffered output
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	mov	$filename,r0
+.br
+jsr	r5,fcreat; iobuf
+
+(get byte in r0)
+.br
+jsr	r5,putc; iobuf
+
+(get word in r0)
+.br
+jsr	r5,putw; iobuf
+.sp
+jsr	r5,flush; iobuf
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	fcreat______ creates
+the given file (mode 17) and sets up the buffer iobuf_____ (size 518(10) bytes);
+putc____ and putw____ write a byte or word respectively
+onto the file;
+flush_____ forces the contents of the buffer to be written, but
+does not close the file.
+The format of the buffer is:
+.sp
+.nf
+iobuf:	.=.+2		/ file descriptor
+	.=.+2		/ characters unused in buffer
+	.=.+2		/ ptr to next free character
+	.=.+512.	/ buffer
+.sp
+.fi
+fcreat______ sets the error bit (c-bit) if the 
+file creation failed; none of the other routines
+return error information.
+.sp
+Before terminating, a program should call
+flush_____ to force out the last of the output.
+.sp
+The user must supply iobuf_____, which should begin on a word boundary.
+
+To write a new file using the same buffer, it
+suffices to call flush_____, close the file,
+and call fcreat______ again.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	creat(II), write(II), getc(III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	error bit possible on fcreat______ call
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/putchr.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/putchr.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..20438640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/putchr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.th PUTCHAR III 5/10/73
+.sh NAME
+putchar \*- write character
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+putchar(ch)
+.s3
+flush( )
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Putchar
+writes out its argument and returns it unchanged.
+The low-order byte of the
+argument is always written;
+the high-order byte is written only if it is
+non-null.
+Unless other arrangements have been made,
+.it putchar
+writes in
+unbuffered fashion on the standard output file.
+.s3
+Associated with this routine is an external variable
+.it fout
+which has the
+structure of a buffer discussed under putc (III).
+If the file descriptor part of this structure (first word)
+is not 1, output via
+.it putchar
+is buffered.
+To achieve buffered output one may say, for example,
+.s3
+.nf
+	fout = dup(1);		or
+	fout = fcreat(...);
+.s3
+.fi
+In such a case
+.it flush
+must be called
+before the program terminates in order to flush out
+the buffered output.
+.it Flush
+may be called at any time.
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+putc(III)
+.sh BUGS
+The
+.it fout
+notion is kludgy.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/putshares.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/putshares.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e54e2ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/putshares.3
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+.TH PUTSHARES 3 SHARE
+.SH NAME
+putshares \- write shares file entry
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "#include <shares.h>"
+.br
+.sp
+.B "int putshares(lp, extime)"
+.br
+.B "struct lnode * lp;"
+.br
+.B "unsigned long extime;"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Putshares
+writes the shares entry with the same uid as
+.IR lp\->l_uid .
+.I Putshares
+returns -1 if any error occurs,
+0 if
+.I lp\->l_uid
+is greater than
+.SM MAXUID ,
+or the size of the entry if succesfully written.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+closeshares(3),
+getshares(3),
+getshput(3),
+openshares(3),
+sharesfile(3).
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Putshares
+returns 0
+if
+.I lp\->l_uid
+is greater than
+.SM MAXUID ,
+or -1 on error.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/pwquery.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/pwquery.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ab659335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/pwquery.3
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+.TH PWQUERY 3X
+.CT 2 sa secur
+.SH NAME
+pwquery, pexpw \(mi password services
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B pwquery(fd, name, param)
+.B char *name;
+.B char *param;
+.PP
+.B char *pexpw(fd, prompt)
+.B char *prompt;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Pwquery
+calls upon the password server,
+.IR pwserv (8)
+to cause a password to be demanded from file descriptor
+.I fd
+and checked against the password for the named user.
+It is loaded by option
+.BR -lipc
+of
+.IR ld (1).
+.PP
+Echoing is disabled during the transaction,
+and the server is persnickety about when to use an
+Atalla challenge/response dialogue and when to use 
+.IR crypt (3)-style
+passwords.
+A negative return value indicates a protocol error in
+reaching the server or that the server is not trusted.
+A zero return value indicates rejection of the password.
+A positive return value indicates approval of the password.
+.PP
+The argument
+.I param
+may be zero (for vanilla password service)
+or may point to a blank-separated list of one or more keywords.
+Currently only one keyword is understood:
+.TP
+.B pex
+Reject the password if the stream is unpexable.
+.PP
+.I Pexpw
+reads a password from the indicated
+file descriptor,
+after prompting with the null-terminated string
+.I prompt
+and disabling echoing.
+A pointer is returned to a null-terminated string
+of at most 8 characters.
+The dialogue is not attempted if it cannot be protected
+from eavesdropping by the process-exclusive
+mechanism of
+.IR pex (4).
+.SH FILES
+.nf
+.F /cs/pw
+.F /etc/pwserv
+.fi
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR ipc (3),
+.IR getpass (3),
+.IR pex (4)
+.IR pwserv (8)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Pexpw
+returns a pointer to static memory that is overwritten
+at every call.
+
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/qsort.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/qsort.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..54ddebe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/qsort.3
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'QSORT (III)'6/12/72'QSORT (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		qsort -- quicker sort
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	(base of data in r1)
+.br
+(end+1 of data in r2)
+.br
+(element width in r3)
+.br
+jsr pc,qsort
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	qsort_____
+is an implementation
+of the quicker sort algorithm.
+It is designed to sort equal length
+elements.
+Registers r1 and r2 delimit the region of
+core containing the array of byte strings to be sorted:
+r1 points to the start of the first string, r2 to the first
+location above the last string.
+Register r3 contains the length of each string.
+r2-r1 should be a multiple of r3.
+On return, r0, r1, r2, r3, r4 are destroyed.
+.sp
+The routine compar (q.v.) is called to compare elements
+and may be replaced by the user.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	compar(III)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		It scribbles on r4.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/rand.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/rand.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d502db75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/rand.3
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'RAND (III)'1/15/73'RAND (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		rand -- random number generator
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr pc,srand	/to initialize
+.br
+jsr pc,rand	/to get a random number
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The routine uses a multiplicative congruential
+random number generator to return successive pseudo-random
+numbers in r0 in the range from 1 to 2^15-1.
+.sp
+The generator is reinitialized by calling srand with 1 in r0.
+.sp
+It can be set to a random starting point by calling
+srand with whatever you like in r0,
+for example the result left in r1 from sys___ time____.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+WARNING		The author of this routine has been writing
+random-number generators for many years and has never been
+known to write one that worked.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/re.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/re.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a7dfafab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/re.3
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+.TH RE 3
+.SH NAME
+recomp, reexec, resub, refree, reerror \(mi regular expression library
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <re.h>
+.PP
+.L reprogram* recomp(char* pattern, int flags)
+.PP
+.L int reexec(reprogram* re, char* source)
+.PP
+.L void resub(reprogram* re, char* old, char* new, char* destination, int flags)
+.PP
+.L void reerror(char* message)
+.PP
+.L void refree(reprogram* re)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I recomp
+compiles a regular expression in
+.B pattern
+and returns a pointer to a compiled regular expression.
+The space is allocated by
+.IR malloc (3)
+and may be released by
+.IR refree .
+Regular expressions are as in
+.I egrep
+(see
+.IR grep (1))
+except that newlines are treated as ordinary
+characters and
+.B $
+matches the end of a null-terminated string.
+.B flags
+may be
+.B RE_EDSTYLE
+which specifies
+.IR ed (1)
+style special characters,
+.BR \e( ,
+.BR \e) ,
+.BR \e? ,
+.B \e+
+and
+.B \e|
+for the
+.IR egrep (1)
+.BR ( ,
+.BR ) ,
+.BR ? ,
+.B +
+and
+.BR | ,
+respectively.
+.PP
+.I reexec
+matches the null-terminated
+.B source
+string against the compiled regular expression
+.I re
+from a previous call to
+.IR recomp .
+If it matches,
+.I reexec
+returns a non-zero value.
+If
+.B flags
+is
+.B RE_MATCH
+then the array
+.B re\->match
+is filled with character pointers to the substrings of
+.B source
+that correspond to the
+parenthesized subexpressions of 
+.BR pattern :
+.B re\->match[i].sp
+points to the beginning and
+.B re\->match[i].ep
+points just beyond
+the end of substring
+.BR i .
+(Subexpression
+.B i
+begins at the
+.BR i th
+matched left parenthesis, counting from 1.)
+Pointers in
+.B re\->match[0]
+pick out the substring that corresponds to
+the entire regular expression.
+Unused elements of
+.B re\->match
+are filled with zeros.
+Matches involving
+.BR * ,
+.BR + ,
+and 
+.B ?
+are extended as far as possible.
+A maximum of 9 subexpressions will be matched.
+The structure of elements of
+.B re\->match 
+is:
+.nf
+.ta 8n
+	typedef struct
+	{
+		char* sp;
+		char* ep;
+	} rematch;
+.fi
+.LP
+.I resub
+places in
+.I destination
+a substitution instance of
+.B old
+to
+.B new
+in
+.B source
+in the context of the last
+.I reexec
+performed on
+.IR re\->match .
+Each instance of
+.BI \e n ,
+where
+.I n
+is a digit, is replaced by the
+string delimited by
+.BI re\->match[ n ].sp
+and
+.BI re\->match[ n ].ep .
+Each instance of 
+.B &
+is replaced by the string delimited by
+.B re\->match[0].sp
+and
+.BR re\->match[0].ep .
+If
+.B RE_ALL
+is set in
+.B flags
+then all occurrences of
+.B old
+are replaced by
+.IR new .
+If
+.B RE_LOWER
+.RB [ RE_UPPER ]
+is set in
+.B flags
+then
+.B old
+is converted to lower [upper] case.
+.LP
+.I reerror,
+called whenever an error is detected in
+.I recomp,
+.I reexec,
+or
+.I resub,
+writes the string
+.B msg
+on the standard error file and exits.
+.I reerror
+may be replaced to perform
+special error processing.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I recomp
+returns 0 for an invalid expression or other failure.
+.I reexec
+returns 1 if
+.B source
+is accepted, 0 otherwise.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+ed(1), grep(1), expr(1)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/regex.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/regex.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d063bca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/regex.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.TH REGEX 3 deprecated
+.SH NAME
+re_comp, re_exec \(mi regular expression handler
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *re_comp(s)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B re_exec(s)
+.B char *s;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Re_comp
+compiles a regular expression into an internal form suitable for
+pattern matching.
+.I Re_exec
+checks the argument string against the last string passed to
+.I re_comp.
+.PP
+.I Re_comp
+returns
+.L 0
+if the string
+.I s
+was compiled successfully; otherwise a string containing an
+error message is returned. If
+.I re_comp
+is passed
+.L 0
+or a null string, it returns without changing the currently
+compiled regular expression.
+.PP
+.I Re_exec
+returns 1 if the string
+.I s
+matches the last compiled regular expression,
+.L 0
+if the string
+.I s
+failed to match the last compiled regular expression, and
+.L -1
+if the compiled regular expression was invalid (indicating an
+internal error).
+.PP
+The strings passed to both
+.I re_comp
+and
+.I re_exec
+may have trailing or embedded newline characters;
+they are terminated by nulls.
+The regular expressions are otherwise as described for
+.IR ed (1).
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR ed (1), 
+.IR expr (1), 
+.IR regexp (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Re_exec
+returns
+.L -1
+for an internal error.
+.SH BUGS
+These routines have been superseded by
+the more general routines of
+.IR regexp (3).
+They have been retained only for compatibility.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/regexp.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/regexp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4796e706
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/regexp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.TH REGEXP 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+regcomp, regexec, regsub, regerror \(mi regular expression
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <regexp.h>
+.PP
+.B regexp *regcomp(exp)
+.B char *exp;
+.PP
+.B int regexec(prog, string, match, msize)
+.B regexp *prog;
+.B char *string;
+.B regsubexp *match;
+.B int msize;
+.PP
+.B void regsub(source, dest, match, msize)
+.B char *source, *dest;
+.B regsubexp *match;
+.B int msize;
+.PP
+.B void regerror(msg)
+.B char *msg;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Regcomp
+compiles a
+regular expression and returns
+a pointer to a compiled regular expression.
+The space is allocated by
+.IR malloc (3)
+and may be released by
+.I free.
+Regular expressions are as in
+.IR re (3)
+except that newlines are not operators and back-references (with
+\fB\e\fIn\fR) are not supported.
+.PP
+.I Regexec
+matches a null-terminated
+.I string
+against the compiled regular expression in
+.I prog.
+If it matches,
+.I regexec
+returns a non-zero value and fills in the array
+.I match
+with character pointers to the substrings of
+.I string
+that correspond to the
+parenthesized subexpressions of 
+.IR exp :
+.BI match[ i ].sp
+points to the beginning and
+.BI match[ i ].ep
+points just beyond
+the end of the
+.IR i th
+substring.
+(Subexpression
+.I i
+begins at the
+.IR i th
+left parenthesis, counting from 1.)
+Pointers in
+.B match[0]
+pick out the substring that corresponds to
+the whole regular expression.
+Unused elements of
+.I match
+are filled with zeros.
+Matches involving
+.LR * ,
+.LR + ,
+and 
+.L ?
+are extended as far as possible.
+The number of array elements in 
+.I match
+is given by
+.I msize.
+The structure of elements of
+.I match 
+is:
+.IP
+.EX
+typedef struct {
+	char *sp;
+	char *ep;
+} regsubexp;
+.EE
+.LP
+.I Regsub
+places in
+.I dest
+a substitution instance of
+.I source
+in the context of the last
+.I regexec
+performed using
+.I match.
+Each instance of
+.BI \e n ,
+where
+.I n
+is a digit, is replaced by the
+string delimited by
+.BI match[ n ].sp
+and
+.BI match[ n ].ep .
+Each instance of 
+.L &
+is replaced by the string delimited by
+.B match[0].sp
+and
+.BR match[0].ep .
+.LP
+.I Regerror,
+called whenever an error is detected in
+.I regcomp,
+.I regexec,
+or
+.I regsub,
+writes the string
+.I msg
+on the standard error file and exits.
+.I Regerror
+can be replaced to perform
+special error processing.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR gre (1),
+.IR re (3), 
+.IR expr (1)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Regcomp
+returns 
+.B (regexp *)0
+for an illegal expression
+or other failure.
+.I Regexec
+returns 0
+if
+.I string
+is not accepted.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/reset.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/reset.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8bd1ac2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/reset.3
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+.th RESET III 5/10/73
+.sh NAME
+reset \*- execute non-local goto
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+setexit( )
+.s3
+reset( )
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+These routines are useful
+for dealing with errors
+discovered in a low-level subroutine
+of a program.
+.s3
+.it Setexit
+is typically called just at the start of
+the main loop of a processing program.
+It stores certain parameters such as the call point and the stack
+level.
+.s3
+.it Reset
+is typically called after diagnosing an error
+in some subprocedure called from the main loop.
+When
+.it reset
+is called,
+it pops the stack appropriately
+and generates a non-local return from
+the last call to
+.it setexit.
+.s3
+It is erroneous, and generally
+disastrous,
+to call
+.it reset
+unless
+.it setexit
+has been called in a routine which is
+an ancestor of
+.it reset.
+.sh BUGS
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/salloc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/salloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..39f9ff6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/salloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'SALLOC (III)'6/15/72'SALLOC (III)'
+.ti 0
+.nf
+NAME		salloc -- string manipulation routines
+.fi
+.sp
+.ti 0
+.nf
+SYNOPSIS	(get size in r0)
+.br
+jsr	pc,allocate
+.sp
+(get source pointer in r0,
+destination pointer in r1)
+jsr	pc,copy
+.sp
+jsr	pc,wc
+.sp
+(all following instructions assume r1 contains pointer)
+
+jsr	pc,release
+
+(get character in r0)
+jsr	pc,putchar
+.sp
+jsr	pc,lookchar
+(character in r0)
+
+jsr	pc,getchar
+(character in r0)
+
+(get character in r0)
+jsr	pc,alterchar
+
+(get position in r0)
+jsr	pc,seekchar
+
+jsr	pc,backspace
+(character in r0)
+
+(get word in r0)
+jsr	pc,putword
+
+jsr	pc,lookword
+(word in r0)
+
+jsr	pc,getword
+(word in r0)
+
+(get word in r0)
+jsr	pc,alterword
+
+jsr	pc,backword
+(word in r0)
+
+jsr	pc,length
+(length in r0)
+
+jsr	pc,position
+(position in r0)
+
+jsr	pc,rewind
+
+jsr	pc,create
+
+jsr	pc,fsfile
+
+jsr	pc,zero
+
+.fi
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	This package is a complete set of routines
+for dealing with almost arbitrary
+length strings of words and bytes.
+The strings are stored on a disk file, so the sum of
+their lengths can be considerably larger than
+the available core.
+
+For each string there is a header of four words, namely
+a write pointer, a read pointer and pointers to the beginning and end of
+the block containing the string.
+Initially the read and write pointers point to the beginning of the string.
+All routines that refer to a string require the header address in r1.
+Unless the string is destroyed by the call,
+upon return r1 will point to the same string, although
+the string may have grown to the extent that it had to be
+be moved.
+
+.ul
+allocate
+obtains a string of the requested size and returns
+a pointer to its header in r1.
+.sp
+release_______ releases a string back to free storage.
+.sp
+putchar_______ and putword_______ write a byte or word respectively into the string
+and advance the write pointer.
+
+.ul
+lookchar
+and
+.ul
+lookword
+read
+a byte or word respectively from the string but do not advance the read pointer.
+
+getchar_______ and getword_______ read a byte or word respectively from the string and advance the read pointer.
+
+alterchar_________ and alterword_________ write a byte or word respectively into the string where the read pointer
+is pointing and advance the read pointer.
+
+backspace_________ and backword________ read the last byte or word written and decrement the write pointer.
+
+All write operations will automatically get a larger block if the current block is exceeded.
+All read operations return with the error bit set if attempting to read beyond the write pointer.
+.sp
+seekchar________ moves the read pointer to the offset specified in r0.
+
+length______ returns the current length of the string (beginning pointer to write pointer) in r0.
+
+position________ returns the current offset of the read pointer in r0.
+
+rewind______ moves the read pointer to the beginning of the string.
+
+create______ returns the read and write pointers to the beginning of the string.
+
+fsfile______ moves the read pointer to the current position of the write pointer.
+
+zero____ zeros the whole string and sets the write pointer to the beginning of the string.
+
+copy____ copies the string whose header pointer is in r0 to the string whose header pointer is in
+r1.
+Care should be taken in using the copy instruction since r1 will be changed if the contents of the source string
+is bigger than the destination string.
+
+wc__ forces the contents of the internal buffers and the header blocks to be written on disc.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		The allocator is in
+/lib/libs.a;
+the -s__ option to ld__ will link edit
+references to the allocator.
+
+alloc.d is the temporary file used to contain
+the strings.
+
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	"error in copy" if a disk write error occurs during the execution of the copy instruction.
+"error in allocator" if any routine is called with a bad header pointer.
+"Cannot open output file" if file alloc.d cannot be created or opened.
+"Out of space" if there's no available block of the requested size or no headers available for a new block.
+.sp
+.fi
+.in16
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/sbuf.prot.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/sbuf.prot.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7125f362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/sbuf.prot.3
@@ -0,0 +1,410 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH SBUF.PROT 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+streambuf \- interface for derived classes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ta1i 2i
+.ft B
+#include <iostream.h>
+
+typedef long streamoff, streampos;
+class ios {
+public:
+	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
+	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
+	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
+	} ;
+
+class streambuf {
+public:
+		streambuf() ;
+		streambuf(char* p, int len, int i=0);
+
+	void	dbp() ;
+protected:
+	int	allocate();
+	char*	base();
+	int	blen();
+	char*	eback();
+	char* 	ebuf();
+	char*	egptr();
+	char*	epptr();
+	void	gbump(int n);
+	char*	gptr();
+	char*	pbase();
+	void	pbump(int n); 
+	char*	pptr();
+	void	setg(char* eb,char* g, char* eg);
+	void	setp(char* p, char* ep);
+	void	setb(char* b, char* eb, int a = 0 );
+	int	unbuffered();
+	void	unbuffered(int);
+
+	virtual int 	doallocate();
+	virtual int	pbackfail(int c);
+	virtual	~streambuf() ;
+public:
+	virtual int	overflow(int c=EOF);
+	virtual int	underflow();
+	virtual streambuf*
+		setbuf(char* p, int len);
+	virtual streampos
+		seekpos(streampos,open_mode=input|output);
+	virtual streampos
+		seekoff(streamoff,seek_dir,open_mode=input|output);
+	virtual int	sync();
+};
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\f(CWstreambuf\fRs implement the buffer abstraction described in
+\fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++).  But the \f(CWstreambuf\fR class itself contains
+only basic members for manipulating the characters and normally
+a class derived from \f(CWstreambuf\fR will be used.  This man page
+describes the interface needed by programmers who are
+coding a derived class.
+Broadly speaking there are two kinds of members described here.
+The non-virtual functions are provided for manipulating a \fBstreambuf\fR
+in ways that are appropriate in a derived class.
+Their descriptions reveal details of the implementation that would
+be inappropriate in the public interface.
+The virtual functions permit the derived class to specialize the
+\fBstreambuf\fR class in ways appropriate to the specific sources
+and sinks that it is implementing.
+The descriptions of virtuals explain the obligations of the
+virtuals of the derived class.  If the virtuals behave as specified,
+the \fBstreambuf\fR will behave as specified in the
+public interface.  However, if the virtuals do not behave as
+specified, then the \f(CWstreambuf\fR may not behave properly,
+and an \f(CWiostream\fR (or any other code) that relies on proper
+behavior of the \f(CWstreambuf\fR may not behave properly either.
+.PP
+Assume
+.br
+\(em \fBsb\fR is a \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR and \fBn\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBptr\fR, \fBb\fR, \fBeb\fR, \fBp\fR, \fBep\fR, \fBeb\fR, \fBg\fR,
+and \fBeg\fR are \f(CWchar*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBc\fR is an \f(CWint\fR character (positive or \f(CWEOF\fR)).
+.br
+\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR. (See \fIiostream\fR(3C++).)
+.br
+\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseekdir\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBmode\fR is a \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
+.PP
+Constructors:
+.TP
+\fBstreambuf()\fR
+Constructs
+an empty buffer corresponding to an empty sequence.
+.TP
+\fBstreambuf(b,len,i)\fR
+Constructs an empty buffer and then sets up the reserve area
+to be the \fBlen\fR bytes starting at \fBb\fR. (\fBi\fR is present
+for backward compatibility with the stream package\fR.  The effect
+if it is not 0 is undefined.) 
+.PP
+The protected members of 
+\f(CWstreambuf\fR
+present an interface to derived classes organized around
+three areas (arrays of bytes) managed cooperatively by
+the base and derived classes.
+They are the get area, the put area, and the reserve area.
+The get and the put area are normally disjoint, but they
+may both overlap the reserve area, whose primary purpose is
+to be a a resource in which
+space for the put and get areas can be allocated.  The get and
+the put areas are changed as characters are put into and
+gotten from the buffer, but the reserve area normally remains
+fixed.
+The areas are defined by a collection of \f(CWchar*\fR values.
+The buffer abstraction is described in terms of pointers that point
+between characters, but the \f(CWchar*\fR values must point at
+\f(CWchar\fRs.
+To establish a correspondence the \f(CWchar*\fR values should be thought
+of as pointing just before the byte they really point at.
+.PP
+Functions to examine the pointers are:
+.TP
+\fBptr=sb->base()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the first byte of the reserve area.
+ Space between \fBsb->base()\fR
+and \fBsb->ebase()\fR is the reserve area.
+.TP
+\fBptr=sb->eback()\fR
+Returns a pointer to a lower bound on
+\fBsb->gptr()\fR.
+Space between \fBsb->eback()\fR and \fBsb->gptr()\fR is available
+for putback.
+.TP
+\fBptr=sb->ebuf()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the byte after the last byte of the reserve area.
+.TP
+\fBptr=sb->egptr()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the byte after the last byte of the get area.
+.TP
+\fBptr=sb->epptr()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the byte after the last byte of the put area.
+.TP
+\fBptr=sb->gptr()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the first byte of the get area.
+The available characters are those between \fBsb->gptr()\fR
+and \fBsb->egptr()\fR. The next character fetched will
+be \fB*sb->gptr()\fR unless \fBsb->egptr()\fR is less than
+or equal to \fBsb->gptr()\fR.
+.TP
+\fBptr=sb->pbase()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the put area base.
+Characters between \fBsb->pbase()\fR and \fBsb->pptr()\fR
+have been storeded into the buffer and not yet consumed.
+.TP
+\fBptr=sb->pptr()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the first byte of the put area.
+The space between \fBsb->pptr()\fR
+and \fBsb->epptr()\fR is the put area and characters will be storeed
+here.
+.PP
+The member functions for setting the pointers:
+.TP
+\fBsb->setb(b,eb,i)\fR
+Sets \fBbase\fR and \fBebase\fR to \fBb\fR and \fBeb\fR respectively.
+\fBi\fR controls whether the area will be subject to
+automatic deletion.
+If \fBi\fR is non zero, then
+\f(CWdelete\fB b\fR will be done when \fBbase\fR is changed by
+another call of \fBsetb\fR, or when the destructor is called for
+\fB*sb\fR.
+If \fBb\fR and \fBeb\fR
+are both null then we say that there is no reserve area.
+If \fBb\fR is non-null, there is a reserve area even if
+\fBeb\fR is less than \fBb\fR and so the reserve area
+has zero length.
+.TP
+\fBsb->setp(p,ep)\fR
+Sets \fBpptr\fR to \fBp\fR, \fBpbase\fR to \fBp\fR, and \fBepptr\R
+to \fBep\fR.
+.TP
+\fBsb->setg(eb,g,eg)\fR
+Sets \fBeback\fR to \fBeb\fR, \fBgptr\fR to \fBg\fR, and \fBegptr\fR
+to \fBeg\fR.
+.PP
+Other non-virtual members:
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->allocate()\fR
+Tries to set up a reserve area.
+If a reserve area already exists or if \fBsb->unbuffered()\fR
+is nonzero returns 0 without doing anything.
+If the attempt to allocate space fails \fBallocate\fR
+returns \f(CWEOF\fR.  Otherwise (allocation succeeds)
+\fBallocate\fR returns 1.  \fBallocate\fR is not called by
+any member of \f(CWstreambuf\fR except virtuals.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->blen()\fR
+Returns the current size (in chars) of the current reserve area.
+.TP
+\fBdbp()\fR
+Writes directly on file descriptor 1 
+information in ASCII about the state of the
+buffer.  It is intended for debugging and nothing
+is specified about the form of the output.  It is considered part
+of the protected interface because the information it prints can
+only be understood in relation to that interface, but it is a public
+function so that it can be called anywhere during debugging.  
+.TP
+\fBsb->gbump(n)\fR
+Increments \fBgptr\fR by \fBn\fR
+which may be positive or negative.
+No checks are made on whether the new
+value of \fBgptr\fR is in bounds.
+.TP
+\fBsb->pbump(n)\fR
+Increments \fBpptr\fR by \fBn\fR
+which may be positive or negative.
+No checks are made on whether the new
+value of \fBpptr\fR is in bounds.
+.sp
+.nf
+.in -.5i
+\fBsb->unbuffered(i)\fR
+\fBi=sb->unbuffered()\fR
+.in
+.fi
+There is a private variable known as \fBsb\fR's buffering state.
+\fBsb->unbuffered(i)\fR sets the value of this variable
+to \fBi\fR and \fBsb->unbuffered()\fR returns the current value.
+This state is independent of the actual
+allocation of a reserve area.  Its primary purpose is to
+control whether a reserve area is allocated automatically
+by \fBallocate\fR.
+.PP
+Virtual functions must be redefined in
+derived classes to specialize the behavior of \fBstreambuf\fRs:
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->doallocate()\fR
+Is called when \fBallocate\fR determines
+that space is needed.
+\fBdoallocate\fR is required to call \fBsetb\fR to provide a reserve
+area or to return \f(CWEOF\fR if it cannot.  It is only called
+if \fBsb->unbuffered()\fR is non-zero and \fBsb->base()\fR is non-zero.
+.TP
+\fBi=overflow(c)\fR
+Is called to consume characters.  If \fBc\fR is not \f(CWEOF\fR
+it also must either save \fBc\fR or consume it.  
+Usually it is called when the put area is full and
+an attempt is being made to store a new character, but
+it can be called at other times.
+The normal action is to consume the characters between \fBpbase\fR
+and \fBpptr\fR, call \fBsetp\fR to establish a new put area, and
+if \fBc\f(CW!=EOF\fR store it (using \fBsputc\fR).
+If \fBsb->unbuffered()\fR is non-zero,
+\fBoverflow\fR is not allowed to call \fBsetp\fR and 
+so must consume \fBn\fR
+\fBsb->overflow\fR
+should return \fBEOF\fR to indicate an error; otherwise it should
+return something else.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->pbackfail(c)
+Is called when \fBeback\fR equals \fBgptr\fR and an attempt 
+has been made to putback \fBc\fR.
+If this situation can be dealt with (e.g., by repositioning
+an external file), \fBpbackfail\fR should return \fBc\fR;
+otherwise it should return \f(CWEOF\fR.
+.TP
+\fBpos=sb->seekoff(off,dir,mode)\fR
+Repositions the get and/or put pointers  (i.e., the abstract
+get and put pointers, not \fBpptr\fR and \fBgptr\fR).  The
+meanings of \fBoff\fR and \fBdir\fR
+are discussed in 
+\fIsbuf.pub\fR(3C++).
+\fBmode\fR specifies whether the put pointer (\fBoutput\fR bit set) or
+the get pointer (\fBinput\fR bit set) is to be modified.  Both bits
+may be set in which case both pointers should be affected.
+A class derived from \fBstreambuf\fR is not required to
+support repositioning.  \fBseekoff\fR should return \f(CWEOF\fR if 
+the class does not support repositioning.  If the class does
+support repositioning, \fBseekoff\fR should return the new
+position or \f(CWEOF\fR on error.
+.TP
+\fBpos=sb->seekpos(pos,mode)\fR
+Repositions the streambuf get and/or put pointer to \fBpos\fR.
+\fBmode\fR specifies which pointers are affected as for \fBseekoff\fR.
+Returns \fBpos\fR (the argument) or \f(CWEOF\fR if the class does
+not support repositioning or an error occurs.
+.TP
+\fBsb=sb->setbuf(ptr,len)\fR
+Offers the array at \fBptr\fR with \fBlen\fR bytes should
+be used as a reserve
+area.   The normal interpretation is that
+if \fBptr\fR or \fBlen\fR are zero then this is a request
+to make the \fBsb\fR unbuffered.
+The derived class may use this area or not as it chooses.
+If may accept or ignore the request for unbuffered state as it
+chooses.
+\fBsetbuf\fR should return \fBsb\fR if it honors the request.
+Otherwise it should return 0.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->sync()\fR
+Is called to give the derived class
+a chance to
+look at the state of the areas, and synchronize
+them with any external representation.
+Normally \fBsync\fR should
+consume any characters that have been storeed into the put area,
+and if possible give back to the source any characters in the get area
+that have not been fetched.  When \fBsync\fR returns there should not
+be any unconsumed characters, and the get area should be empty.
+\fBsync\fR should return \fBEOF\fR if some kind of failure occurs.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->underflow()\fR
+Is called to supply characters for fetching, i.e.,
+to create a condition in which the get area is not empty.
+If it is called when there are characters in the get area
+it should return the first character.  If the get area is empty
+it should create a nonempty get area 
+and return the next character (which it should also
+leave in the get area).
+If there are no more characters available
+\fBunderflow\fR
+should return \f(CWEOF\fR and leave an empty put area.
+.PP
+The default definitions of the virtual functions:
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->streambuf::doallocate()\fR
+Attempts to allocate a reserve area using \f(CWoperator new\fR.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->streambuf::overflow(n)\fR
+Is compatible
+with the old stream package, but that behavior is not
+considered part of the specification of the iostream package.
+So \fBstreambuf::overflow\fR should be treated as if 
+it had undefined behavior.  That is, derived classes should
+always define it.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->streambuf::pbackfail(n)
+Returns \f(CWEOF\fR.
+.TP
+\fBpos=sb->streambuf::seekpos(pos,mode)\fR
+Returns \fBsb->seekoff(streamoff(pos),seek_beg,mode)\fR.
+Thus to define seeking in a derived class, it is frequently
+only necessary to define 
+\fBseekoff\fR and use the inherited \fBstreambuf::seekpos\fR.
+.TP
+\fBpos=sb->streambuf::seekoff(off,dir,mode)\fR
+Returns \f(CWEOF\fR.
+.TP
+\fBsb=sb->streambuf::setbuf(ptr,len)\fR
+Will honor the request when ever there is no reserve area.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->streambuf::sync()\fR
+Returns 0 if the get area is empty and there are no unconsumed
+characters.  Otherwise it returns \f(CWEOF\fR.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->streambuf::underflow()\fR
+Is compatible
+with the old stream package, but that behavior is not
+considered part of the specification of the iostream package.
+So \fBstreambuf::underflow\fR should be treated as if 
+it had undefined behavior.  That is, it should always be defined
+in derived classes.
+.SH CAVEATS
+The constructors are public for compatibility with the
+old stream package.
+They ought to be protected.
+.PP
+The interface for unbuffered actions is awkward.
+It's hard to write \fBunderflow\fR and \fBoverflow\fR
+virtuals that behave properly
+for unbuffered \f(CWstreambuf\fRs without special casing.
+Also there is no way for the virtuals to react sensibly to
+multi character gets or puts.
+.PP
+Although the public interface to \f(CWstreambuf\fRs
+deals in characters and bytes,
+the interface to derived classes deals in \f(CWchar\fRs.
+Since a decision had to be made on the types of the real data
+pointers, it seemed easier to reflect that choice in the
+types of the protected members than to duplicate all
+the members with both plain and unsigned char versions.
+But perhaps all these uses of \f(CWchar*\fR ought to have been
+with a typedef.
+.PP 
+The implementation contains a variant
+of  \fBsetbuf\fR that accepts a third argument.
+It is present only for compatibility
+with the old stream package.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+sbuf.pub(3C++)
+streambuf(3C++)
+iostream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/sbuf.pub.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/sbuf.pub.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..deb16530
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/sbuf.pub.3
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH SBUF.PUB 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+streambuf \- public interface of character buffering class
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+.ta1i 2i
+.nf
+#include <iostream.h>
+
+typedef long streamoff, streampos;
+class ios {
+public:
+	enum	seek_dir { beg, cur, end };
+	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
+	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
+	} ;
+
+class streambuf {
+public :
+
+	int	in_avail();
+	int	out_waiting();
+	int	sbumpc();
+	streambuf*	setbuf(char* ptr, int len, int count=0);
+	streampos	seekpos(streampos,open_mode);
+	streampos	seekoff(streamoff,seek_dir,open_mode);
+	int	sgetc();
+	int	sgetn(char* ptr,int n);
+	int	snextc();
+	int	sputbackc(char c);
+	int	sputc(int c);
+	int	sputn(const char* s,int n);
+	void	stossc();
+	int	sync();
+	}
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The \f(CWstreambuf\fR
+class supports buffers into which
+characters can be inserted (put) or from which characters can be
+fetched (gotten).  Abstractly such a buffer is a sequence of
+characters together with one or
+two pointers (a get and/or a put pointer)
+that define
+the location at which characters are to be inserted or fetched.
+The pointers should be thought of as pointing between characters
+rather than at them. This makes it easier to understand the
+boundary conditions (a pointer before the first character or after
+the last).
+Some of the effects of getting and putting are defined
+by this class but most of the details are left to specialized
+classes derived from \f(CWstreambuf\fR.
+.PP
+Classes derived from \f(CWstreambuf\fR vary in their
+treatments of the get and put pointers.
+The simplest are unidirectional buffers which permit only gets or 
+only puts.  Such classes serve as pure sources (producers)
+or sinks (consumers) of characters.
+Queuelike buffers have a put and a get pointer which
+move independently
+of each other.  In such buffers characters that are stored are held
+(i.e., queued)
+until they are later fetched.
+Filelike buffers permit both gets and puts but
+have only a single pointer.
+(An alternative description is that the get
+and put pointers are tied together
+so that when one moves so does the other.)
+.PP
+Most \f(CWstreambuf\fR member functions are
+organized into two phases.
+As far as possible, operations are performed inline by storing into
+or fetching
+from arrays (the get area and the put area).
+From time to time, virtual functions are called to
+deal with collections of characters.
+Generally the user of a \f(CWstreambuf\fR does not have to know
+anything about these
+details, but some the public members pass back information
+about the
+state of the areas.
+.PP
+Assume:
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR, \fBn\fR, and \fBlen\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBc\fR is an \f(CWint\fR. It always holds a "character"
+value or \f(CWEOF\fR.  A "character" value is always positive
+even when \f(CWchar\fR is normally sign extended.
+.br
+\(em \fBsb\fR and \fBsb1\fR are \f(CWstreambuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBptr\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBoff\fR is a \f(CWstreamoff\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBpos\fR is a \f(CWstreampos\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBdir\fR is a \f(CWseekdir\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBmode\fR is a \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
+.PP
+Public member functions:
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->in_avail()\fR
+Returns the number of characters
+that are immediately available in the get area for
+fetching.  That many characters may be fetched with
+a guarantee that no errors will be reported.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->out_waiting()\fR
+Returns the number of characters in the put area that have not
+been consumed by virtuals.
+.TP
+\fBc=sb->sbumpc()\fR
+Moves the get pointer forward one character and returns the
+character moved over.
+Returns \f(CWEOF\fR if the get pointer is
+currently at the end of the sequence.
+.TP
+\fBpos=sb->seekoff(off,dir,mode)\fR
+Repositions the get and/or put pointers.
+\fBmode\fR specifies whether the put pointer (\fBoutput\fR bit set) or
+the get pointer (\fBinput\fR bit set) is to be modified.  Both bits
+may be set in which case both pointers should be affected.
+\fBoff\fR is interpreted as a byte offset. (Notice that it is a 
+signed quantity.)
+The meaning of possible values of \fBdir\fR are
+.RS
+.TP
+\f(CWbeg\fR
+The beginning of the stream.
+.TP
+\f(CWcur\fR
+The current position.
+.TP
+\f(CWend\fR
+The end of the stream. (End of file.)
+.RE
+Not all classes derived from \fBstreambuf\fR 
+support repositioning.  \fBseek\fR will return \f(CWEOF\fR if 
+the class does not support repositioning.  If the class does
+support repositioning, \fBseek\fR will return the new
+position or \f(CWEOF\fR on error.
+.TP
+\fBpos=sb->seekpos(pos,mode)\fR
+Repositions the streambuf get and/or put pointer to \fBpos\fR.
+\fBmode\fR specifies which pointers are affected as for \fBseekoff\fR.
+Returns \fBpos\fR (the argument) or \f(CWEOF\fR if the class does
+not support repositioning or an error occurs.
+In general a \f(CWstreampos\fR should be treated as a "magic cookie" 
+and no arithmetic should be performed on it.
+But two particular values have special meaning:
+.RS
+.TP
+\fBstreampos(0)\fR
+The beginning of the file.
+.TP
+\fBstreampos(EOF)\fR
+Used as an error indication.
+.RE
+.TP
+\fBc=sb->sgetc()\fR
+Returns the character after the get pointer.  Contrary to what most
+people expect from the name 
+\fIIT DOES NOT MOVE THE GET POINTER\fR.  Returns \f(CWEOF\fR if there is
+no character available.
+.TP
+\fBsb1=sb->setbuf(ptr,len,i)
+Offers the \fBlen\fR
+bytes starting at \fBptr\fR.
+as the reserve area.
+If \fBptr\fR is null or \fBlen\fR is zero or less, then an unbuffered
+state is requested.
+Whether the offered area is used, or a request for unbuffered
+state is honored depends on details of the derived class.
+\fBsetbuf\fR normally returns \fBsb\fR, but if it does not
+accept the offer or honor the request, it returns 0.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->sgetn(ptr,n)\fR
+Fetches the \fBn\fR
+characters following the get pointer and copies them to the area
+starting at \fBptr\fR.
+When there are less than \fBn\fR characters left before the
+end of the sequence \fBsgetn\fR fetches whatever characters
+remain.
+\fBsgetn\fR repositions the get pointer following
+the fetched characters and
+returns the number of characters fetched.
+.TP
+\fBc=sb->snextc()\fR
+Moves the get pointer forward one character
+and returns the character following the new position.
+It returns \f(CWEOF\fR if the pointer
+is currently at the end of the sequence or is at the end of
+the sequence after moving forward.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->sputbackc(c)
+Moves the get pointer back one character.
+\fBc\fR must be
+the current content of the sequence just before the get pointer.
+The underlying mechanism may
+simply back up the get pointer or may rearrange its internal
+data structures so the \fBc\fR is saved.  Thus the effect
+of \fBsputbackc\fR is undefined if \fBc\fR is not the character
+before the get pointer.
+\fBputbackc\fR returns \f(CWEOF\fR when it fails.
+The conditions under which it can fail depend on the details of
+the derived
+class.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->sputc(c)
+Stores \fBc\fR after the put pointer, and moves the
+put pointer over the stored character.  Usually this extends
+the sequence.
+It returns \fBEOF\fR when an error occurs. The conditions
+that can cause errors depend on the derived class.
+.TP
+\fBi=sb->sputn(ptr,n)\fR
+Stores the \fBn\fR
+characters starting at \fBptr\fR
+after the put pointer. Moves the put
+pointer over them.
+Returns the number of characters stored successfully.
+Normally this is \fBn\fR, but it may be less when errors occur.
+.TP
+\fBsb->stossc()\fR
+Moves the get pointer forward one character.  If the pointer started at the
+end of the sequence this function has no effect.
+.TP 
+\fBi=sb->sync()\fR
+Establishes consistency between the internal data structures and the
+external source or sink.
+The details of this function depend on the derived class.
+Usually this "flushes" any characters that have been stored
+but not yet consumed, and "gives back" any characters that
+may have been produced but not yet fetched.
+.SH CAVEATS
+\fBsetbuf\fR
+does not really belong in the public interface. 
+It is there for compatibility with the stream package.
+.PP
+Requiring the program to provide
+the previously fetched character to 
+\f(CWsputback\fR is probably a botch.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+iostream(3C++),
+sbuf.prot(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/scanf.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/scanf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2a432ff3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/scanf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+.TH SCANF 3S
+.CT 2 file_io data_man
+.SH NAME
+scanf, fscanf, sscanf \(mi formatted input
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B
+scanf(format [ , pointer ] ... )
+.B char *format;
+.PP
+.B
+fscanf(stream, format [ , pointer ] ... )
+.B FILE *stream;
+.B char *format;
+.PP
+.B
+sscanf(s, format [ , pointer ] ... )
+.B char *s, *format;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Scanf
+reads from the standard input stream
+.IR stdin .
+.I Fscanf
+reads from the named input
+.IR stream .
+.I Sscanf
+reads from the character string
+.IR s .
+Each function reads characters, interprets
+them according to a format, and stores the results in its arguments.
+Each expects as arguments
+a control string
+.I format,
+described below,
+and a set of
+arguments, normally pointers,
+indicating where the converted input should be stored.
+.PP
+The
+control string
+usually contains
+conversion specifications, which are used to direct interpretation
+of input sequences.
+The control string may contain:
+.TP 4
+1.
+Blanks, tabs or newlines,
+which match optional white space in the input.
+.TP 4
+2.
+An ordinary character (not
+.LR % )
+which must match
+the next character of the input stream.
+.TP 4
+3.
+Conversion specifications, consisting of the
+character
+.BR % ,
+an optional assignment suppressing character
+.BR * ,
+an optional numerical maximum field width, and a conversion
+character.
+.PP
+A conversion specification directs the conversion of the
+next input field; the result
+is placed in the variable pointed to by the corresponding argument,
+unless assignment suppression was
+indicated by
+.BR * .
+Conversions other than
+.L c
+and
+.L [
+skip white space and consume
+non-white-space characters up
+to the next inappropriate character or until the field
+width, if specified, is exhausted.
+The field width is either an integer constant or
+.LR ! .
+In the latter case, the width is taken from an integer argument
+that precedes the next pointer argument.
+.PP
+The conversion character indicates the interpretation of the
+input field; the corresponding pointer argument must
+usually be of a restricted type.
+The following conversion characters are legal:
+.TP 4
+.B  %
+A single 
+.L %
+is expected
+in the input at this point;
+no assignment is done.
+.TP 4
+.B  d
+A decimal integer is expected;
+the corresponding argument should be an integer pointer.
+.TP 4
+.B  o
+an octal integer is expected;
+the corresponding argument should be an integer pointer.
+.TP 4
+.B  x
+A hexadecimal integer is expected;
+the corresponding argument should be an integer pointer.
+.ti -0.2i
+.TP 4
+.B  s
+A character string is expected;
+the corresponding argument should be a character pointer
+pointing to an array of characters large enough to accept the
+string and a terminating
+.LR \e0 ,
+which will be added.
+The input field is terminated by a space character
+or a newline.
+.TP 4
+.B  c
+A character is expected; the
+corresponding argument should be a character pointer.
+If a field width is given, the corresponding argument
+should refer to a character array, and the
+indicated number of characters is read.
+.ne3
+.TP 4
+.B e
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+f
+A
+floating point number is expected;
+the next field is converted accordingly and stored through the
+corresponding argument, which should be a pointer to a
+.IR float .
+The input format for
+floating point numbers is
+an optionally signed
+string of digits
+possibly containing a decimal point, followed by an optional
+exponent field consisting of an
+.B E
+or
+.B e
+followed by an optionally signed integer.
+.ne 3
+.TP 4
+.B  [
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.B [^
+A character string is expected.
+The left bracket (or bracket and circumflex)
+is followed by a set of characters and a right
+bracket.
+When the set is introduced by
+.B [
+(or
+.BR [^ ),
+the string consists only
+of characters in (or not in) the set.
+The corresponding argument must point to a character array.
+.PP
+The conversion characters
+.BR d ,
+.B o
+and
+.B x
+may be preceded by
+.B l
+to indicate that a pointer to
+.B long
+rather than to
+.B int
+is in the argument list.
+Similarly, the conversion characters
+.B e
+or
+.B f
+may be preceded by
+.B l
+to indicate a pointer to
+.B double
+rather than to
+.BR float .
+The conversion characters
+.BR d ,
+.B o
+and
+.B x
+may be preceded by
+.B h
+to indicate a pointer to
+.BR short .
+.PP
+The
+.I scanf
+functions return the number of successfully matched and assigned input
+items.
+This can be used to decide how many input items were found.
+The constant
+.SM
+.B EOF
+is returned upon end of input; note that this is different
+from
+.LR 0 ,
+which means that no conversion was done;
+if conversion was intended, it was frustrated by an
+inappropriate character in the input.
+.PP
+For example, the call
+.nf
+.ft L
+	int i; float x; char name[50];
+	scanf("%d%f%s", &i, &x, name);
+.fi
+.ft P
+.PP
+with the input line
+.IP
+.L
+25   54.32E\(mi1  thompson
+.PP
+will assign to
+.I i
+the value
+.LR 25 ,
+.I x
+the value
+.LR 5.432 ,
+and
+.I name
+will contain
+.LR thompson\e0 .
+Or,
+.nf
+.ft L
+	int i; float x; char name[50];
+	scanf("%2d%f%*d%[1234567890]", &i, &x, name);
+.fi
+.ft P
+.PP
+with input
+.IP
+\fL56789 0123 56a72\fP
+.PP
+will assign
+.L 56
+to
+.IR i ,
+.L 789.0
+to
+.IR x ,
+skip
+.LR 0123 ,
+and place the string
+.L 56\e0
+in
+.IR name .
+The next call to
+.I getchar
+will return 
+.LR a .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR atof (3),
+.IR stdio (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+The
+.I scanf
+functions return
+.B EOF
+on end of input,
+and a short count for missing or illegal data items.
+.SH BUGS
+The success of literal matches and suppressed
+assignments is not directly
+determinable.
+.br
+There is no
+.LR %# .
+.br
+When no maximum field width is given in a
+.L %s
+or
+.L %[]
+conversion specification, improper input can
+overrun the output string and corrupt the program in
+arbitrarily malicious ways.
+The best alternative,
+.LR %!s ,
+is nonstandard.
+.br
+A deprecated usage allows upper-case conversion characters
+as equivalents for lower-case characters preceded by
+.LR l .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/setbuf.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/setbuf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2e9c8aa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/setbuf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+.TH SETBUF 3S
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+setbuf \(mi assign buffering to a stream
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B setbuf(stream, buf)
+.B FILE *stream;
+.B char buf[BUFSIZ];
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Setbuf
+is used after a stream has been opened but before it
+is read or written.
+It causes the character array
+.I buf
+to be used instead of an automatically allocated buffer.
+If
+.I buf
+is the constant pointer
+.LR NULL ,
+input/output will be completely unbuffered.
+.PP
+A buffer is normally obtained from
+.IR  malloc (3)
+upon the first
+.IR getc (3)
+or
+.IR  putc
+on the file.
+Initially,
+the standard stream
+.I stderr
+is unbuffered,
+and the standard stream
+.I stdout
+is flushed automatically
+whenever new data is read by
+.IR getc .
+The latter magic may be dissolved by a call to
+.IR setbuf .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR stdio (3), 
+.IR malloc (3)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/setfil.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/setfil.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3bcbea96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/setfil.3
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+.th SETFIL III 10/29/73
+.sh NAME
+setfil \*- specify Fortran file name
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+call setfil ( \fRunit\fB, \fRhollerith-string\fB )
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+.it Setfil
+provides a primitive way to associate
+an integer I/O
+.it unit
+number with a file named by the
+.it hollerith-string.
+The end of the file name is indicated by a blank.
+Subsequent I/O on this unit number will refer to
+file whose name is specified by
+the string.
+.s3
+.it Setfil
+should be called only before any I/O has been done on the
+.it unit,
+or just after doing a
+.bd rewind
+or
+.bd endfile.
+It is ineffective for unit numbers 5 and 6.
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+fc (I)
+.sh BUGS
+There is still no way to receive a file name
+or other argument from the command line.
+Also, the exclusion of units 5 and 6 is
+unwarranted.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/setjmp.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/setjmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e3bde1b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/setjmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+.TH SETJMP 3
+.CT 2 proc_man
+.SH NAME
+setjmp, longjmp \(mi non-local goto
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <setjmp.h>
+.PP
+.B setjmp(env)
+.B jmp_buf env;
+.PP
+.B longjmp(env, val)
+.B jmp_buf env;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines are useful for dealing with errors
+and interrupts encountered in
+a low-level subroutine of a program.
+.PP
+.I Setjmp
+saves its stack environment in
+.I env
+for later use by
+.I longjmp.
+It returns value 0.
+.PP
+.I Longjmp
+restores the environment saved by the last call of
+.IR setjmp .
+It then causes execution to
+continue as if the call of
+.I setjmp
+had just returned with value
+.IR val .
+The invoker of
+.I setjmp
+must not itself have returned in the interim.
+All accessible data have values as of the time
+.I longjmp
+was called.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR signal (2)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/setlimits.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/setlimits.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b359357a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/setlimits.3
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+.TH SETLIMITS 3 SHARE
+.SH NAME
+setlimits \- set limits structure
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <sys/types.h>
+.br
+.B #include <sys/lnode.h>
+.P
+.B setlimits(limits)
+.br
+.B struct lnode *limits;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This library routine sets an in\-core limits structure.
+If necessary, it also sets any group limits structures.
+.I Limits
+points to an
+.IR lnode .
+.PP
+The
+.I lnode
+pointed to by the argument
+.I limits
+is first examined to see if its scheduling group is
+.IR root .
+If not,
+the
+.I lnode
+for the group is obtained (via
+.IR getshares (3))
+and passed to a recursive call to 
+.IR setlimits .
+Finally the original 
+.I lnode
+is set with the 
+.SM L_SETLIM
+call to the 
+.IR limits (2)
+system call.
+.PP
+If the details for any group encountered cannot be found in the
+.I limits
+data-base, then the group is set to 
+.IR root .
+.PP
+Note that the 
+.I /etc/shares
+file may be left open by this routine.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+As for the 
+.IR limits (2)
+system call.
+.P
+Any error cause a -1 to be returned.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+limits(2),
+closeshares(3),
+getshares(3),
+setupshares(3).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/setupgroups.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/setupgroups.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c58656bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/setupgroups.3
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.TH SETUPGROUPS 3
+.SH NAME
+setupgroups \- set access group vector for invoker
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B setupgroups(name, gid)
+.br
+.B char *name;
+.br
+.B int gid;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This library routine sets up the invoker's access group vector
+by searching the
+.I /etc/group
+file for groups matching
+.IR name .
+The invokers real group ID should be passed in
+.IR gid ,
+as there is no need to load this into the vector.
+.PP
+.I Setgroups
+returns 0 for success, or \-1 on error with
+.I errno
+set appropriately.
+.PP
+This routine is safe to use on systems
+where the multiple access groups system calls have not been installed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+setgroups(2),
+getgrent(3),
+login(8).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/setupshares.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/setupshares.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0185279a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/setupshares.3
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+.TH SETUPSHARES 3 SHARE
+.SH NAME
+setupshares \- set kernel shares for a user
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B setupshares(uid, efp)
+.br
+.B int uid;
+.br
+.B void (*efp)();
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This library routine sets up a kernel shares structure
+for the user represented by
+.IR uid .
+It extracts the share details for the user from the shares data-base,
+decays the usage figure up to the current time,
+and uses
+.IR setlimits (3)
+to install the shares in the kernel.
+.PP
+If the system is out of
+.I lnode
+structures, then the structure for the default user ``other'' is used.
+If this also fails, then the structure for the super-user is used.
+.PP
+If there are any errors, and the second argument is non-NULL,
+the function will be called with a
+.IR printf (3)
+format string and at most one extra argument.
+A non-zero result is returned for un-recoverable errors.
+Otherwise,
+.I setupshares
+returns \fB0\fP.
+.PP
+This routine is safe to use on systems
+where the share scheduler has not been installed,
+or is inactive.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Setupshares
+returns a non-zero result if
+.IR setlimits (3)
+returns an error other than
+.SM ETOOMANYU.
+The optional error routine is called if
+.IR setlimits (3)
+returns any error,
+or if no shares have been allocated to the user.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+getshares(3),
+closeshares(3),
+setlimits(3),
+share(5).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/sfio.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/sfio.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2477e875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/sfio.3
@@ -0,0 +1,628 @@
+.TH SFIO 3 "21 August 1990"
+.SH NAME
+\fBsfio\fR \- safe/fast string/file input/output
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i 3i 3.75i 4.5i 5.25i 6i
+.PP
+.nf
+.ft 5
+#include	<sfio.h>
+
+#define uchar	unsigned char
+#define uint	unsigned int
+#define ulong	unsigned long
+
+Sfile_t*	sfnew(Sfile_t* f, uchar* buf, int size, int fd, int flags);
+Sfile_t*	sfopen(Sfile_t* f, char* string, char* mode);
+Sfile_t*	sfdopen(int fd, char* mode);
+Sfile_t*	sfpopen(char* cmd, char* mode, Sfile_t** fcomp);
+Sfile_t*	sfstack(Sfile_t* base, Sfile_t* top);
+Sfile_t*	sfpushed(Sfile_t* f);
+Sfile_t*	sftmp(int size);
+
+int	sfpool(Sfile_t* f, Sfile_t* poolf, int mode);
+Sfdisc_t*	sfsetdisc(Sfile_t* f, Sfdisc_t* disc);
+
+int	sfclose(Sfile_t* f);
+int	sfsync(Sfile_t* f);
+
+int	sfpeek(Sfile_t* f, uchar** bufp);
+
+int	sfgetc(Sfile_t* f);
+int	sfungetc(Sfile_t* f, int c);
+ulong	sfgetu(Sfile_t* f);
+long	sfgetl(Sfile_t* f);
+double	sfgetd(Sfile_t* f);
+char*	sfgets(Sfile_t* f, char* buf, int size);
+int	sfread(Sfile_t* f, uchar* buf, int n);
+int	sfscanf(Sfile_t* f, char* format, ...);
+int	sfsscanf(char* s, char* format, ...);
+int	sfvscanf(Sfile_t* f, char* format, va_list args);
+
+int	sfputc(Sfile_t* f, int c);
+int	sfnputc(Sfile_t* f, int c, int n);
+int	sfputu(Sfile_t* f, ulong v);
+int	sfputl(Sfile_t* f, long v);
+int	sfputd(Sfile_t* f, double v);
+int	sfputs(Sfile_t* f, char* s, int c);
+int	sfwrite(Sfile_t* f, uchar* buf, int n);
+int	sfmove(Sfile_t* fr, Sfile_t* fw, long n, char* seps);
+int	sfprintf(Sfile_t* f, char* format, ...);
+int	sfsprintf(char* s, int size, char* format, ...);
+int	sfvprintf(Sfile_t* f, char* format, va_list args);
+
+void	sfnotice(void (*noticef)(Sfile_t* f, int type));
+int	sfset(Sfile_t* f, int flags, int i);
+uchar*	sfsetbuf(Sfile_t* f, uchar* buf, int size);
+int	sffileno(Sfile_t* f);
+int	sfeof(Sfile_t* f);
+int	sferror(Sfile_t* f);
+int	sfclearerr(Sfile_t* f);
+int	sfclrlock(Sfile_t* f);
+int	sfslen();
+int	sfulen(ulong v);
+int	sfllen(long v);
+int	sfdlen(double v);
+
+long	sforigin(Sfile_t* f);
+long	sfseek(Sfile_t* f, long addr, int offset);
+long	sftell(Sfile_t* f);
+
+char*	sfecvt(double v, int n, int* decpt, int* sign);
+char*	sffcvt(double v, int n, int* decpt, int* sign);
+.fR
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+\fIsfio\fP is a library of functions to perform input/output on
+objects called \fIsfio\fP streams.
+Each \fIsfio\fP stream may correpond to some file descriptor (see \fIopen(2)\fP)
+or some piece of primary memory.
+A notion of stream stack is supported for
+processing of data from complexes of streams.
+Streams can be pooled so that their buffers can be synchronized
+properly when switching streams for io.
+It is also possible to change io disciplines by setting alternative
+functions for read, write and seek.
+.PP
+A stream abstraction is represented by the type \f5Sfile_t\fP which
+is defined in the header file \f5<sfio.h>\fP. A stream is locked while
+it is being accessed by some \fIsfio\fP function. A locked stream
+cannot be further accessed by operations that may change its internal states
+(see \f5sfclrlock()\fP). Any such access fails and returns
+an appropriate error code.
+.PP
+During an io request, if
+a system call \f5read\fP or \f5write()\fP (or their
+discipline counterparts) is interrupted,
+unless a discipline function has been defined to process it,
+the calling \fIsfio\fP function will resume the respective system call as necessary.
+The interrupt condition is defined by \f5errno\ ==\ EINTR\fP (see \f5errno.h\fP).
+To prevent infinite loops, this condition is always cleared before
+the system call is resumed.
+.PP
+In general, \fIsfio\fP functions either return integer or pointer values.
+In the event of an error, a function that returns integer value will
+return \f5-1\fP while a function that returns a pointer value will return
+\f5NULL\fP.
+.PP
+A number of bit flags define stream types and their operations.
+Following are the flags:
+.IP
+\f5SF_READ\fP:
+The stream is readable.
+.IP
+\f5SF_WRITE\fP:
+The stream is writable.
+.IP
+\f5SF_STRING\fP:
+The stream is a string (a byte array) that
+is readable if \f5SF_READ\fP is specified or
+writable if \f5SF_WRITE\fP is specified.
+.IP
+\f5SF_APPEND\fP:
+The stream is a file opened for appending data.
+This means that data written to the stream is always
+appended at the end of the file.
+On operating systems where there is no primitive to specify
+at file opening time that a file is opened for append only,
+\f5lseek()\fP (or its discipline replacement) will be used on
+the file stream to approximate this behavior.
+.IP
+\f5SF_RELATIVE\fP:
+If the stream corresponds to a file,
+no seek is allowed backward beyond the starting point as defined
+by \f5lseek(fd,0L,1)\fP (or its discipline replacement)
+when the stream is initialized by \f5sfnew()\fP (below).
+.IP
+\f5SF_LINE\fP:
+The stream is line-oriented. For write-streams, this means that the
+buffer is flushed whenever a new-line character is output.
+For read-streams, this means that \f5sfpeek()\fP (below) will return
+a buffer of data which ends with a new-line. Note that the amount of
+data that can be returned is limited by the buffer size.
+.IP
+\f5SF_KEEPFD\fP:
+The file descriptor of the stream will be kept opened when the stream is closed.
+.IP
+\f5SF_MALLOC\fP:
+To indicate that the stream buffer was obtained via \f5malloc()\fP
+and can be reallocated or freed by the package.
+.IP
+\f5SF_REUSE\fP:
+This flag can be set (\f5sfset()\fP so that when the stream is closed,
+its data structure and associated information such as pool and discipline
+is not destroyed.
+It can also be used in a call to \f5sfnew()\fP (see below).
+.IP
+\f5SF_SHARE\fP:
+This flag indicates that the associated stream is a file stream that may
+be operated on by means beyond straightforward \fIsfio\fP usage (e.g.,
+by multiple processes).
+In this case, each io system call (or its discipline replacement) will be
+preceded by a \f5lseek()\fP (or its discipline replacement) to ensure that
+the logical stream location corresponds to the physical file location.
+.PP
+\f5sfnew(f,buf,size,fd,flags)\fP
+is the primitive for creating or renewing streams.
+For file streams, a number of operations are performed to determine
+seekability, optimal buffer sizes if not specified, etc.
+Each stream has a origin.
+The origin of a \f5SF_STRING\fP stream is always \f50L\fP.
+If a file stream is not seekable, its origin is defined as \f5-1L\fP.
+Otherwise, its origin is defined as either the current location or \f50L\fP
+depending on whether or not the flag \f5SF_RELATIVE\fP is turned on.
+\f5sfseek()\fP operations are relative to this location.
+The argument \f5f\fP of \f5sfnew()\fP, if not \f5NULL\fP, is a stream to be modified.
+If it is \f5NULL\fP, a new stream is created.
+The argument \f5buf\fP, if not \f5NULL\fP, is a buffer to be used.
+In this case, \f5size\fP should be positive.
+If \f5size\fP is 0, the stream is unbuffered.
+If \f5size\fP is negative, \fIsfio\fP will allocate a buffer.
+The argument \f5fd\fP is a file descriptor (e.g., from \fIopen()\fP)
+for io operations if the stream is not an \f5SF_STRING\fP stream.
+The last argument \f5flags\fP is a bit vector composing from the flags described above.
+The \f5SF_REUSE\fP flag, if given, indicates that the current attributes
+of the stream \f5f\fP should be used instead of whatever else is defined by \f5flags\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfopen(f,string,mode)\fP
+is a high-level function based on \f5sfnew()\fP to create new streams from files
+or strings.
+The argument \f5f\fP for \f5sfopen()\fP,
+if not \f5NULL\fP, is a currently opened stream to be
+closed and replaced by a new stream corresponding to the object \f5string\fP.
+The argument \f5mode\fP can be any one of: \f5"r"\fP, \f5"r+"\fP,
+\f5"w"\fP, \f5"w+"\fP, \f5"a"\fP, \f5"a+"\fP, \f5s\fP and \f5s+\fP.
+The \f5r\fP, \f5w\fP, and \f5a\fP specify read, write and append mode for file streams.
+In these cases, the argument \f5string\fP defines a path name to a file.
+The \f5s\fP specifies that \f5string\fP is a nul-terminated string to be opened for read.
+The \f5+\fP means that the new stream will be opened for both reading and writing.
+.PP
+\f5sfdopen(fd,mode)\fP makes a stream using the file descriptor \f5fd\fP.
+The \f5mode\fP argument is used in the same way as in \f5sfopen()\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfpopen(cmd,mode,fcomp)\fP
+opens a stream \f5f\fP which is a pipe to (from) the command \f5cmd\fP
+if the mode is \f5"w"\fP (\f5"r"\fP). If the mode is \f5"w+"\fP or \f5"r+"\fP,
+another stream for the opposite operation is created and returned in \f5fcomp\fP.
+Note that if either of these streams is closed, the other is also closed.
+.PP
+\f5sfstack(base,top)\fP is used to push or pop stream stacks.
+Each stream stack is identified by a \f5base\fP stream
+via which all io operations are performed.
+Other streams on the stack are locked so that operations that may change
+their internal states are forbidden.
+The type of operations that can be done on a stack is defined by
+the top level stream. If an io operation is performed and the top level stream
+reaches the end of file condition or an error condition other than interrupts,
+it is automatically popped and closed (see also \f5sfsetdisc\fP for alternative
+handling of these conditions).
+The first argument of \f5sfstack()\fP specifies the \f5base\fP stream.
+The second argument, \f5top\fP, if not \f5NULL\fP,
+is pushed on top of the current top stream.
+In this case, the \f5base\fP stream pointer is returned.
+If \f5top\fP is \f5NULL\fP, the stack is popped  and the pointer to
+the popped stream is returned.
+.PP
+\f5sfpushed(f)\fP returns the pointer to the stream pushed below \f5f\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sftmp(size)\fP creates a stream for writing and reading temporary data.
+If \f5size\fP is negative, the stream is a pure \f5SF_STRING\fP stream.
+Otherwise, the stream is originally created as a \f5SF_STRING\fP stream
+with a buffer of the given \f5size\fP. A discipline is set so that
+when this buffer is exhausted, a real temporary file will be created.
+Any attempt to change this discipline will also cause the temporary file
+to be created.
+.PP
+\f5sfpool(f,poolf,mode)\fP manages pools of streams.
+In a pool of streams, only one stream is current.
+A stream becomes current when it is used for some io operation.
+When a new stream is to become current,
+the current stream is synchronized (see \f5sfsync()\fP)
+if its type matches the type of the pool.
+The first argument of \f5sfpool()\fP, \f5f\fP, is the stream to be manipulated.
+The second argument, \f5poolf\fP, determines the operation to be done on \f5f\fP.
+If \f5poolf\fP is \f5NULL\fP, \f5f\fP is deleted from its current pool.
+Otherwise, \f5f\fP is put into the same pool with \f5poolf\fP.
+If \f5poolf\fP is already in a pool, the third argument is ignored.
+Otherwise, it determines the type of the new pool.
+\f5mode\fP can be constructed by bitwise or-ing of \f5SF_READ\fP and \f5SF_WRITE\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfsetdisc(f,disc)\fP changes
+the io-discipline of the stream \f5f\fP, i.e.,
+to specify alternative functions for read, write, seek, and to handle exceptions.
+The default discipline consists of the system calls \f5read()\fP, \f5write()\fP,
+and \f5lseek()\fP.
+The \f5disc\fP argument is either \f5NULL\fP to reset to the default discipline
+or a pointer to a \f5Sfdisc_t\fP structure which contains the following fields:
+.PP
+.nf
+	\f5int	(*readf)();\fP
+	\f5int	(*writef)();\fP
+	\f5long	(*seekf)();\fP
+	\f5int	(*exceptf)();\fP
+	\f5void*	handle;\fP
+.fi
+.PP
+The first three fields of \f5Sfdisc_t\fP specify alternative io functions.
+If any of them is \f5NULL\fP, the corresponding system call is used.
+A discipline io function, say \f5(*readf)()\fP,
+is called with 4 arguments.
+The first argument is the stream pointer.
+The second and third arguments correspond to the second and third arguments
+of the respected system call.
+The fourth argument is the \f5handle\fP field of \f5Sfdisc_t\fP.
+The exception function, \f5(*exceptf)()\fP, if provided, is called
+when an exception happens during a read/write operation, when a stream
+is being closed, or when the discipline is being reset.
+A read/write operation is said to cause an exception if its return value
+is zero or negative. It is up to the exception function to determine
+the type of exception (for example, by examining \f5errno\fP).
+When \f5(*exceptf)()\fP is called, the stream will be opened for general operations.
+However, \f5(*exceptf)()\fP should not attempt to close the stream.
+\f5(*exceptf)()\fP is called as:
+\f5(*exceptf)(f,type,handle)\fP. \f5type\fP is:
+\f50\fP when the discipline is being reset,
+\f5SF_EOF\fP when the stream is being closed,
+\f5SF_READ\fP when an exception happens during a read operation, and
+\f5SF_WRITE\fP when an exception happens during a write operation.
+For the cases of \f5SF_READ\fP and \f5SF_WRITE\fP,
+the executing \fIsfio\fP function will examine the return value of \f5(*exceptf)()\fP
+for further actions:
+\fInegative\fP for immediate return,
+\fIzero\fP for executing default actions associated with the exception,
+and \fIpositive\fP for resuming execution.
+Note that a \f5SF_STRING\fP stream does not perform external io so the
+io functions are not used. However, an exception occurs whenever
+an io operation exceeds the stream buffer boundary and
+\f5(*exceptf)()\fP, if defined, will be called as appropriate.
+\f5sfsetdisc()\fP returns the pointer to the previous discipline
+or \f5NULL\fP if an error happened.
+Finally, it is the application's responsibility to manage the space used
+by the \f5Sfdisc_t\fP structures.
+.PP
+\f5sfclose(f)\fP closes the given stream \f5f\fP and frees up its resources.
+If \f5f\fP is \f5NULL\fP, all streams are closed.
+If \f5f\fP is a stack of streams, all streams on the stack are closed.
+If \f5f\fP is a \f5sfpopen\fP-stream, its companion stream, if any, is also closed.
+Further, \f5sfclose()\fP will wait until the associated command terminates,
+then return its exit status.
+A few file flags affect the behavior of \f5sfclose()\fP.
+If \f5SF_KEEPFD\fP is on, the underlying file descriptor is not closed.
+If \f5SF_REUSE\fP is on, \f5sfclose()\fP will only synchronize the buffer
+and close the file descriptor (subject to \f5SF_KEEPFD\fP).
+The stream structure is left intact, including
+pool (\f5sfpool()\fP) or discipline (\f5sfsetdisc()\fP) information.
+.PP
+\f5sfsync(f)\fP causes the physical file pointer of the stream
+\f5f\fP to correspond to its logical position.
+If \f5f\fP is the base of a stack of streams, all streams on the stack
+are synchronized. Further, a stacked stream can only be synchronized
+via its base stream.
+.PP
+\f5sfpeek(f,bufp)\fP provides a safe method for enquiring
+information on the internal buffer of a stream.
+If \f5bufp\fP is \f5NULL\fP, \f5sfpeek()\fP simply returns the amount of data
+available in the buffer to read if \f5f\fP is in read mode
+or the amount of buffer available to write if \f5f\fP is in write mode.
+If \f5bufp\fP is not \f5NULL\fP, \f5sfpeek()\fP provides access to the buffer.
+For a read stream, if the buffer is empty, it is filled and,
+for a write-stream, if the buffer is full, it is flushed.
+Then, for a read stream, \f5bufp\fP is set to the place in the buffer
+where data is available and, for a write stream,
+it is set to where data can be written.
+The return value of \f5sfseek()\fP indicates how much data or space is available
+in the buffer. However, if the stream is in \f5SF_LINE|SF_READ\fP mode,
+the return value will be the data length up to and including the new-line character.
+In this case, if there is not a new-line character in the buffered data,
+more data may be read.
+Note that the buffer location is not advanced by \f5sfpeek()\fP.
+That must be done by a regular io call such as \f5sfread\fP or \f5sfwrite\fP on
+the pointer returned in \f5bufp\fP.
+Finally, \f5sfpeek()\fP treats a read/write-stream like a read-stream
+(however, see also \f5sfset()\fP).
+.PP
+\f5sfgetc(f)\fP returns a byte from the stream \f5f\fP or -1 when an end-of-file
+or error condition is encountered.
+.PP
+\f5sfungetc(f,c)\fP puts the byte \f5c\fP back into the stream \f5f\fP.
+This is guaranteed to work only after a \f5sfgetc()\fP call.
+.PP
+\f5sfgetu(f)\fP, \f5sfgetl(f)\fP, and \f5sfgetd(f)\fP return
+an \fIunsigned long\fP, a \fIlong\fP value, or a \fIdouble\fP value
+that was coded in a portable fashion
+(see \f5sfputu()\fP, \f5sfputl()\fP, and \f5sfputd()\fP).
+If there is not enough data to decode a value,
+these functions will return \f5-1\fP and the stream is set in an error state
+(\f5see \f5sferror()\fP).
+.PP
+\f5sfgets(f,buf,size)\fP reads a line of input from the stream \f5f\fP.
+If \f5buf\fP is not \f5NULL\fP and \f5size\fP is positive, \f5sfgets\fP
+reads up to \f5size-1\fP characters into the buffer \f5buf\fP.
+Otherwise, the characters are read into a static area that is dynamically
+grown as necessary. Thus, in this case, there is no limit to line length.
+A nul-character is appended after the input characters.
+\f5sfgets()\fP returns the pointer to the new string or \f5NULL\fP when
+no data was read due to end-of-file or an error condition.
+After a string is read, its length can be found using \f5sfslen()\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfread(f,buf,n)\fP reads up to \f5n\fP bytes from the stream \f5f\fP and
+stores them in the given buffer \f5buf\fP.
+It returns the number of bytes actually read.
+.PP
+\f5sfscanf(f,format,...)\fP scans a number of items from the stream \f5f\fP.
+The item types are determined from the string \f5format\fP.
+See \fIfscanf()\fP (UNIX User's Manual, Section 3) for details on predefined formats.
+The standardly supported formats are:
+\f5i, I, d, D, u, U, o, O, x, X, f, F, e, E, g, G, c, %, s,\fP and \f5[]\fP.
+The \f5sfscanf()\fP interface also supports additional formats as described below.
+.IP
+The pattern \f5%&\fP indicates that the next argument in the argument list of
+\f5sfscanf()\fP is a function, say \f5(*extf)()\fP, to process patterns that are not
+predefined by the \f5sfscanf()\fP interface.
+The prototype of \f5(*extf)()\fP is:
+.nf
+	\f5int (*extf)(Sfile_t* f, int fmt, int length, char** rv);\fP
+.fi
+\f5f\fP is the same input stream passed to \f5sfvscanf\fP.
+\f5fmt\fP is the pattern to be processed.
+\f5length\fP, if non-negative, is the maximum number of input bytes
+to be read in processing the pattern,
+\f5rv\fP is used to return the ``address'' of the value to be assigned.
+\f5(*extf)()\fP returns the size of the value to be assigned.
+A negative return value from \f5(*extf)()\fP means that the specified pattern
+cannot be handled. This pattern is treated as if it is not matched.
+.IP
+The pattern \f5%@\fP indicates that the next argument in the argument list \f5args\fP
+is a function, say \f5(*argf)()\fP, to process the values of matched patterns.
+The prototype of \f5(*argf)()\fP is:
+.nf
+	\f5int (*argf)(int fmt, char* value, int n)\fP;
+.fi
+If the return value of \f5(*argf)()\fP is negative, the processing
+of the current format string will be stopped (see \f5%$\fP below).
+\f5fmt\fP determines the type of \f5value\fP: \f5f\fP for \fIfloat\fP,
+\f5F\fP for \fIdouble\fP, \f5h\fP for \fIshort\fP, \f5d\fP for \fIint\fP,
+\f5D\fP for \fIlong\fP, \f5s\fP for \fIchar*\fP. Any other value for \f5fmt\fP
+means that it is an extended pattern and \f5value\fP contains an address
+to the scanned value. \f5n\fP contains the size of the object if it is a
+primitive type. If the object is \f5char*\fP or the address of the scanned
+value of an extended format, \f5n\fP is the length of this object.
+.IP
+The pattern \f5%:\fP indicates that the next two arguments in the argument list
+\f5args\fP define a new pair of format string and a list of arguments of
+the type \f5va_list\fP (see \f5varargs.h\fP or \f5stdarg.h\fP).
+The new pair is pushed on top of the stack and the scanning process continues with them.
+The top pair of format string and argument list is popped when the processing
+of the format string is stopped. When a new pair is stacked,
+\f5(*argf)()\fP and \f5(*extf)()\fP are inherited.
+They are reset when the stack is popped.
+.PP
+\f5sfsscanf(s,format,...)\fP is similar to \f5sfscanf()\fP
+but it scans data from the string \f5s\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfvscanf(f,format,args)\fP is the primitive underlying \f5sfscanf()\fP
+and \f5sfscanf()\fP. It also provides a portable variable argument interface.
+Programs that use \f5sfvscanf()\fP must include either of \f5varargs.h\fP
+or \f5stdargs.h\fP as appropriate.
+.PP
+\f5sfputc(f,c)\fP writes the byte \f5c\fP to the stream \f5f\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfnputc(f,c,n)\fP writes the byte \f5c\fP to the stream \f5f\fP \f5n\fP times.
+It returns the number of bytes successfully written.
+.PP
+\f5sfputu(f,v)\fP, \f5sfputl(f,v)\fP write the \fIunsigned long\fP or \fIlong\fP
+value \f5v\fP in a format that is byte-order transparent.
+\f5sfputd(f,v)\fP writes the \fIdouble\fP value \f5v\fP in a portable format.
+Portability across two different machines
+requires that the bit order in a byte is the same on both machines.
+\f5sfputd()\fP also relies on the functions \f5ldexp()\fP and \f5frexp()\fP
+(See \fIfrexp.3\fP) for coding.
+Upon success, \f5sfputu()\fP, \f5sfputl()\fP and \f5sfputd()\fP
+return the number of bytes output.
+.PP
+\f5sfputs(f,s,c)\fP writes the null-terminated string \f5s\fP to the stream \f5f\fP.
+If \f5c\fP is not 0, it is a character to be appended after the string has been output.
+\f5sfputs()\fP returns the number of bytes written.
+.PP
+\f5sfwrite(f,buf,n)\fP writes out \f5n\fP bytes from the buffer \f5buf\fP to the
+stream \f5f\fP. It returns the number of bytes written.
+.PP
+\f5sfmove(fr,fw,n,seps)\fP moves \f5n\fP objects
+from the stream \f5fr\fP to the stream \f5fw\fP.
+If either \f5fr\fP or \f5fw\fP is \f5NULL\fP, it acts
+as if it is a stream corresponding to \fI/dev/null\fP.
+If \f5n\fP is \f5<0\fP, all of \f5fr\fP is moved.
+If \f5seps\fP is \f5NULL\fP or an empty string, the objects to be moved are bytes.
+Otherwise, the moved objects are records separated by bytes defined in \f5seps\fP.
+In \f5seps\fP, if the first two bytes is \f5\e0\fP, it is mapped to the zero byte.
+All other cases map a byte to itself.
+\f5sfmove()\fP returns the number of objects moved.
+.PP
+\f5sfprintf(f,format,...)\fP writes out data in
+a format as defined by the string \f5format\fP.
+See \fIfprintf()\fP (UNIX User's Manual, Section 3) for details on predefined
+conversion formats.
+The standardly supported formats are:
+\f5n, s, c, %, h, i, d, p, u, o, x, X, g, G, e, E, f,\fP and \f5F\fP.
+\f5sfprintf()\fP also supports additional formats as described below.
+.IP
+The pattern \f5%&\fP indicates that the next argument
+is a function, say \f5(*extf)()\fP, to interpret patterns not yet defined
+by \f5sfprintf()\fP.
+The prototype of \f5(*extf)()\fP is:
+.nf
+	\f5int (*extf)(void* value, int fmt, int precis, char** sp);\fP
+.fi
+\f5value\fP is the value to be formatted.
+\f5fmt\fP is the pattern to format the value.
+\f5precis\fP is the amount of precision required.
+\f5sp\fP is used to return the address of a string containing the formatted value.
+If upon returning from \f5(*extf)()\fP, \f5*sp\fP is \f5NULL\fP, the pattern \f5fmt\fP
+is treated as if it is not matched.
+Otherwise, the return value of \f5(*extf)()\fP, if nonnegative, is taken as the length
+of the string returned in \f5sp\fP. If not, the string is considered null-terminated.
+The string \f5*sp\fP is processed as if the pattern \f5`s'\fP was specified.
+.IP
+The pattern \f5%@\fP indicates that the next argument is a function, say \f5(*argf)()\fP,
+to get arguments. As long as \f5(*argf)()\fP is defined, the argument list is ignored.
+The prototype of \f5(*argf)()\fP is:
+.nf
+	\f5int (*argf)(int fmt, char* val)\fP;
+.fi
+\f5fmt\fP is the pattern to be processed.
+Following are ASCII characters and corresponding types:
+\f5@\fP for getting a new \f5(*argf)()\fP,
+\f5&\fP for getting a new \f5(*extf)()\fP,
+\f51\fP for getting a new format string for stacking,
+\f52\fP for getting a new argument list for stacking,
+\f5d\fP for \fIint\fP,
+\f5D\fP for \fIlong\fP,
+\f5f\fP for \fIfloat\fP,
+\f5F\fP for \f5double\fP, and
+\f5s\fP for \fIchar*\fP.
+If \f5(*extf)()\fP is defined, and an undefined pattern is encountered,
+\f5(*argf)()\fP will be called with this pattern.
+\f5val\fP is an address to store the value to be formatted.
+The return value of \f5(*argf)()\fP, if negative, stops the processing
+of the current format (see below).
+.IP
+The pattern \f5%:\fP indicates that the next two arguments define
+a pair of format string and argument list of the type \f5va_list\fP.
+If the argument getting function \f5(*argf)()\fP is already defined,
+it is called with the argument \f5fmt\fP being the characters
+\f51\fP and \fP2\fP for the new format string and argument list respectively.
+The new pair is stacked on top and processing continue from there.
+The top pair of format string and argument is popped when the format string
+is exhausted. When a new pair is pushed, \f5(*argf)()\fP and \f5(*extf)()\fP
+are inherited. When a pair is popped, these functions will be reset.
+.PP
+\f5sfsprintf(s,size,format,...)\fP is similar to \f5sfprintf()\fP
+but it is used to format
+the character array \f5s\fP which is of size \f5size\fP.
+The length of the resulting string can be gotten via \f5sfslen()\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfvprintf(f,format,args)\fP is the primitive underlying \f5sfprintf()\fP
+and \f5sfsprintf()\fP. It provides a portable variable argument interface.
+Programs that use \f5sfvprintf()\fP must include either of \f5varargs.h\fP
+or \f5stdargs.h\fP as appropriate.
+.PP
+\f5sfnotice(noticef)\fP sets a function \f5(*noticef)()\fP which will
+be called whenever a stream is created or closed.
+\f5(*noticef)()\fP is called with two arguments.
+The first argument is the stream pointer and
+the second argument is either \f50\fP or \f5SF_EOF\fP to indicate
+whether the stream is being opened or being closed.
+.PP
+\f5sfset(f,flags,i)\fP sets flags or file descriptor for the stream \f5f\fP.
+If \f5flags\fP is the value \f5SF_EOF\fP, the file descriptor of the stream
+is changed to the value in \f5i\fP. In this case, \f5sfset()\fP returns \f5-1\fP
+on error or \f5i\fP on success.
+If \f5flags\fP is not \f5SF_EOF\fP, it defines a collection of flags to be
+turned on or off depending on whether \f5i\fP is non-zero or zero.
+The flags that can be turned on or off are:
+\f5SF_READ\fP, \f5SF_WRITE\fP,
+\f5SF_LINE\fP, \f5SF_KEEPFD\fP, \f5SF_REUSE\fP, \f5SF_MALLOC\fP and \f5SF_SHARE\fP.
+The flags \f5SF_READ\fP and \f5SF_WRITE\fP can be used in a call to \f5sfset()\fP
+only if the stream \f5f\fP was opened for both read and write.
+Turning off one of these flags means that the stream is to be treated as
+if it was opened with the other flag exclusively (see \f5sfpeek()\fP).
+In this case, \f5sfset()\fP returns the entire set of flags controlling the stream.
+Thus, the current set of flags can be found by \f5sfset(f,0,0)\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfsetbuf(f,buf,size)\fP changes the current buffer of the stream \f5f\fP to
+the new buffer \f5buf\fP. If the stream is a \f5SF_WRITE\fP stream,
+any data still in the current buffer is thrown away.
+Thus, if an application desires to preserve such data, it should
+call \f5sfsync()\fP before trying to switch buffers.
+If \f5size\fP is positive, \f5buf\fP is taken as a buffer of the given size.
+If \f5size\fP is zero, the stream will be unbuffered.
+If \f5size\fP is negative, an internal buffer is allocated.
+\f5sfsetbuf()\fP returns the address of the old buffer.
+.PP
+\f5sffileno(f)\fP returns the file descriptor of the stream \f5f\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfeof(f)\fP tells whether there is any more data in the stream \f5f\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sforigin(f)\fP returns the origin location in the stream \f5f\fP (see \f5sfnew()\fP).
+If this location is \f5-1L\fP, the stream is not seekable.
+Note that the standard streams \f5sfstdin\fP, \f5sfstdout\fP, and \f5sfstderr\fP,
+though statically allocated, are not initialized until an operation that may
+affect its internal structure. Thus, the return value \f50L\fP of \f5sforigin()\fP 
+on such an initialized stream is not reliable.
+.PP
+\f5sferror(f)\fP and \f5sfclearerr(f)\fP returns or clears the error condition
+of the stream \f5f\fP. Note that the error condition of a stream does not prevent
+further io operations to be performed on them.
+.PP
+\f5sfclrlock(f)\fP clears the lock on a locked stream.
+Though this is unsafe, it is useful for emergency access
+to a locked stream or to clear a stream left locked because
+of non-local jumps (e.g., \f5longjmp()\fP).
+.PP
+\f5sfslen()\fP returns the length of the string most recently obtained
+via a \f5sfgets()\fP, \f5sfsprintf()\fP, \f5sfecvt()\fP or \f5sffcvt()\fP call.
+.PP
+\f5sfulen(v)\fP, \f5sfllen(v)\fP and \f5sfdlen(v)\fP
+return the number of bytes required to code the
+\fIunsigned long\fP, \fIlong\fP or \fIdouble\fP value \f5v\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfseek(f,addr,offset)\fP sets the next read/write location for the stream \f5f\fP
+at a new address defined by the combination of \f5addr\fP and \f5offset\fP.
+If \f5offset\fP is 0, \f5addr\fP is offset from the origin of the stream
+(see \f5sfnew()\fP).
+If \f5offset\fP is 1, \f5addr\fP is offset from the current location.
+Note that if \f5f\fP was opened for appending (\f5SF_APPEND\fP) and the last operation
+done on it was a write operation, the \fIcurrent location\fP is at the physical
+end of file.
+If \f5offset\fP is 2, \f5addr\fP is offset from the \fIphysical\fP end of the stream.
+In all cases, \f5sfseek()\fP is not allowed to seek backward beyond the stream origin.
+.PP
+\f5sftell(f)\fP returns the current location in the stream \f5f\fP relative
+to the stream origin (see \f5sfnew()\fP).
+As with \f5sfseek()\fP, if \f5f\fP was opened for appending (\f5SF_APPEND\fP)
+and the last operation done on it was a write operation,
+the \fIcurrent location\fP is at the physical end of file.
+If the stream \f5f\fP is unseekable, \f5sftell\fP returns the number of bytes
+read from or written to \f5f\fP.
+.PP
+\f5sfecvt(v,n,decpt,sign)\fP and
+\f5sffcvt(v,n,decpt,sign)\fP are functions to convert floating values to ASCII.
+They corresponds to the standard functions \f5ecvt()\fP and \f5fcvt()\fP.
+The length of the conversion string most recently done by
+\f5sfecvt()\fP or \f5sffcvt()\fP can be found by \f5sfslen()\fP.
+.PP
+.SH HISTORY AND FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS
+\fIsfio\fP has similar functionality, but is more general
+than the \fIstdio\fP package.
+It grows from our dissatisfaction with the awkwardness, fragility
+and inefficiency in \fIstdio\fP.
+An example of \fIstdio\fP awkwardness is that
+even if a stream was opened for read and write,
+the application code cannot arbitrarily mix read and write operations. 
+An earlier attempt was made at rewriting \fIstdio\fP.
+This failed due to problems that arise when linking with code based on \fIstdio\fP.
+Changing the name space reduces this type of problems.
+It also allows us to both stream-line and extend the interface as appropriate.
+.SH AUTHORS
+Kiem-Phong Vo (att!ulysses!kpv) and  David G. Korn (att!ulysses!dgk).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/sharesfile.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/sharesfile.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7fa62b1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/sharesfile.3
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+.TH SHARESFILE 3 SHARE
+.SH NAME
+sharesfile \- change name of shares file
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B "int sharesfile(s)"
+.br
+.B "char * s;"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This routine
+closes the old shares file (if open)
+and resets its name to the string passed.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+closeshares(3),
+getshares(3),
+getshput(3),
+openshares(3),
+putshares(3).
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/sin.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/sin.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..80bdddb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/sin.3
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'SIN, COS (III)'3/15/72'SIN, COS (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		sin, cos -- sine cosine
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,sin (cos)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The
+sine (cosine) of fr0 in radians
+is returned in fr0.
+.sp
+The magnitude of the argument should be checked
+by the caller to make sure the result is meaningful.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	there are none
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/sinh.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/sinh.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3e6d3b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/sinh.3
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+.TH SINH 3M
+.CT 2 math
+.SH NAME
+sinh, cosh, tanh \(mi hyperbolic functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <math.h>
+.PP
+.B double sinh(x)
+.br
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double cosh(x)
+.B double x;
+.PP
+.B double tanh(x)
+.B double x;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions compute the designated hyperbolic functions
+for real arguments.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Sinh
+and
+.I cosh
+return a huge value of appropriate sign
+when the correct value would overflow
+and set
+.I errno
+to
+.LR EDOM .
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/sleep.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/sleep.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..98e6e438
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/sleep.3
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+.TH SLEEP 3
+.CT 2 time_man
+.SH NAME
+sleep \(mi suspend execution for an interval
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B sleep(seconds)
+.B unsigned seconds;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The current process is suspended from execution for the number
+of seconds specified by the argument.
+The actual suspension time may be up to
+one
+second less than
+that requested, because scheduled wakeups occur at fixed
+second
+intervals,
+and an arbitrary amount longer because of other activity
+in the system.
+.PP
+The routine is implemented by setting an alarm clock signal
+and pausing until it occurs.
+The previous state of this signal is saved and restored.
+If the sleep time exceeds the time to the alarm signal,
+the process sleeps only until the signal would have occurred, and the
+signal is sent one second later.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR alarm (2)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/sqrt.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/sqrt.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..425886cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/sqrt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'SQRT (III)'3/15/72'SQRT (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		sqrt -- square root function
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr	r5,sqrt
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The
+square root of fr0 is returned in fr0.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	The c-bit is
+set on negative arguments and 0 is returned.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ssbuf.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ssbuf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1056700b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ssbuf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH SSBUF 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+strstreambuf \- streambuf specialized to arrays
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta1i 2i 4i
+.ft B
+.nf
+#include <iostream.h>
+#include <strstream.h>
+
+class strstreambuf : streambuf {
+public:
+		strstreambuf() ;
+		strstreambuf(char*,int,char*);
+		strstreambuf(int);
+		strstreambuf(unsigned char*, int, unsigned char*);
+		strstreambuf(void* (*a)(long), void(*f)(void*));
+
+	void	freeze(int n=1) ;
+	char*	str();
+	streambuf*	setbuf(char*,int)
+};
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+A \f(CWstrstreambuf\fR
+is a \f(CWstreambuf\fR that uses an array of bytes (a string) to hold
+the sequence of characters.
+Given the convention that a \f(CWchar*\fR should be interpreted as
+pointing just before the \f(CWchar\fR it really points at, the mapping
+between the abstract get/put pointers and \f(CWchar*\fR pointers
+is direct.  Moving the pointers corresponds exactly to incrementing
+and decrementing the \f(CWchar*\fR values.
+.PP
+To accommodate the need for arbitrary length strings
+\f(CWstrstreambuf\fRs
+supports an automatic mode.
+When a \fBstrstreambuf\fR is in automatic mode, space for
+the character sequence is
+allocated as needed.
+When the sequence is extended too far, it will be copied
+to a new array.
+.PP
+Assume
+.br
+\(em \fBssb\fR is a \f(CWstrstreambuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBn\fR is an \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBptr\fR and \fBpstart\fR are \f(CWchar*\fR or \f(CWunsigned char*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBa\fR is \f(CWvoid* (*)(long)\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBf\fR is \f(CWvoid* (*)(void*)\fR.
+.PP
+The constructors:
+.TP
+\fBstrstreambuf()\fR
+Constructs an empty buffer in dynamic mode.  This means that
+space will be automatically allocated to accomodate the
+characters that are put into the buffer (using operators \f(CWnew\fR
+and \f(CWdelete\fR).  Because this may require copying the
+original characters, it is recommended that when large strings
+will be used that \fBsetbuf\fR be used (as described below) to
+inform the \f(CWstrstreambuf\fR.
+.TP
+\fBstrstreambuf(a,f)\fR
+Constructs an empty buffer in dynamic mode.
+\fBa\fR is used as the allocator function
+in dynamic mode.  If it is null, \f(CWoperator new\fR will be used.
+\fBf\fR is used to free (or delete) areas returned by \fBa\fR.
+If it is null \f(CWoperator delete\fR is used.
+.TP
+\fBstrstreambuf(n)\fR
+Constructs an empty buffer in dynamic mode.  The initial allocation
+of space will be at least \fBn\fR bytes.
+.TP
+\fBstrstreambuf(ptr,n,pstart)\fR
+Constructs a buffer to use the bytes starting at
+\fBptr\fR.  If \fBn\fR is positive and the \fBn\fR bytes starting
+at \fBptr\fR are used.  If \fBn\fR is zero, \fBptr\fR is assumed
+to point to the beginning of a null terminated strings and
+the bytes of that string (not including the terminating null character)
+will constitute the buffer.  If \fBn\fR is negative the buffer is
+assumed to continue indefinitely.
+The get pointer is initialized to \fBptr\fR.  The
+put pointer is initialized to \fBpstart\fR.  If \fBpstart\fR is
+null then stores will be treated as errors.  If \fBpstart\fR
+is non null then the initial sequence (for fetching) consists
+of the bytes between \fBptr\fR and \fBpstart\fR.  If \fBpstart\fR
+is null then the initial sequence consists of the entire array.
+.PP
+Member functions:
+.TP
+\fBssb->freeze(n)\fR
+Inhibits (\fBn\fR nonzero) or permits (\fBn\fR zero) automatic
+deletion
+of the current array.
+Deletion normally occurs when more space is needed
+or when \fBssb\fR is being destroyed.  Only
+space obtained dynamic allocation is ever freed.
+It is an error (and the effect is undefined) to store characters
+into a buffer that was in automatic allocation mode and is now
+frozen.
+It is possible, however, to thaw (unfreeze) such a buffer and
+resume storing characters.
+.TP
+\fBptr=ssb->str()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the first char of the current array and freezes
+\fBssb\fR.  If \fBssb\fR was constructed with an explicit array
+\fBinit\fR,
+\fBptr\fR will point to that array.
+If \fBssb\fR is in automatic
+allocation mode, but nothing has yet been stored, \fBptr\fR may
+be null.
+\fBstr\fR freezes \fBssb\fR.
+.TP
+\Bssb->setbuf(0,n)\fR
+\fBssb\fR remembers \fBn\fR and the next time it does a dynamic
+mode allocation, it makes sure that at least \fBn\fR bytes
+are allocated.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+sbuf.pub(3C++)
+strstream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/stak.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/stak.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..903443b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/stak.3
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+.TH STAK 3
+.SH NAME
+\fBstak\fR \- data stack storage library
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta .75i 1.5i 2.25i 3i 3.75i 4.5i 5.25i 6i
+.PP
+.nf
+\f5
+#include <stak.h>
+
+Stak_t *stakcreate(int \fIflags\fP);
+Stak_t *stakinstall(Stak_t *\fIstack\fP, char *(\fIoverflow\fP)(int));
+int stakdelete(Stak_t *\fIstack\fP);
+void staklink(Stak_t *\fIstack\fP)
+
+char *stakalloc(unsigned \fIsize\fP);
+char *stakcopy(const char *\fIstring\fP);
+char *stakset(char *\fIaddress\fP, unsigned \fIoffset\fP);
+
+char *stakseek(unsigned \fIoffset\fP);
+int stakputc(int \fIc\fP);
+int stakputs(const char *\fIstring\fP);
+int staktell(void);
+char *stakptr(unsigned \fIoffset\fP);
+char *stakfreeze(unsigned \fIextra\fP);
+\fR
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+\f5stak\fP is a package of routines designed to provide efficient
+stack oriented dynamic storage.
+A stack abstraction consists of an ordered list of contiguous
+memory regions, called stack frames, that can hold objects of
+arbitrary size.
+A stack is represented by the type \f5Stak_t\fP
+defined in header \f5<stak.h>\fP.
+At any instant there is one active stack.
+Variable size objects can be
+added to the active stack
+and programs can reference these objects directly with pointers.
+In addition, the last object on the stack
+(referred to here as the current object)
+can be built incrementally.
+The current object has an associated offset that determines its
+current size.
+While the current object is being built incrementally,
+its location might
+change so that it is necessary to reference the object with
+relative offsets ranging from zero to the current offset of the object.
+.PP
+There is a preset initial active stack.
+To use an additional stack, it is necessary to create it and to
+install it as the active stack.
+A stack is created with the \f5stakcreate\fP() function.
+A \fIflags\fP argument of \f5STAK_SMALL\fP indicates that unused
+space on the stack should be freed whenever this stack ceases
+to be the active stack. 
+If successful,
+\f5stakcreate\fP() returns a pointer to a stack whose reference
+count is 1.
+Otherwise, \f5stakcreate\fP() returns a null pointer.
+The \f5staklink\fP() function increases the reference count for the
+given \fIstack\fP.
+The \f5stakinstall\fP() function 
+makes the specified \fIstack\fP the active stack and returns a pointer
+to the previous active stack.
+When the \fIoverflow\fP argument is not null,
+it specifies a function that will
+be called whenever \f5malloc\fP(3) fails while trying to grow the
+stack.
+The \fIoverflow\fP function will be called with the size that was passed
+to \f5malloc\fP(3).
+The \fIoverflow\fP function can call \f5exit\fP(3), call \f5longjmp\fP(3)
+or return.
+If the \f5overflow\fP function returns,
+it must return a pointer to a memory region of the given size.
+The default action is to write an error to standard error and to
+call \f5exit\fP(2) with a non-zero exit value.
+When \fIstack\fP is a null pointer,
+the active stack is not changed
+but the \fIoverflow\fP function for the active stack can be changed
+and a pointer to the active stack is returned.
+The \f5stakdelete\fP() function decrements the reference count and
+frees the memory associated with
+the specified stack
+when the reference count is zero.
+The effect of subsequent references to objects
+on the stack are undefined.
+.PP
+The
+\f5stakalloc\fP() function returns an aligned pointer to space on the
+active stack that can be used to hold any object of the given \fIsize\fP.
+\f5stakalloc\fP() is similar to \f5malloc\fP(3) except that individual
+items returned by \f5stakalloc\fP() can not be freed.
+\f5stakalloc\fP() causes the offset of the current object to be set to
+zero.
+.PP
+The
+\f5stakcopy\fP() function copies the given string onto the stack
+and returns a pointer to the \fIstring\fP on the stack.
+\f5stakcopy\fP() causes the offset of the current object to be set to
+zero.
+.PP
+The \f5stakset\fP() function finds the frame containing the given
+\fIaddress\fP, frees all frames that were created after the one containing
+the given \fIaddress\fP, and sets the current object to the given
+\fIaddress\fP.
+The top of the current object is set to \fIoffset\fP bytes from
+current object.
+If \fIaddress\fP is not the address of an object on the
+stack the result is undefined.
+.PP
+The remaining functions are used to build the current object incrementally.
+An object that is built incrementally on the stack will  
+always occupy contiguous memory within a stack frame but
+until \f5stakfreeze\fP() is called,
+the location in memory for the object can change.
+There is a current offset associated with the current object that
+determines where subsequent operations apply.
+Initially, this offset is zero, and the offset changes as a result
+of the operations you specify.
+The \f5stakseek\fP() function is used set the offset for the
+current object.
+The \fIoffset\fP argument to \f5stakseek\fP() specifies the new 
+offset for the current object.
+The frame will be extended or moved
+if \f5offset\fP causes the new current offset to extend beyond the
+current frame.
+\f5stakseek\fP() returns a pointer to the beginning of the current object.
+The \f5staktell\fP() function gives the offset of the current object.
+.PP
+The \f5stakputc\fP() function adds a given character to the current object
+on the stack.
+The current offset is advanced by 1.
+The \f5stakputs\fP() appends the given \fIstring\fP onto the current
+object in the stack and returns the length of the string.
+The current offset is advanced by the length of the string.
+.PP
+The \f5stakptr\fP() function converts the given \f5offset\fP
+for the current object into a memory address on the stack.
+This address is only valid until another stack operation is given.
+The result is not defined if \fIoffset\fP exceeds the size of the current
+object.
+The \f5stakfreeze\fP()
+function terminates the current object on the
+stack and returns a pointer to the beginning of this object.
+If \fIextra\fP is non-zero, \fIextra\fP bytes are added to the stack
+before the current object is terminated.  The first added byte will
+contain zero and the contents of the remaining bytes are undefined.
+.PP
+.SH HISTORY
+The
+\f5stak\fP
+interface was derived from similar routines in the KornShell code
+that is used for building parse trees and carrying out expansions.
+It provides an efficient mechanism for grouping dynamically allocated
+objects so that they can be freed all at once rather than individually.
+.SH AUTHOR
+ David Korn
+.SH SEE ALSO
+\f5exit(2)\fP
+\f5longjmp(3)\fP
+\f5malloc(3)\fP
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/stdio.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/stdio.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..027de3a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/stdio.3
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+.TH STDIO 3S
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+stdio \(mi standard buffered input/output package
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B FILE *stdin;
+.B FILE *stdout;
+.B FILE *stderr;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The functions described in Sections 3S constitute an efficient
+user-level buffering scheme.
+The in-line macros
+.IR getc (3)
+and
+.IR  putc
+handle characters quickly.
+The higher level routines
+.I "fgets, scanf, fscanf, fread,"
+.I "puts, fputs, printf, fprintf, fwrite"
+all use
+.I getc
+and
+.I putc;
+they can be freely intermixed.
+.PP
+A file with associated buffering is called a
+.I stream,
+and is declared to be a pointer to a defined type
+.BR FILE .
+.IR  Fopen (3)
+creates certain descriptive data for a stream
+and returns a pointer to designate the stream in all
+further transactions.
+There are three normally open streams with constant
+pointers declared in
+the include file and associated with the standard open files:
+.TP 10n
+.BR stdin
+standard input file
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.B stdout
+standard output file
+.br
+.ns
+.TP
+.BR stderr
+standard error file
+.PP
+A constant pointer
+.L
+NULL
+designates no stream at all.
+.PP
+An integer constant
+.B EOF
+is returned
+upon end of file or error by integer functions that
+deal with streams.
+.PP
+Any routine that uses the standard input/output package
+must include the header file
+.F <stdio.h>
+of pertinent
+macro definitions.
+The functions and constants mentioned in sections labeled 3S
+are declared in the include file
+and need no further declaration.
+The constants, and the following `functions' are
+implemented as macros:
+.I getc,
+.I getchar,
+.I putc,
+.I putchar,
+.I feof,
+.I ferror,
+.IR fileno .
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR printf (3),
+.IR scanf (3),
+.IR fopen (3),
+.IR getc (3),
+.IR fgets (3),
+.IR fread (3),
+.IR fseek (3),
+.IR ungetc (3),
+.IR popen (3),
+.IR setbuf (3),
+.IR ferror (3)
+.br
+.IR open (2), 
+.IR read (2), 
+.IR fio (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+The value
+.B EOF
+is returned uniformly to indicate that a
+.B FILE
+pointer has not been initialized with
+.I fopen,
+input (output) has been attempted on an output (input) stream,
+or a
+.B FILE
+pointer designates corrupt or otherwise unintelligible
+.B FILE
+data.
+.SH BUGS
+Buffering of output can prevent output data
+from being seen until long after it is computed \- perhaps
+never, as when an abort occurs between buffer filling and flushing.
+.br
+Buffering of input can cause a process to consume
+more input than it actually uses.
+This can cause trouble across
+.IR exec (2)
+or
+.IR system (3)
+calls.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/stdiobuf.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/stdiobuf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..eb35226d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/stdiobuf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH STDIOBUF 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+stdiobuf \- iostream specialized to stdio FILE
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ft B
+.ta1i 2i
+.nf
+#include <iostream.h>
+#include <strstream.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+class stdiobuf : streambuf {
+		stdiobuf(FILE* f);
+	FILE*	stdiofile();
+}
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+Operations on a
+\f(CWstdiobuf\fR
+are reflected on
+the underlying
+\f(CWFILE\fR.
+A \f(CWstdiobuf\fR is constructed in unbuffered mode, which causes all operations
+to be immediately reflected in the \f(CWFILE\fR.
+\fBseek\fRs are translated into \fBfseek\fRs.
+\fBsetbuf\fR has its usual meaning.  If it supplies a reserve
+area buffering will be turned back on.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+filebuf(3C++)
+istream(3C++)
+ostream(3C++)
+ssbuf.pub(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/string.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/string.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c6e1286
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/string.3
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+.TH STRING 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+strcat, strncat, strcmp, strncmp, strcpy, strncpy, strlen,
+strchr, strrchr, strpbrk, strspn, strcspn, strtok, strdup \(mi string operations
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.2C
+.B #include <libc.h>
+.PP
+.B char *strcat(s1, s2)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.PP
+.B char *strncat(s1, s2, n)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.B int n;
+.PP
+.B int strcmp(s1, s2)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.PP
+.B int strncmp(s1, s2, n)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.B int n;
+.PP
+.B char *strcpy(s1, s2)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.PP
+.B char *strncpy(s1, s2, n)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.B int n;
+.PP
+.B int strlen(s)
+.B char *s;
+.PP
+.B char *strchr(s, c)
+.B char *s;
+.B int c;
+.PP
+.B char *strrchr(s, c)
+.B char *s;
+.B int c;
+.PP
+.B char *strpbrk(s1, s2)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.PP
+.B int strspn(s1, s2)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.PP
+.B int strcspn(s1, s2)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.PP
+.B char *strtok(s1, s2)
+.B char *s1, *s2;
+.PP
+.B char *strdup(s)
+.B char *s;
+.sp
+.1C
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The arguments
+.I s1, s2
+and
+.I s
+point to null-terminated strings.
+The functions
+.IR strcat ,
+.IR strncat ,
+.IR strcpy ,
+and
+.I strncpy
+all alter
+.IR s1 .
+These functions do not check for overflow of
+the array pointed to by
+.IR s1 .
+.PP
+.I Strcat
+appends a copy of string
+.I s2
+to the end of string
+.IR s1 .
+.I Strncat
+appends at most
+.I n
+characters.
+Each returns a pointer to the null-terminated result.
+.PP
+.I Strcmp
+compares its arguments and returns an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than 0,
+according as
+.I s1
+is lexicographically less than, equal to, or
+greater than
+.IR s2 .
+.I Strncmp
+makes the same comparison but looks at at most
+.I n
+characters.
+.PP
+.I Strcpy
+copies string
+.I s2
+to
+.IR s1 ,
+stopping after the null character has been copied.
+.I Strncpy
+copies exactly
+.I n
+characters,
+truncating
+.I s2
+or adding
+null characters to
+.I s1
+if necessary.
+The result will not be null-terminated if the length
+of
+.I s2
+is
+.I n
+or more.
+Each function returns
+.IR s1 .
+.PP
+.I Strlen
+returns the number of characters in
+.IR s ,
+not including the terminating null character.
+.PP
+.I Strchr
+.RI ( strrchr )
+returns a pointer to the first (last)
+occurrence of character
+.I c
+in string
+.IR s ,
+or
+.L (char *)0
+if
+.I c
+does not occur in the string.
+The null character terminating a string is considered to
+be part of the string.
+.PP
+.I Strpbrk
+returns a pointer to the first occurrence in string
+.I s1
+of any character from string
+.IR s2 ,
+.L (char *)0
+if no character from
+.I s2
+exists in
+.IR s1 .
+.PP
+.I Strspn
+.RI ( strcspn )
+returns the length of the initial segment of string
+.I s1
+which consists entirely of characters from (not from) string
+.IR s2 .
+.PP
+.I Strtok
+considers the string
+.I s1
+to consist of a sequence of zero or more text tokens separated
+by spans of one or more characters from the separator string
+.IR s2 .
+The first call, with pointer
+.I s1
+specified, returns a pointer to the first character of the first
+token, having replaced the character after the token by 0.
+Subsequent calls,
+signified by
+.I s1
+being
+.LR "(char *)0" ,
+will scan from where the preceding call left off.
+The separator string
+.I s2
+may be different from call to call.
+When no token remains in
+.IR s1 ,
+.L (char *)0
+is returned.
+.PP
+.I Strdup
+returns a pointer to a distinct copy of the null-terminated string
+.I s
+in space obtained from
+.IR malloc (3)
+or
+.L (char *)0
+if no space can be obtained.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR memory (3)
+.SH BUGS
+.I Strcmp
+and
+.I strncmp
+use native character comparison, which may
+be signed or unsigned.
+.br
+The outcome of overlapping moves varies among implementations.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/strstream.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/strstream.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1854db05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/strstream.3
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+.  \"ident	"%W%"
+.  \"Copyright (c) 1984 AT&T
+.  \"All Rights Reserved
+.  \"THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AT&T
+.  \"The copyright notice above does not evidence any
+.  \"actual or intended publication of such source code.
+.TH STRSTREAM 3I+ "C++ Stream Library" " "
+.SH NAME
+strstream \- iostream specialized to arrays
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.ta 1i 2i
+.ft B
+.nf
+
+#include <strstream.h>
+
+class ios {
+public:
+	enum	open_mode { in, out, ate, app } ;
+	// \fIand lots of other stuff ... \fP
+	} ;
+
+class istrstream : public istream {
+public:
+		istrstream(char*) ;
+		istrstream(char*, int) ;
+	strstreambuf*	rdbuf() ;
+} ;
+
+class ostrstream : public ostream {
+public:
+		ostrstream();
+		ostrstream(char*, int, open_mode = 0) ;
+	int	pcount() ;
+	char*	str();
+	strstreambuf*	rdbuf() ;
+};
+
+.fi
+.ft R
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+\f(CWstrstream\fR specializes \f(CWiostream\fR
+for "incore" operations, that is, storing and fetching
+from arrays of bytes.  The \f(CWstreambuf\fR associated with a
+\f(CWstrstream\fR is a \f(CWstrstreambuf\fR.
+.PP
+Assume
+.br
+\(em \fBiss\fR is a \f(CWistrstream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBoss\fR is a \f(CWostrstream\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBcp\fR is a \f(CWchar*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBmode\fR is an \f(CWopen_mode\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBi\fR and \fBlen\fR are \f(CWint\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBssb\fR is a \f(CWstrstreambuf*\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBa\fR is a \f(CWvoid* (*)(long)\fR.
+.br
+\(em \fBf\fR is a \f(CWvoid (*)(void*)\fR.
+.PP
+The constructors:
+.TP
+\fBistrsteam(cp)\fR
+Characters will be fetched from the (null terminated) string
+\fBcp\R.  The terminating null character will not be part of
+the sequence.  Seeks are allowed within that space.
+.TP
+\fBistrstream(cp,len)
+Characters will be fetched from the array beginning at \fBcp\fR
+and extending for \fBlen\fR bytes.  
+Seeks are allowed anywhere
+within that array.
+.TP
+\fBostrstream()\fR
+Space will be dynamically allocated to hold stored characters.
+.TP
+\fBostrstream(cp,n,mode)\fR
+Characters will be stored into the array starting at \fBcp\fR
+and continuing for \fBn\fR bytes.  If \f(CWios::ate\fR or
+\f(CWios::append\fR is set in \fBmode\fR, \fBcp\fR is assumed
+to be a null terminated string and storing will begin at the
+null character.  Otherwise storing will begin at \fBcp\fR.
+Seeks are allowed anywhere in the array.
+Members:
+.TP
+\fBcp=oss.str()\fR
+Returns a pointer to the array being used.
+If \fBoss\fR was constructed with an explicit array, 
+\fBcp\fR is just a pointer to the array.  Otherwise,
+\fBcp\fR points
+to a dynamically allocated area.
+Until \fBstr\fR is called, deleting the dynamically allocated area is
+the responsibility of \fBss\fR.
+After \fBstr\fR returns, the array becomes the responsibility
+of the user program.
+Once \fBstr\fR has been called the effect of storing
+more characters into \fBss\fR is undefined.
+.TP
+\fBi=ss.pcount()\fR
+The number of bytes that have been stored into the buffer.
+This is mainly of use when binary data has been
+stored and \fBss.str()\fR does not point to
+a null terminated string.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+strstreambuf(3C++),
+iostream(3C++)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/swab.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/swab.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d84df35e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/swab.3
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+.TH SWAB 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+swab \(mi swap bytes
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B swab(from, to, nbytes)
+.B char *from, *to;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Swab
+copies
+.I nbytes
+bytes pointed to by
+.I from
+to the position pointed to by
+.I to,
+exchanging adjacent even and odd bytes.
+It is useful for carrying binary data between
+machines with different byte orders.
+.I Nbytes
+should be even.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/switch.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/switch.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c6ccccbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/switch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'SWITCH (III)'3/15/72'SWITCH (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		switch  --  switch on value
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	(switch value in r0)
+.br
+jsr	r5,switch; swtab
+.br
+(not-found return)
+.br
+.li
+...
+.ti -7
+swtab: val1; lab1;
+.br
+.li
+...
+.br
+valn; labn
+.br
+.li
+..;  0
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	switch______
+compares the value of r0 against each of the val\di\u; if
+a match is found, control is transferred to the corresponding
+lab\di\u (after popping the stack once).
+If no match has been found by the time a null lab\di\u
+occurs, switch______ returns.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/system.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/system.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0287f22f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/system.3
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+.TH SYSTEM 3
+.CT 2 proc_man
+.SH NAME
+system \(mi issue a shell command
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B system(string)
+.B char *string;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I System
+causes the command
+\fLsh -c \fIstring\fR
+to be executed.
+The current process waits until the shell has
+completed, then returns the exit status of the shell.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR popen (3),
+.IR exec (2), 
+.IR fork (2)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+Exit status 127 indicates the shell couldn't be executed.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/tcp.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/tcp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b857ded
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/tcp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+.TH TCP 3X
+.CT 2 comm_mach
+.SH NAME
+tcp_sock, tcp_connect, tcp_listen, tcp_accept, tcp_rcmd \(mi tcp networking functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/inet/tcp_user.h>
+.PP
+.B int tcp_sock();
+.PP
+.B int tcp_connect(fd, tp)
+.B int fd;
+.B struct tcpuser *tp;
+.PP
+.B int tcp_listen(fd, tp)
+.B int fd;
+.B struct tcpuser *tp;
+.PP
+.B int tcp_accept(fd, tp)
+.B int fd;
+.B struct tcpuser *tp;
+.PP
+.B "int tcp_rcmd(host, port, locuser, remuser, cmd, fd2p)"
+.B char *host, *port, *locuser, *remuser, *cmd;
+.B int *fd2p;
+.PP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines are loaded by the
+.B -lin
+option of
+.IR ld (1).
+.PP
+TCP is a protocol layered
+upon IP (internet protocol).
+It provides full-duplex byte stream connections between
+end points called sockets.
+The address of a socket is composed of the internet address
+of its host and the port number to which
+the socket is bound.
+.PP
+.I Tcp_sock
+returns the file descriptor of an unbound socket.
+Once opened, a socket may be bound to a port number within the
+host and set up as the active or passive end of a connection.
+.PP
+Addresses and parameters are passed in 
+.B tcpuser
+structures:
+.PP
+.nf
+.ft L
+.ta 8n
+struct tcpuser {
+	int code;
+	tcp_port lport, fport;
+	in_addr laddr, faddr;
+	int param;
+};
+.fi
+.ft R
+.PP
+.I Lport
+and
+.I laddr
+refer to the port and address numbers of the local end of a connection.
+.I Fport
+and
+.I faddr
+refer to the port and address numbers of the foreign end of a connection.
+.PP
+.I Tcp_connect
+binds socket
+.I fd
+to port
+.IB tp ->lport
+and attempts to set up a connection to
+the socket bound to port
+.IB tp ->fport
+on host
+.IB tp ->faddr.
+If
+.IB tp ->lport
+is 0, a local port number is automatically
+chosen.
+.I Tcp_connect
+returns 0
+if the connection is established, \-1 otherwise.
+.IB Tp ->lport
+and
+.IB tp ->laddr
+are filled in to reflect the local port and address numbers for the connection.
+Communication proceeds by performing
+.IR read (2)
+and
+.IR write
+on
+.IR fd .
+If
+.IB tp ->param
+is non-zero, it specifies options to set for the connection.
+The only option supported is
+.B SO_KEEPALIVE
+which causes empty messages to be sent periodically to
+detect dead connections.
+.PP
+.I Tcp_listen
+binds socket
+.I fd
+to port
+.IB tp ->lport
+and configures the socket to listen for connection requests to that port.
+If
+.IB tp ->faddr
+and
+.IB tp ->fport
+are non-zero, only connections coming from sockets on machine
+.I faddr
+and bound to port
+.I fport
+are listened for.
+.I Tcp_listen
+returns 0
+on success, \-1
+otherwise.
+.IB tp ->laddr
+is filled in to reflect the local address number for the connection.
+.IR Select (2)
+can be used with a listening socket to provide asynchronous polling of
+connection requests by selecting for pending input on the socket.
+.PP
+.I Tcp_accept
+waits for and accepts a connection request sent to the listening socket
+.I fd.
+When a connection arrives,
+.I tcp_accept
+returns a new file descriptor over which communications can proceed.
+.IB Tp ->faddr,
+.IB tp ->fport,
+.IB tp ->laddr,
+and
+.IB tp ->lport
+are filled in to identify the two ends of the connection.
+.IB Tp ->param
+is filled in with the minor device number of the
+tcp device used for the new connection.
+.I Fd
+is left open and continues listening for connections.
+.PP
+.I Tcp_rcmd
+remotely executes a
+.I cmd
+on
+.I host
+as user
+.I remuser.
+Standard input is attached to
+.I cmd's
+standard input and
+.I cmd's
+standard output is attached to standard output.
+If
+.I fd2p
+is non-zero, it is filled with the file descriptor of a new TCP connection attached
+to
+.I cmd's
+standard error.
+Otherwise,
+.I cmd's
+standard error is attached to its standard output.
+.SH FILES
+.TP 12
+.F /dev/tcp*
+the socket devices
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ipc (3),
+.IR internet (3), 
+.IR udp (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Tcp_sock
+returns \-1
+if no sockets are available.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/termcap.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/termcap.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6df764a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/termcap.3
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+.TH TERMCAP 3X
+.CT 2 comm_term
+.SH NAME
+tgetent, tgetnum, tgetflag, tgetstr, tgoto, tputs \(mi device-independent terminal screen control
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.2C
+.nf
+.B char PC;
+.B char *BC;
+.B char *UP;
+.B short ospeed;
+.PP
+.B tgetent(bp, name)
+.B char bp[1024], *name;
+.PP
+.B tgetnum(id)
+.B char *id;
+.PP
+.B tgetflag(id)
+.B char *id;
+.PP
+.B char *
+.B tgetstr(id, area)
+.B char *id, **area;
+.PP
+.B char *
+.B tgoto(cm, destcol, destline)
+.B char *cm;
+.PP
+.B tputs(cp, affcnt, outc)
+.B char *cp;
+.B int (*outc)();
+.fi
+.1C
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These functions are loaded by option
+.B -ltermcap
+of
+.IR ld (1).
+They extract and use capabilities from the terminal capability data
+base
+.IR termcap (5).
+These are low level routines;
+see
+.IR curses (3)
+for a higher level package.
+.PP
+.I Tgetent
+extracts the entry for terminal
+.I name
+into the buffer at
+.I bp.
+.I Bp
+should be a character buffer of size
+1024 and must be retained through all subsequent calls
+to
+.I tgetnum,
+.I tgetflag,
+and
+.I tgetstr.
+.I Tgetent
+returns \-1
+if it cannot open the
+.I termcap
+file,
+0
+if the terminal name given does not have an entry,
+and 1
+if all goes well.
+It will look in the environment for a
+.L TERMCAP
+variable.
+If found, and the value does not begin with a slash,
+and the terminal type
+.I name
+is the same as the value of the environment variable
+.LR TERM ,
+the
+.L TERMCAP
+string is used instead of reading the termcap file.
+If it does begin with a slash, the string is used as a path name rather than
+.FR /etc/termcap .
+.PP
+.I Tgetnum
+gets the numeric value of capability
+.I id,
+returning \-1
+if is not given for the terminal.
+.I Tgetflag
+returns 1
+if the specified capability is present in
+the terminal's entry,
+0
+if it is not.
+.I Tgetstr
+gets the string value of capability
+.I id,
+placing it in the buffer at
+.I *area,
+advancing the
+.I area
+pointer.
+It decodes the abbreviations for this field described in
+.IR termcap (5),
+except for cursor addressing and padding information.
+.PP
+.I Tgoto
+returns a cursor addressing string decoded from
+.B cm
+to go to column
+.I destcol
+in line
+.I destline.
+It uses the external variables
+.B UP
+(from the
+.L up
+capability)
+and
+.B BC
+(if
+.L bc
+is given rather than
+.LR bs )
+if necessary to avoid placing
+.LR en ,
+.LR ^D ,
+or
+.L ^@
+in the returned string.
+(Programs which call
+.I tgoto
+should be sure to turn off the
+.B XTABS
+bit(s),
+since
+.I tgoto
+may now output a tab.
+Note that programs using termcap should in general turn off
+.B XTABS
+anyway since some terminals use \fL^I\fP for other functions,
+such as nondestructive space.)
+If a
+.B %
+sequence is given which is not understood, then
+.I tgoto
+returns
+.LR `OOPS' .
+.PP
+.I Tputs
+decodes the leading padding information of the string
+.I cp;
+.I affcnt
+gives the number of lines affected by the operation, or 1 if this is
+not applicable;
+.I outc
+is a routine which is called with each character in turn.
+The external variable
+.I ospeed
+should contain the output speed of the terminal as in
+.IR tty (4).
+The external variable
+.B PC
+should contain a pad character to be used (from the
+.L pc
+capability)
+if a null
+.RB ( ^@ )
+is inappropriate.
+.SH FILES
+.F /etc/termcap
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR vi (1), 
+.IR curses (3), 
+.IR termcap (5)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/timec.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/timec.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b7dec4b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/timec.3
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+.TH TIMEC 3
+.CT 2 data_man time_man
+.SH NAME
+timec, timegm, timelocal \- convert ASCII to time
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <time.h>
+.PP
+.B long timec(string)
+.B char *string;
+.PP
+.B long timegm(timep)
+.B struct tm *timep;
+.PP
+.B long timelocal(timep, zone)
+.B struct tm *timep;
+.B char *zone;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines are inverse to
+.IR ctime (3)
+and its relatives.
+See
+.IR ctime (3)
+for data layouts.
+.PP
+.I Timec
+converts to system format a date
+.I string
+as produced by
+.I ctime,
+.IR date (1),
+or
+.IR ls (1).
+An optional day of the week is ignored.
+A month name and day are required.
+A missing hour:min[:sec] field is taken to be 
+.BR 00:00:00 .
+An optional time zone (local time by default)
+may appear before or after the year.
+A missing year is assumed to be the past 12-month interval.
+.PP
+.I Timegm
+returns the system-format time corresponding to
+the broken-down GMT time
+pointed to by
+.IR timep .
+In a copy of the broken-down time
+.BR tm_mon 
+is reduced mod 12 by carrying (positively or negatively) to
+.BR tm_year .
+Next
+.B tm_mon
+and
+.B tm_mday
+are added to
+.B tm_yday
+appropriately for
+.BR tm_year .
+Then
+.BR tm_sec ,
+.BR tm_min ,
+.BR tm_hour ,
+.BR tm_yday ,
+and
+.B tm_year 
+are adjusted by carrying.
+Finally the system-format date
+is calculated from these 5 fields.
+.PP
+.I Timelocal
+is like
+.I timegm,
+except that the broken-down time belongs to the specified time
+.I zone,
+or is local time if
+.I zone 
+is zero.
+.PP
+Time zones and months are recognized by the first three
+characters, regardless of case.
+.I Strings
+for
+.I ctime
+may contain names longer than three characters
+and may contain extra white space and commas.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.TP
+Set a date ahead one month:
+.EX
+struct tm brk_out = *localtime(&date);
+brk_out.tm_yday = 0;
+brk_out.tm_mon++; 
+date = timelocal(&brk_out,0);
+.EE
+.HP
+Convert a
+.IR date (1)
+string to system format:
+.EX
+date = timec("Sat Sep 27 20:59:11 EDT 1986");
+.EE
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ctime (3),
+.IR time (2)
+.SH BUGS
+Unknown time zone names are taken to be GMT.
+.br
+Times before the epoch yield nonsense.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/tm.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/tm.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33cb2e5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/tm.3
@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+.de L		\" literal font
+.ft 5
+.it 1 }N
+.if !\\$1 \&\\$1 \\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6
+..
+.de LR
+.}S 5 1 \& "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
+..
+.de RL
+.}S 1 5 \& "\\$1" "\\$2" "\\$3" "\\$4" "\\$5" "\\$6"
+..
+.de EX		\" start example
+.ta 1i 2i 3i 4i 5i 6i
+.PP
+.RS 
+.PD 0
+.ft 5
+.nf
+..
+.de EE		\" end example
+.fi
+.ft
+.PD
+.RE
+.PP
+..
+.TH TM 3
+.SH NAME
+tm \- time conversion support
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.L "#include <tm.h>"
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+The
+.I tm
+library supports conversion between
+string date specifications,
+.L time_t
+clock values and
+.L "struct tm"
+values.
+.L localtime()
+and
+.L gmtime()
+(see
+.IR ctime (3))
+are used to determine local time zone information.
+.PP
+.L time_t
+values are the number of seconds since the epoch,
+.BR "Jan 1 00:00:00 GMT 1970" ,
+with leap seconds omitted.
+.PP
+The global variable
+.L "int tm_info.flags"
+contains flags that allow all programs using the library
+to be controlled in a consistent manner.
+.L tm_info.flags
+is initialized by the
+.L tminit()
+routine described below, and may be explicitly reset after
+.L tminit()
+is called.
+The flags are:
+.TP
+.L TM_ADJUST
+Set by
+.L tminit()
+if
+.L localtime()
+and
+.L gmtime()
+do not compensate for leap seconds.
+.TP
+.L TM_LEAP
+.L time_t
+values are interpreted as if they include leap seconds.
+Set by
+.L tminit()
+if the
+.L leap
+option is set in the
+.L TM_OPTIONS
+environment variable.
+.TP
+.L TM_UTC
+Times are relative to
+.B UTC
+(universal coordinated time, i.e.,
+.BR GMT ).
+Otherwise times are relative to the local time zone.
+Set by
+.L tminit()
+if the time zone name matches one of
+.L tm_info.format[43]
+through
+.L tm_info.format[46]
+described below.
+If the time zone name is not determined by
+.L localtime()
+then the environment variables
+.L TZNAME
+(as described in BSD 4.3) and
+.L TZ
+(as described in System V)
+are checked, in order.
+If this fails then the time zone name is constructed using
+the local time zone offset.
+.PP
+The routines are:
+.TP
+.L "time_t tmdate(char* date, char** end, time_t* clock)"
+Parses the date specification
+.L date
+using the
+.L tm_info.format
+string table (described below)
+and returns the equivalent
+.L time_t
+value.
+If
+.RL non- NULL ,
+.L end
+is set to the position of the first unrecognized character in
+.LR date .
+.L clock
+is used to provide default values for omitted components in
+.LR date .
+If
+.L clock
+is
+.L NULL
+then the current time is used.
+.TP
+.L "struct tm* tmfix(struct tm* tp)"
+Corrects any out of bounds fields in
+.L tp
+and returns
+.L tp
+as its value.
+The corrections start with
+.L tp->tm_sec
+and propagate down to
+.LR tp->tm_year .
+For example, if
+.L tp->tm_sec
+were 61 then it would change to 1 and
+.L tp->tm_min
+would be incremented by 1, and so on.
+.LR tp->tm_wday ,
+.LR tp->tm_yday
+and
+.L tp->tm_isdst
+are not changed as these can be computed from the other fields.
+.TP
+.L "char* tmform(char* buf, char* format, time_t* clock)"
+Formats the date pointed to by
+.L clock
+into the buffer
+.L buf
+according to the format specification
+.LR format .
+If
+.L format
+is
+.L NULL
+or empty then the string
+.L tm_info.format[40]
+is used.
+If
+.L clock
+is
+.L NULL
+then the current time is used.
+A pointer to the end of
+.L buf
+(i.e., the terminating
+.LR "'\e0'" )
+is returned.
+.RS
+.PP
+.L format
+is in the style of
+.IR printf (3),
+where
+.BI % field
+causes the corresponding fixed size field to be placed in
+.LR buf ,
+zero padded if necessary, and \e\fIc\fP and \e\fInnn\fP
+sequences are interpreted as in the C language.
+Otherwise invalid
+.BI % field
+specifications and all other characters in
+.L format
+are copied into
+.L buf
+without change.
+String field values are taken from the
+.L tm_info.format
+string table.
+The
+.I fields
+are:
+.TP
+.PD 0
+.B %
+.B %
+character.
+.TP
+.B a
+Abbreviated weekday name.
+.TP
+.B A
+Full weekday name.
+.TP
+.B b
+Abbreviated month name.
+.TP
+.B c
+.IR ctime (3)
+style date without the trailing
+.BR newline .
+.TP
+.B C
+.IR date (1)
+style date.
+.TP
+.B d
+Day of month number.
+.TP
+.B D
+Date as
+.IR mm / dd / yy .
+.TP
+.B e
+Blank padded day of month number.
+.TP
+.B E
+Unpadded day of month number.
+.TP
+.B h
+Abbreviated month name.
+.TP
+.B H
+24-hour clock hour.
+.TP
+.B i
+International
+.IR date (1)
+date that includes the time zone type name.
+.TP
+.B I
+12-hour clock hour.
+.TP
+.B j
+1-offset Julian date.
+.TP
+.B J
+0-offset Julian date.
+.TP
+.B l
+.IR ls (1)
+.B \-l
+date that lists recent dates with
+.IR hh : mm
+and distant dates with
+.IR yyyy .
+.TP
+.B m
+Month number.
+.TP
+.B M
+Minutes.
+.TP
+.B n
+.B newline
+character.
+.TP
+.B p
+Meridian (e.g.,
+.B AM
+or
+.BR PM ).
+.TP
+.B r
+12-hour time as
+.IR hh : mm : ss
+.IR meridian .
+.TP
+.B R
+24-hour time as
+.IR hh : mm .
+.TP
+.B S
+Seconds.
+.TP
+.B t
+.B tab
+character.
+.TP
+.B T
+24-hour time as
+.IR hh : mm : ss .
+.TP
+.B U
+Week number with Sunday as the first day.
+.TP
+.B w
+Weekday number.
+.TP
+.B W
+Week number with Monday as the first day.
+.TP
+.B x
+Local date style, using
+.LR tm_info.format[39] ,
+that includes the month, day and year.
+.TP
+.B X
+Local time style, using
+.LR tm_info.format[38] ,
+that includes the hours and minutes.
+.TP
+.B y
+2-digit year.
+.TP
+.B Y
+4-digit year.
+.TP
+.B z
+Time zone type name.
+.TP
+.B Z
+Time zone name.
+.TP
+.BI + flag
+.TP
+.BI \- flag
+Temporarily (until
+.L tmform()
+returns) sets (+) or clears (\-) the
+.L tm_info.flags
+flags specified by
+.IR flag :
+.RS
+.TP
+.B l
+.L TM_LEAP
+.TP
+.B u
+.L TM_UTC
+.RE
+.TP
+.B #
+Number of seconds since the epoch.
+.PD
+.RE
+.TP
+.L "void tminit()"
+Implicitly called by the other
+.I tm
+library routines to initialize global data, including the
+.L tm_info.format
+table and the
+.L tm_info.flags
+global flags.
+Global data should only be modified after an explicit call to
+.LR tminit() .
+.TP
+.L "time_t tmleap(time_t* clock)"
+Returns a
+.L time_t
+value for the time pointed to by
+.L clock
+with leap seconds adjusted for external
+routines that do not handle leap seconds.
+If
+.L clock
+is
+.L NULL
+then the current time is used.
+Adjustments are only done if the
+.L TM_ADJUST
+flag is set in
+.LR tm_info.flags .
+.TP
+.L "struct tm* tmmake(time_t* clock)"
+Returns a pointer to the
+.L tm
+struct corresponding to the time pointed to by
+.LR clock .
+If
+.L clock
+is
+.L NULL
+then the current time is used.
+.TP
+.L "time_t tmtime(struct tm* tp, int west)"
+Returns the
+.L time_t
+value corresponding to
+.LR tp .
+If
+.L west
+is
+.L TM_LOCALZONE
+then
+.L tm
+is relative to the local time zone,
+otherwise
+.L west
+is the number of minutes west of
+.B UTC
+with daylight savings time taken into account.
+.LR tp->tm_wday ,
+.LR tp->tm_yday
+and
+.L tp->tm_isdst
+are ignored in the conversion.
+.PP
+The library routines use a table of date strings pointed to by
+.LR "char** tm_info.format" .
+The indices in
+.L tm_info.format
+are fixed by category.
+.L tm_info.format
+may be changed to point to other tables
+according to local language and date conventions.
+The contents by index (showing the USA English values) are:
+.RS
+.TP
+.PD 0
+.B 0-11
+3-character abbreviated month names.
+.TP
+.B 12-23
+Full month names.
+.TP
+.B 24-30
+3-character abbreviated weekday names.
+.TP
+.B 31-37
+Full weekday names.
+.TP
+.B 38
+.L tmform()
+local time format used by the
+.B %X
+field.
+.TP
+.B 39
+.L tmform()
+local date format used by the
+.B %x
+field.
+.TP
+.B 40
+.L tmform()
+format used if the
+.L format
+argument is
+.L NULL
+or empty.
+.TP
+.B 41-42
+Meridian names: AM, PM.
+.TP
+.B 43-46
+.B UTC
+time zone names: GMT, UTC, UCT, CUT.
+.TP
+.B 47-50
+Daylight savings time suffix names: DST.
+.TP
+.B 51-54
+Suffixes to be ignored when matching strings in
+.LR tmform() .
+.TP
+.B 55-61
+Time part names: second, hour, minute, day, week, month, year.
+.TP
+.B 62-65
+Hours of the day names: midnight, morning, noon, evening.
+.TP
+.B 66-68
+Relative day names: yesterday, today, tomorrow.
+.TP
+.B 69-71
+Past relative time references: last, ago, past.
+.TP
+.B 72-75
+Current relative time references: this, now, current.
+.TP
+.B 75-77
+Future relative time references: next, hence, coming.
+.TP
+.B 78-80
+Exact relative time references: exactly.
+.TP
+.B 81-85
+Noise words to be ignored: at, in, on.
+.PD
+.RE
+.PP
+Low level support functions and data are described in
+.LR <tm.h> .
+.SH EXAMPLES
+.EX
+#include <tm.h>
+main() {
+    int       i;
+    time_t    t;
+    char      buf[128];
+    struct {
+        char* date;
+        char* format;
+    }         x[] = {
+        "now",                 "%i",
+        "2 months ago",        "%C",
+        "this Wednesday noon", "%x %I:%M %p",
+        "last December 25",    "%A",
+        0,                     0
+    };
+    for (i = 0; x[i].date; i++) {
+        t = tmdate(x[i].date, (char*)0, (time_t*)0);
+        (void)tmform(buf, x[i].format, &t);
+        puts(buf);
+    }
+}
+.EE
+produces
+.EX
+Fri Sep 30 12:10:14 USA EDT 1988
+Fri Jul  1 00:00:00 EDT 1988
+10/05/88 12:00 PM
+Friday
+.EE
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+date(1), time(2), ctime(3)
+.SH BUGS
+.L "struct tm"
+values may get clobbered by the
+.I tm
+library routines as the
+.IR ctime (3)
+routines typically return pointers to a single static
+.L "struct tm"
+area.
+.L tmdate()
+uses an internal international time zone name table that will
+probably always be incomplete.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/tolower.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/tolower.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4a28affe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/tolower.3
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+.TH TOLOWER 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+tolower, toupper \(mi force upper or lower case
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B tolower(character)
+.PP
+.B toupper(character)
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+If
+.I character
+is an upper case letter,
+.I tolower
+returns the same lower case letter, otherwise
+it returns the original character.
+.PP
+.I Toupper
+does the reverse.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR ctype (3)
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ttyn.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ttyn.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c9d2399
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ttyn.3
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+.pa 1
+.he 'TTYN (III)'1/15/73'TTYN (III)'
+.ti 0
+NAME		ttyn -- return name of current tty
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SYNOPSIS	jsr pc,ttyn
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DESCRIPTION	The routine hunts up the name of the
+input tty attached to the process (one byte from the set
+{012345678abc} at present) and returns it in r0.
+.sp
+"x" is returned if no genuine input tty is attached to the process.
+.sp
+.ti 0
+FILES		kept in /lib/liba.a
+.sp
+.ti 0
+SEE ALSO	fstat(II)
+.sp
+.ti 0
+DIAGNOSTICS	--
+.sp
+.ti 0
+BUGS		--
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ttyname.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ttyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9dcbca0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ttyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+.TH TTYNAME 3
+.CT 2 comm_term
+.SH NAME
+ttyname, isatty, nametty \(mi find or set name of a terminal
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B char *ttyname(fildes)
+.PP
+.B isatty(fildes)
+.PP
+.B nametty(fildes, file)
+.br
+.B char *file;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Ttyname
+returns a pointer to the null-terminated path name
+of the terminal device associated with file descriptor
+.IR fildes .
+.PP
+.I Isatty
+returns 1 if
+.I fildes
+is associated with a terminal device,
+0 otherwise.
+.PP
+.I Nametty
+arranges that future opens of
+.I file
+will refer to
+the stream opened on
+.IR fildes .
+.I File
+must exist before
+.I nametty
+is called.
+The arrangement is terminated
+when the other end of the stream
+is closed or hung up.
+.SH FILES
+.F /lib/ttydevs
+	list of tty directories for
+.I ttyname
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR fmount (2),
+.IR ioctl (2)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Ttyname
+returns
+.L NULL
+if
+.I fildes
+does not describe an entry in any of the directories
+listed in
+.FR /lib/ttydevs .
+.PP
+.I Nametty
+returns 1 for success,
+0 for failure
+.RI ( file
+does not exist,
+.I fildes
+is not a stream).
+.SH BUGS
+The return value of
+.I ttyname
+points to static data
+whose content is overwritten by each call.
+.br
+If
+.I fildes
+connects to a remote machine, as when serving
+.I dcon
+or
+.I rx
+(see
+.IR con (1)),
+.I isatty
+answers no, regardless of whether the stream 
+leads ultimately to a terminal on the remote machine.
+Similarly, when serving
+.I ndcon
+or
+.I nrx,
+it always answers yes.
+
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/udp.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/udp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a449c974
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/udp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+.TH UDP 3X
+.CT 2 comm_mach
+.SH NAME
+udp_connect, udp_listen, udp_datagram \(mi udp networking functions
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <sys/inet/udp_user.h>
+.PP
+.B int udp_connect(sport, dhost, dport)
+.B in_addr dhost;
+.B udp_port sport, dport;
+.PP
+.B int udp_listen(sport, reply)
+.B udp_port sport;
+.B struct udpreply *reply;
+.PP
+.B int udp_datagram(sport)
+.B udp_port sport;
+.PP
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+These routines are loaded by the
+.B -lin
+option of
+.IR ld (1).
+.PP
+UDP (universal datagram protocol) is a protocol layered
+upon IP (internet protocol).
+It provides datagram service between end points called sockets.
+A socket address is composed of the internet address
+of its host and the port number to which
+the socket is bound.
+.PP
+.I Udp_connect
+returns the file descriptor of a UDP socket bound to port
+.I sport.
+Each
+.IR read (2)
+from this file descriptor will only accept datagrams from the UDP
+socket at host
+.I dhost,
+port
+.IR dport ;
+a
+.IR write
+on this file descriptor will be sent to that socket.
+.PP
+.I Udp_listen
+returns the file descriptor of a UDP socket bound to port
+.I sport
+and waits for a datagram to be sent to that port.
+Once a message has been received from another socket,
+all writes
+will go to that socket and
+reads will only accept data from that socket.
+.PP
+.I Udp_datagram
+returns the file descriptor of a UDP socket bound to port
+.I sport.
+Messages written to the file descriptor must start with a
+.B struct udpaddr
+which contains the destination of the message.
+.IP
+.EX
+.ta \w'struct 'u +\w'updaddr 'u
+struct	udpaddr	{
+	in_addr	host;
+	int	port;
+};
+.EE
+.PP
+Messages read from the file descriptor also start with a
+.B struct udpaddr
+and contain the address of the source socket.
+.SH FILES
+.TP 12
+.F /dev/udp*
+the socket devices
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.IR internet (3), 
+.IR tcp (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+All these routines
+returns \-1 on failure.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/uname.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/uname.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..64cc8230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/uname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+.TH UNAME 3
+.CT 2 sa
+.SH NAME
+uname \- identify machine and kernel
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <utsname.h>
+.PP
+.B int uname(name)
+.B struct utsname *name;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Uname
+stores information identifying the current UNIX system in the
+structure pointed to by
+.I name.
+.nf
+.ft L
+.ta 8n 16n
+struct utsname {
+	char sysname[32];
+	char nodename[32];
+	char release[32];
+	char version[32];
+};
+.fi
+.ft R
+.PP
+.I Uname
+returns a null-terminated character string naming the current UNIX system
+in the character array
+.I sysname.
+Similarly, 
+.I nodename
+contains the name that the system is known by on some communications network.
+.I Release
+and
+.I version
+further identify the operating system.
+.SH FILES
+.TP
+.F /etc/whoami
+.SH BUGS
+Since a machine can have different names on different networks, 
+.I nodename
+is pretty useless.
+.PP
+This call is a partial simulation of one appearing in other systems.
+.I Sysname
+and
+.I nodename
+are copied from
+.FR /etc/whoami ;
+the other fields are meaningless.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/ungetc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/ungetc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8250c121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/ungetc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.TH UNGETC 3S
+.CT 2 file_io
+.SH NAME
+ungetc \(mi push character back into input stream
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B #include <stdio.h>
+.PP
+.B ungetc(c, stream)
+.br
+.SM
+.B FILE
+.B *stream;
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Ungetc
+pushes the character
+.I c
+back on an input stream.
+That character will be returned by the next
+.I getc
+call on that stream.
+.I Ungetc
+returns
+.IR c .
+.PP
+One character of pushback is guaranteed provided
+something has been read from the stream and the stream is
+actually buffered.
+Attempts to push
+.B EOF
+are rejected.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR getc (3), 
+.IR stdio (3), 
+.IR fseek (3)
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Ungetc
+returns
+.B EOF
+if it can't push a character back.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/valloc.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/valloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e079a052
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/valloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+.UC
+.TH VALLOC 3
+.SH NAME
+valloc \- aligned memory allocator
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B char *valloc(size)
+.B unsigned size;
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Valloc
+allocates
+.I size
+bytes aligned on a boundary adequate for
+.IR vread (2)).
+It is implemented by calling
+.IR malloc (3)
+with a slightly larger request, saving the true beginning of the block
+allocated, and returning a properly aligned pointer.
+.SH DIAGNOSTICS
+.I Valloc
+returns a null pointer (0) if there is no available memory
+or if the arena has been detectably corrupted by storing outside the bounds
+of a block.
+.SH BUGS
+.I Vfree
+isn't implemented.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/varargs.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/varargs.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1bd46763
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/varargs.3
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+.TH VARARGS 3
+.CT 2 data_man
+.SH NAME
+varargs \(mi variable argument list
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B #include <varargs.h>
+.IB function (va_alist)
+.B va_dcl
+.PP
+.B va_list  pvar;
+.PP
+.B va_start(pvar);
+.PP
+.B va_arg(pvar, type);
+.PP
+.B va_end(pvar);
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+This set of macros allows portable procedures that accept variable
+argument lists to be written.
+Routines which have variable argument lists (such as
+.IR printf (3))
+that do not use varargs are inherently nonportable, since different
+machines use different argument passing conventions.
+.PP
+The literal identifier
+.I va_alist
+is used in a function header to declare a variable argument list.
+It is declared by
+.I va_dcl.
+Note that there is no semicolon after
+.I va_dcl.
+.PP
+.B Va_list
+is the type of the variable
+.I pvar,
+which is used to traverse the list.
+One variable of this type must always be declared.
+.PP
+.I Va_start
+initializes
+.I pvar
+to the beginning of the list.
+.PP
+.I Va_arg
+returns the next argument in the list
+pointed to by
+.IR pvar .
+.I Type
+is the type the argument is expected to be.
+Different types can be mixed, but it is up
+to the routine to know what type is
+expected, since it cannot be determined at runtime.
+.PP
+.I Va_end
+is used to finish up.
+.PP
+Multiple traversals, each bracketed by
+.I va_start
+and
+.I va_end,
+are possible.
+.SH EXAMPLES
+How to define
+.I execl
+in terms of
+.IR execv ;
+see
+.IR exec (2):
+.IP
+.nf
+.ft L
+#include <varargs.h>
+execl(va_alist)
+va_dcl
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	char *file;
+	char *args[100];
+	int argno = 0;
+	va_start(ap);
+	file = va_arg(ap, char*);
+	while(args[argno++] = va_arg(ap, char*));
+	va_end(ap);
+	execv(file, args);
+}
+.fi
+.ft P
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/view2d.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/view2d.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..14f545ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/view2d.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.TH VIEW2D 3X
+.CT 2 graphics
+.SH NAME
+view2d, moviefil \(mi movie of a function f(x, y, t)
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.B "view2d(fd, nx, ny, time, u, v, fixuv, pmin, pmax, p)"
+.B short "p[];"
+.B double time;
+.PP
+.B "moviefil(fd, nx, ny, time, outside, f)"
+.B float "time, outside, f[];"
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I View2d
+writes a frame in the format
+.IR view2d (5)
+onto the file specified by file descriptor
+.I fd.
+To load these routines, use the
+.IR ld (1)
+option
+.BR -lview2d .
+.I Nx, ny
+give the grid size.
+.I Time
+is a (nondecreasing) frame index, typically set to simulation time
+or iteration count.
+.I U
+and
+.I v
+describe the relation between pixel values and user function values:
+.IP
+.I p
+=
+.I u
++
+\fIf\|\fR\(mu\|2\u\s7\-\fIv\fR\s0\d.
+.LP
+.I U
+and
+.I v
+may vary from one frame to the next.
+When the global scaling is known beforehand,
+put
+.I fixuv
+= 1 and set
+.I pmin
+and
+.I pmax
+to the limits of the data.
+(Otherwise put
+.IR fixuv =0;
+.I pmin
+and
+.I pmax
+will be ignored.)
+.PP
+.I P
+is the
+.I nx
+by
+.I ny
+array of pixel values,
+with the
+.I x
+index running fastest.
+There is a threshold for describing nonrectangular regions:
+any pixel value less than or equal to
+.L \%-32766
+is treated as an
+out-of-bounds marker and will appear as black.
+Other pixel values should lie in the range
+.L
+\%-32765..32765
+inclusive.
+.PP
+.I Moviefil
+is an alternate version that
+is somewhat less flexible
+but easier to use.
+It takes floats
+and scales automatically to shorts.
+An element of
+.I f
+less than
+.I outside
+is treated as undefined and will appear as black.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IR view2d (1), 
+.IR view2d (5)
+.SH BUGS
+The array arguments are 2-D Fortran arrays.
diff --git a/static/unix-v10/man3/vt.3 b/static/unix-v10/man3/vt.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3770ff48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/static/unix-v10/man3/vt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+.th VT III 6/4/73
+.sh NAME
+vt \*- display (vt01) interface
+.sh SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+.ft B
+openvt()
+.s3
+erase()
+.s3
+label(s)
+char s[ ];
+.s3
+line(x,y)
+.s3
+circle(x,y,r)
+.s3
+arc(x,y,x0,y0,x1,y1)
+.s3
+dot(x,y,dx,n,pattern)
+int pattern[ ];
+.s3
+move(x,y)
+.fi
+.s3
+.ft R
+.sh DESCRIPTION
+C interface routines to perform similarly named functions
+described in vt(IV).
+.it Openvt
+must be used before any of the others to open the
+storage scope for writing.
+.sh FILES
+/dev/vt0, found in /lib/libp.a
+.sh "SEE ALSO"
+vt (IV)
+.sh BUGS